1111111111111111111111111111111

PB94-108305

Publication No. FHWA-SA-91-048

u.s. Department August 1993

of Transportation
Federal Highway
Administration

COM624P-
Laterally Loaded Pile Analysis
Program for the Microcomputer

Version 2.0

Office of Engineering
Office of Technology Applications

400 Seventh Street, SW.

Washington, D.C. 20590 Innovation Through Partnerships
ReProduced by:
National TechDtial Iofonmd..ioD Sctvx::e
us. Dqwtmem. ofComme:roe
SpriDgfickl,. VA 22161
 NOTICE

This document is disseminated under the sponsorship of the Department of Transportation in the interest
of information exchange. The United States Government assumes no liability for its contents or use
thereof. The United States Government does not endorse products or manufacturers. Trademarks or
manufacturers' names appear herein only because they are considered essential to the object of this
document.
 Technical Report Documentation Page
1. Report No. 3. Recipient's Catalog No.
2. 1111111111111111111111111111111
FHWA-SA-91-048 PB94-108305
4. Title and Subtitle 5. Report Date
June 1993
COM624P-LATERALLY LOADED PILE ANALYSIS PROGRAM FOR 6. Performing Organization Code
THE MICROCOMPUTER, VERSION 2.0
1-----------------------------1
7. Author(s)
8. Performing Organization Report No.

Shih-Tower Wang and Lymon C. Reese

9. Performing Organization Name and Address 10. Work Unit No. (TRAIS)

Ensoft, Inc. 11. Contract or Grant No.

P.O. Box 180348 DTFH61-88-C-00101
Austin TX 78718 13. Type of Report and Period Covered
12. Sponsoring Agency Name and Address
U.S. DOT, Federal Highway Administration
Final Report
Office of Technology Applications
400 Seventh Street, SW. 14. Sponsoring Agency Code
Washington, D.C.
15. Supplementary Notes
FHWA Contracting Officer's Technical Representative: Chien-Tan Chang, HTA-21
Technical Consultants: Richard Cheney, Jerry DiMaggio, and Chris Dumas (HNG-31)

16. Abstract

Computer Program COM624P has been developed for use in the analysis of stresses and deflection of piles or
drilled shafts under lateral loads. The program is especially written for highway engineers who wish to run the
analysis on microcomputers. The technology on which the program is based is the widely-used p-y curve
method. The program solves the equations giving pile deflection, rotation, bending moment, and shear by using
iterative procedures because of the nonlinear response of the soil.

The program provides a user-friendly/menu-driven input and a graphics output in microcomputer environment.
The version of the Program COM624P for the microcomputer was developed in 1989. Several new features
were included in the program such as: generating p-y curves for rock, capability of analysis of piles in sloping
ground, improved solution for multi-layered soils, and a variety of boundary conditions at the pile head for
selection. The current version of COM624P (version 2.0) includes more improvements, and a subroutine has
been added to compute the ultimate bending capacity and the flexural rigidity of piles.

The user documentation provides detailed information to enable the user to employ the program conveniently
and effectively. The documentation consists of three parts-Part I, Users Guide; Part II, Engineering
Background; Part III, Systems Maintenance.

PROTECTED UNDER INTERNATIONAL COPYRIGHT

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
NATIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION SERVICE
U.S. DEPARTMGNT OF COMMERCE

17. Key Words 18. Distribution Statement

Piles, lateral loading, analysis, deSign, soil response, No restrictions. This document is available to the
p-y method, deflection, bending, static loading, cyclic public from the National Technical Information Service,
loading, difference-equation methods, Springfield, Virginia 22161
microcomputer program
19. Security Classif. (of this report) 20. Security Classif. (of this page) 21. No. of Pages 22. Price
Unclassified Unclassified 504

Form DOT F 1700.7 (8-72) Reproduction of completed page authorized

 METRIC CONVERSION FACTORS

APPROXIMATE CONVERSIONS FROM METRIC MEASURES

SYMBOL WHEN YOU KNOW MULTIPLY BY TO FIND SYMBOL

LENGTH

in inches 2.5 centimeters cm

ft feet 30 centimeters cm
yd yards 0.9 meters m
mi miles 1.6 kilometers km

mm millimeters 0.04 inches in

cm centimeters 0.4 inches in
m meters 3.3 feet ft
m meters 1.1 yards yd
km kilometers 0.6 miles mi

ABU

sq in square inches 6.5 square centimeters cm2

sq ft square feet 0.09 square meters m2
sq yd square yards 0.6 square meters m2
sq mi square miles 2.6 square kilometers km2
acres 0.4 hectares ha

cm2 square centimeters 0.16 square inches sq in

m2 square meters 1.2 square yards sq yd
km 2 square kilometers 0.4 square miles sq mi
ha hectares (10,000 m2 ) 2.5 acres

MASS (weight)

oz ounces 28 grams g
lb pounds 0.45 kilograms kg
t short tons (2000 lb) 0.9 tonnes T

g grams 0.035 ounces oz

kg kilograms 2.2 pounds lb
T tonnes(1000 kg) 1.1 short tons

iii
 APPROXIMATE CONVERSIONS FROM METRIC MEASURES, Continued

SYMBOL WHEN YOU KNOW MULTIPLY BY TO FIND SYMBOL

VOLUME

tsp teaspoons 5 milliliters ml

tbsp tablespoons 15 milliliters ml
fl oz fluid ounces 30 milliliters ml
c cups 0.24 liters .n.
pt pints 0.47 liters .n.
qt quarts 0.95 liters .n.
gal gallons 3.8 liters .n.
cu ft cubic feet 0.03 cubic meters m3
cu yd cubic yards 0.76 cubic meters m3

ml milliliters 8.03 fluid ounces fl oz

.n. liters 2.1 pints pt
.n. liters 1. 06 quarts qt
.n. liters 0.26 gallons gal
m3 cubic meters 36 cubic feet Cll ft

m3 cubic meters 1.3 cubic yards cu yd

TEMPERATURE (exact)

OF Fahrenheit 5/9 Celsius temperature °c

temperature (after subtracting 32)
°c Celsius 9/5 Fahrenheit temperature OF
temperature (then add 32)

iv
 FOREWORD

The technology on which COM624P is based has been widely used

for many years for the design of a variety of applications of
piles that must resist lateral load. While the program is based
on sound principles of engineering and has proven to be useful in
many engineering offices, research is continuing on several
aspects of the behavior of piles under lateral loading. The first
development of Program COM624 for microcomputers was initiated in
1989, sponsored by the Federal Highway Administration. The PC
version was primarily based on the existing program COM624, which
was developed at The University of Texas at Austin. The updated
information and user-friendly features were periodically added
into Program COM624P. The current version of COM624P (Version
2.0) includes a subroutine to compute the ultimate bending
capacity of a pile and the variation of flexural rigidity. It
provides an option to use internally-generated flexural rigidity
of cracked sections in computation of the pile deflection. An
additional improvement is the incorporation of screen windows and
pull-down menus for ease in learning and operation.

The design of piles involves a large number of judgments on

the part of the engineer, and COM624P should be of significant
assistance. The engineer must be assured that the technology on
which the program is based, particularly the information on soil
response, is applicable to a particular design, that the program
has been used properly, and that the results have been verified.
The design of piles under lateral load requires the direct
participation of an experienced engineer and, on occasions, the
engineer may decide that a full-scale field test is needed. Thus,
no warranty can be stated implicitly or implied by the authors
that any particular design made with the assistance of COM624P is
without fault.

v
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

...
LISTING OF FIGURES
LISTING OF TABLES ..
• . • • • . . • • . . . . • • • • • . • . • • • . . . . . • . . • . • • • • • • X111
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • XVl.l.

PART I: OSERS GOlDE

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL 1

PURPOSE OF THE USERS GUIDE ....•..•••....•...•.•.••••• 1

PROJECT REFERENCES • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . 1
SECURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . • • . . . • • . . . . . . • . . 2

CHAPTER 2. SYSTEM SUMMARY AND PROGRAM STRUCTURE • . . . . . . . • . 3

SYSTEM APPLICATION ......•..•...•..................... 3

SYSTEM COME>ONENTS •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3
SYSTEM PROCESSING •...............•.••................ 4
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ......•......•..••......•..•..•.. 5
MAIN PROGRAM STRUCTURE .....•...•...•..........•.•..•• 7
CHAPTER 3. GUIDE FOR EXECUTION OF COM624P ON A
MI CROCOME>UTER ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 15

INTRODUCTION ....•........•..••...•..•.•..•..••.••.... 15
BACKING UP AND RESTORING ORIGINAL DISKETTE ...•••.••.. 15
GUIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF CONFIGURATION FILE ••••.•... 16
Control Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Graphics Driver and Mode .•.....••....••..•....•• 18
Video Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Acceptance of Changes ..•....••.......••.......•. 20
~~{] ~~Ft{]c:~{]RE •.........•.•.....•...•.•.••.......•.•• 21
GUIDE FOR USING MAIN~NU •..•..•...................... 23
GUIDE FOR USING INPUT ~NU •..•..........•..••.....•.. 25
Input Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
File Submenu •••....•.....•.••.••••.••..•.•• 26
.Analysis Submenu •......••.•..•..•..•....... 29
MULT Submenu •..•....•.•..•..•........•..... 41
Options Submenu ............................ 49
Pile-Library File .•.....................•..••... 50
Guide to Data-Entry............................ 54
Worksheet Commands .....•.•................•.•.•. 57
Basic Worksheet Commands ....•.•..•..•....•. 57
Cell-Edit Commands ...••.•.•..•.•.••..•.••.• 61
Worksheet-Edit Commands ..•....••••.•..••••• 63
GUIDE FOR RUNNING MAIN PROGRAM (COM624P) .•.••....•... 67

vii
Preceding page blank
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

GUIDE FOR OPERATING GRAPHICS POSTPROCESSOR (C624VIEW) 68

Graphics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
File Menu ...................................... . 71
View Menu ...................................... . 73
Plot Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Options ......................................... 87

CHAPTER 4. INPUT INFORMATION AND DATA STRUCTURE .......... 89

INTRODUCT I ON . • . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . • • • • • . . . • . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . 89
GENERAL REMARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SELECTION OF BOUNDARY CONDITIONS AT PILE HEAD ........ 95
Case 1. Pile Head is Free to Rotate ............ 95
Case 2. Pile Head is Fixed Against Rotation.... 95
Case 3. Pile Head is Restrained Against Rotation 96
Case 4. Pile Head Deflection is Restrained
Against Lateral Movement ................... 96
ITERATIONS OF COMPUTATIONS USING CRACKED/UNCRACKED
EI GENERATED INTERNALLY BY SUBROUTINE PMEIX..... 96
CHAPTER 5. EXAMPLE STUDIES .........••.................... 99

INTRODUCT I ON .....•.••.•...•.•..•..•......••••...•.••. 99
EXAMPLE 1, PILES IN A SINGLE LAYER OF SOIL ........... 101
EXAMPLE 2, CONCRETE PILES IN LAYERED SOIL WITH
DISTRIBUTED LOAD ..•............................. 133
EXAMPLE 3, PILES IN A SLOPING ABUTMENT .•............. 161
EXAMPLE 4, USER INPUT p-y CURVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
EXAMPLE 5, COMPUTE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT FOR
BORED PILES ..................................... 217
EXAMPLE 6, ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF
CONCRETE PILES ....................•..........•.. 241

viii
 PART II: BACKGROUND

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .. 283

NATURE OF THE PROBLEM .......•.•..............•...•..• 283

Definition of Soil Response .....•..........•.••. 284
Definition of Soil Modulus ..........•.•......... 284
DESIGN BY FACTORING THE LOAD ............•..........•. 288
NATURE OF LOAD ING ..................................•. 289
Static Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Cyclic Loading ...............•.................. 290
Sustained Loading ...........................•... 290
Dynamic or Seismic Loading ....................•. 291
INTERACTION OF THE PILES WITH THE SUPERSTRUCTURE ....• 292
INFLUENCE OF PILE LENGTH .... ~ ................•....... 293
PILE GROUPS UNDER LATERAL LOADING ...........•.•.•.... 294
VERIFICATION OF ACCURACY OF THE COMPUTER OUTPUT ...... 295

CHAPTER 2. BASIC THEORY OF COMPUTATION .•...........•.•... 297

THE DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

SOLUTION TO THE GOVERNING DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION ...... 302

CHAPTER 3. SOIL RESPONSE CURVES (p-y CURVES) ..•.......... 315

INTRODUCT I ON ...••.......••••..•.•••.•.•.•.•.•.••••••• 315

USE OF SOIL MODELS TO DETERMINE SOIL BEHAVIOR........ 316
Soil Models for Saturated Clay .......•.•.••...•• 316
Soil Models for Sand ........................•.•. 318
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR p-y CURVES FOR CLAYS .••.•.•...... 323
Response of Soft Clay below the Water Table ..... 323
Field Experiments........................... 323
Recommendations for Computing p-y Curves... 324
Recommended Soil Tests ......•.•........•... 327
Response of Stiff Clay below the Water Surface.. 328
Field Experiments ..................•........ 328
Recommendations for Computing p-y Curves... 328
Recommended Soil Tests ...........•....•...•. 335
Response of Stiff Clay above the Water Table.... 336
Field Experiments ................•...•..... 336
Recommendations for Computing p-y Curves... 336
Recommended Soil Tests ...................••. 340
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR p-y CURVES FOR SAND ............•. 340
Response of Sand below the Water Table ..•...•... 340
Field Experiments........................... 340
Recommendations for Computing p-y Curves... 341
Recommended Soil Tests .....•.•..•..........• 347
Response of Sand above the Water Table ........•• 347

ix
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR p-y CURVES FOR VUGGY LIMESTONE... 348

Field Experiments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Recommendations for Computing p-y Curves ........ 349
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR p-y CURVES FOR LAYERED SOIL ...... 351
Method of Georgiadis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Example p-y Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
MODIFICATIONS TO p-y CURVES FOR SLOPING GROUND ....... 357
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Equations for Ultimate Resistance in Clay....... 357
Equations for Ultimate Resistance in Sand ....... 360

CHAPTER 4. COMPUTATION OF ULTIMATE MOMENT AND

FLEXURAL RIGIDITY OF PILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Significant Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
STRESS-STRAIN CURVES FOR CONCRETE AND STEEL .......... 364
CROSS SECTIONS THAT CAN BE ANALYZED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
COMPUTATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
EXAMPLE CALCULATION BY HAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

CHAPTER 5. VERIFICATION OF ACCURACY OF SOLUTION .......... 379

S IGNIF I CANT FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

SELECTION OF NUMBER OF INCREMENTS ................•... 380
CHECKING AGAINST EXAMPLE PROBLEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
CHECK OF ECHO-PRINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 383
CHECK OF SOIL RESISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
CHECK OF MECHANICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Check of Results of Analysis of Buckling Load... 384
Check of Values of Shear and Bending Moment ..... 384
Check of Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Relationships Between Computed Values . . . . . . . . . . . 385
CHECK BY IMPLEMENTING APPROXIMATE METHODS OF
ANAL Y SIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 87
CHECK BY AN ASSOCIATE OR A COLLEAGUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
CONCLUD ING COMMENT .......•..................•...•.... 388

CHAPTER 6. FULL-SCALE TESTING OF PILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 389
SELECTION OF TEST SITE................................ 390
INVESTIGATION OF SOIL PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
SELECTION OF TEST PILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
INSTALLATION OF TEST PILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

x
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

TES T ING PROCEDURES.................................... 394

TESTING PILE WITH NO INTERNAL INSTRUMENTATION........ 397
Preliminary Computations......................... 398
Obtaining Stiffness of Test Pile.......•....•.... 398
Pile Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Loading Arrangement........ . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . .. 399
Instrumentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 403
Interpretation of Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Example Computations ................•..........•. 405
TESTING PILE WITH INTERNAL INSTRUMENTATIO~ ..•........ 408
Preliminary Computations......................... 408
Instrumentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 409
Analysis of Data and Correlations with Theor~... 410
Review of Three Experiments Using Piles with
Internal Instrumentation.......•........•... 411
CONCLUD ING COMMENT S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .. 413

CHAPTER 7. SUGGESTIONS FOR DESIGN ........•..........•..•. 417

SELECTING AN APPROPRIATE MODEL FOR A PILE . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

STUDY OF INFLUENCE OF VARIOUS PARAMETERS ..•........•. 419
CASE STUDIES ..........................•......•..•.•.. 420
FIELD TESTS .......................................... 420
TECHNICAL .ADVANCES ................................... 421

xi
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

PART III: SYSTEM MAINTENANCE MANOAL

CHAP TER 1. GENERA.L ....................................... 425

CHAPTER 2. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ....•.........•.•..........• 427

SYSTEM APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT .........•....•......•............. 427
Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
COMMl]NICATIONS ....................••...........•..... 429
INTERFACES .........................•................. 429
SECURITY 429

REFERENCES

REFERENCES 433

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A. LINE-BY-LINE INPUT GUIDE FOR BATCH FILE ...... 437

APPENDIX B. DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR LATERALLY LOADED

DEEP FOUNDATION USING COM624P VERSION 2............... 451

APPENDIX C. DESIGN OF DRILLED SHAFTS FOR LATERAL LOADS

USING COM624P VERSION 2, ABUTMENT FOUNDATION DESIGN,
A CASE STUDY E~LE ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 461

xii
 LISTING or rIGURES

PART I
rigure Title

2.1 System Flow Chart 6

2.2 The Flow Chart of Main Program COM624P ..••....... 8

3.1 Main Menu Structure of COM624P 22

3.2 Data-Entry Worksheet ..........•..............•.... 55
4.1 Coordinate System ..............••........••.••..• 90
4.2 Sign Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.3 Bending Moment and Flexural Rigidity versus

Depth for a Laterally-Loaded Pile ................ 98
5.1 Data for Example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

5.2 Data for Example 3 ..................•.•....•...... 162

5.3 Pile-Head Deflection Yt versus Slope Angle ..•.•.. 163

5.4 Data for Example 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

PART II

1.1 Definition of p and y (after Reese, 1983) 285

1.2 Concept of Determination of Soil Modulus
as a Function of Distance Along Pile ...•........• 287
1.3 Influence of Pile Penetration on Groundline
Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

2.1 Element for Beam-Column (after Hetenyi, 1946).... 298

2.2 Sign Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

2.3 Form of the Results Obtained from a Complete

Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

2.4 Representation of Deflected Pile •...•.•.••••.••.. 303

xiii
 LISTING OF FIGURES (Continued)
Figure Title

2.5 Points at Bottom of Pile ......................... 305

2.6 Points at Top of Pile ............................ 308

2.7 Case 1 of Boundary Conditions at Top of Pile..... 309

2.8 Case 2 of Boundary Conditions at Top of Pile ..... 311
2.9 Case 3 of Boundary Conditions at Top of Pile ..... 313
2.10 Case 4 of Boundary Conditions at Top of Pile ..... 314
3.1 Assumed Passive Wedge-Type Failure for Clay:
(a) Shape of Wedge (b) Forces Acting on Wedge
(After Reese, 1958) .............................. 317
3.2 Assumed Lateral Flow-Around Type of Failure
for Clay: (a) Section through Pile
(b) Mohr-Coulomb Diagram (c) Forces Acting
on Pile 4.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

3.3 Assumed Passive Wedge-Type Failure:

(a) General Shape of Wedge (b) Forces of Wedge
(c) Forces on Pile (After Reese,
et aI, 1974) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

3.4 Assumed Mode of Soil Failure by Lateral Flow Around

the Pile: (a) Section through the Pile
(b) Mohr-Coulomb Diagram Representing
States of Stress of Soil Flowing Around
a Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

3.5 Characteristic Shapes of the p-y Curves for

Soft Clay below Water Surface:
(a) Static Loading (b) Cyclic Loading
(After Matlock, 1970) ............................ 325

3.6 Characteristic Shape of p-y Curve for Static

Loading in Stiff Clay below the Water Surface
(After Reese, et al, 1975) ....................... 329

3.7 Values of Constants As and Ac

(After Reese, et al, 1975) ....................... 330

xiv
 LISTING OF FIGURES (Continued)
Figure Title

3.8 Characteristic Shape of p-y Curve for Cyclic

Loading in Stiff Clay below Water Surface
(After Reese, et aI, 1975) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
3.9 Characteristic Shape of p-y Curve for
Static Loading in Stiff Clay Above Water
Surface (After Welch and Reese, 1972) ...•....... 337
3.10 Characteristic Shape of p-y Curve for Cyclic
Loading in Stiff Clay Above the Water Surface
(After Welch and Reese, 1972) ............•....... 339
3.11 Characteristic Shape of a Family of p-y Curves
for Static and Cyclic Loading in Sand
(After Reese, et aI, 1974) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

3.12 Values of Coefficients A c and A s

(After Reese, et aI, 1974) .........••....••..•••• 344
3.13 Values of Coefficient B for Soil
Resistance versus Depth
(After Reese, et aI, 1974) .•......•.....••••••••. 345
3.14 Recommended p-y Curve for Design of
Drilled Shafts in Vuggy Limestone
(After Reese and Nyman, 1978) .......••.••....•••. 350

3.15 Example Problem for Soil Response for

Layered Soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

3.16 Example p-y Curves for Layered Soils .....•...•••• 354

3.17 Equivalent Depths of Overlying Soil for use in

Computing p-y Curves for a Layered System .•..•.•• 356

3.18 Pile Installed in Sloping Ground 359

4.1 Stress-Strain Curve for Concrete 365

4.2 Stress-Strain (a-E) Curve for Steel ..•......••... 367

4.3 Element from a Beam with an

Unloaded Shape of abcd ........•...•..•••.••..•••• 370

4.4 Cross Section of a Beam for Example Problem...... 375

xv
 LISTING OF FIGURES (Continued)
Figure Title ~

5.1 Influence of Length of Increment on Pile-Head

Deflection and Maximum Bending Moment ......•..... 382
5.2 Plot of Soil Resistance for Example 1,
Lateral Load of 20,000 Pounds .............•••.... 386
6.1 Testing of a Drilled Shaft under
Lateral Loading, Los Angeles ..........•.•.••..... 389
6.2 Two-pile Test Arrangement for Two-Way Loading.... 401
6.3 Two-pile Test Arrangement with One-Way Loading ••. 401
6.4 Schematic Drawing of Deflection-Measuring System. 403
6.5 Device for Measuring Pile-Head Rotation.......... 404
6.6 Information for Analysis of Test at St. Gabriel •• 406
6.7 Comparison of Measured and Computed Results for
St. Gabriel Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

6.8 Effect of Repeated Loading on p-y Curves ....•.... 414

PAR'!' III

2.1 The Interrelationships of the Major

Components of the System ..................•.....• 428

xvi
 LISTING OF TABLES

PART I

Table Title

3.1 Driver Information for Graphics Adapters

and Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

PART II

3.1 Representative Values of eSO 324

3.2 Representative Values of k for Stiff Clays ........ 331

3.3 Representative Values of eso for Stiff Clays ...... 331

3.4 Representative Values of k for Submerged

Sand (Static and Cyclic Loading) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

3.5 Representative Values of k for Sand Above

Water Table (Static and Cyclic Loading) ........... 346

xvii
 COM624P
LATERALLY LOADED PILE ANALYSIS PROGRAM
FOR THE MICROCOMPUTER
Version 2.0

Part I: USERS GUIDE

 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL

The documentation for Computer Program COM624P consists of

three documents: Part I, Users Guide; Part II, Engineering
Background; and Part III, Systems Maintenance.

PURPOSB 01' THE USERS GUIDE

The purpose of Part I of COM624P is to provide detailed

information to enable the user to employ the program conveniently
and effectively. The project was conducted under Contract DTHF61-
88-C-00101 from 1988-1989. The information is presented as
follows: Chapter 1 introduces the Users Guide and provides system
background; Chapter 2 summarizes the system in general; Chapter 3
provides a step-by-step operating procedure; Chapter 4 presents
input information, names of variables, and data structure for the
input files; and Chapter 5 presents input and output for examples
that were studied.

PROJECT REFERENCES

The technology on which the program is based has been widely

used for many years for the analysis of a variety of piles
subjected to lateral loads. The existing program, COM624, was
developed at the The University of Texas at Austin and has been
used on main-frame computers for several years. The project is to
upgrade COM624 and to develop a user-friendly version for running
on IBM XT' s, AT's, and compatible microcomputers. The first
version of Program COM624P (Version 1.0) has been used and
distributed by FHWA since 1990. Because of a number of inquiries
by design engineers about the ultimate capacity of a pile in
bending, a subroutine has been added to the current version (2.0)
to compute the ultimate capacity in bending and the variation of
flexural rigidity with applied moment.

1
 The information shown in the three parts of the documentation
is limited to that needed for the operation of the computer
program and to a brief introduction of the method of analysis.
The user is referred to two documents published by the Federal
Highway Administration for a relatively complete treatment of the
topic. The first one is entitled "Behavior of Piles and Pile
Groups under Lateral Load" (FHWA/RD-85/106). The second one is
entitled "Handbook on Design of Piles and Drilled Shafts Under
Lateral Load" (FHWA-IP-84-11).

SECURITY

This project is conducted under the sponsorship of the United

States Department of Transportation. Under the United States
Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this document or accompanying
software may be reproduced, translated, or distributed without the
prior approval of the Department of Transportation.

No warranty, expressed or implied, is offered either by FHWA

or Ensoft, Inc., as to the accuracy of results from the program.
The program should not be used for design unless caution is
exercised in interpreting the results, and independent
calculations are available to verify the general correctness of
the results. The user is assumed to be knowledgeable of the
information in the documentation that accompanies the diskettes.
The user is assumed to recognize that the input parameters can
have a significant effect on the solution and must be chosen
carefully.

2
 CHAPTER 2. SYSTEM SOMNARY AND PROGRAM STRUCTURE

SYSTEM APPLICATION

The design of driven piles and drilled shafts under lateral

loading is an important problem and one that is encountered
frequently in highway design. The principal use of piles or
drilled shafts in highway structures is for the support of
bridges, either to span water courses or to serve in interchanges.
Other applications using laterally-loaded piles on highways can be
seen in bridge abutments, overhead signs, pile-supported retaining
walls, and pile-stabilized slopes.

Computer program COM624P is used to analyze the behavior of

piles or drilled shafts which are subjected to lateral loads. The
method of analysis implemented in COM624P is the so-called p-y
method. The theoretical background about the p-y method of
analysis is described in Part II of this document. The digital
computer allows the deflected shape (lateral deflection) of a pile
to be computed rapidly and accurately by iteration even though the
soil reaction against the pile is a nonlinear function of pile
deflection. After the deflection is determined, the shear,
bending moment, and soil resistance along the pile can be computed
thereafter. With the availability of microcomputers, this program
makes it possible for highway engineers to employ the rational p-y
method for analysis of laterally-loaded piles and drilled shafts.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

The package sent with COM624P, in general, contains three

5.25-inch double-sided, double-density floppy diskettes. The
first diskette contains the main program of COM624P.EXE and six
sample-data files: Example.INl through Example.IN6. The engineer
may use the sample data to run COM624P and check the solutions

-'-"
presented in Chapter 5. If there are significant discrepancies,
the user should report to FHWA immediately.

The second diskette contains the screen-editing files. The

files stored in this diskette are: C624EDIT.EXE., C624EDIT.HLP,
C624EDIT.CFG, PILEDATA.LIB, and INSTVIEW.EXE. The engineer may
use a preprocessor program named C624EDIT.EXE to create a new data
file, retrieve, and edit an existing data file.

The third diskette contains the graphics package. The files

stored in the diskette are C624VIEW.EXE., C624EDIT.CFG,
INSTVIEW.EXE, and EXAM1.PLT. The main graphics program is named
C624VIEW.EXE. The user may execute this program and assign the
data created by COM624P for graphics display.

SYSTEM PROCESSING

The system consists of three modules as described earlier. To

process the system, the user starts to load the Menu and selects
the preprocessor program C624EDIT. EXE to create an input-data
file. C624EDIT can also be used to retrieve an existing data file
and to edit the data entry. After the data file has been created
or corrected, the user should save the data file using the SAVE
command.

The second step of processing the system is to call the main

program COM624P. COM624P will process the data file that contains
the user's input data, and will create a text-output file and a
graphics-output file. The user may view the output data on the
monitor or print the output file to get a hard copy. If the user
prefers to have a graphics display, then the program C624VIEW
should be viewed. C624VIEW will display the graphics based on the
computed results, and the user can get a hard copy of graphics
from the installed HP plotter or dot-matrix printer. A flow chart

4
depicting data flow and showing the relationships of each module
is presented in Fig. 2.1.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Program COM624P was developed for the IBM-XT and IBM-AT or

for any microcomputer that is compatible with the IBM. The
program has been checked for conformance with ANSI FORTRAN77. The
Fortran Compiler from Microsoft, Inc., was used to compile the
source code and create the execution file.

The word length is important for convergence to a solution

of the nonlinear equations employed by this program. Therefore, a
double-precision real value, occupying 8 bytes of storage, was
used in the Fortran Code. The precision is approximately 15
decimal digits. If a value has more digits, only the first 15 are
significant.

The program requires at least 256k of RAM memory. The math

coprocessor is highly recommended but is not required. If a high-
speed, floating-point math coprocessor is installed, the execution
time for a normal problem is less than one minute. However, it
can take 3 to 7 minutes for the same problem, depending on the
type of microcomputer, if the math coprocessor is absent. The
operating system that is required to run the program should be MS-
DOS 2.1 or a later version.

The preprocessor for input data, C624EDIT, and the post-

processor for graphics display, C624VIEW, were developed in the
Pascal language to utilize fully the screen-control function
provided by most microcomputers. Two peripheral devices are
required to run C624VIEW. One is a graphics adapter which can
change the screen to the graphics mode for plotting output.
Currently, the program supports the following graphics adapters:

5
 -
I SYSTEM }

--
Prepare Input Data
C624EDIT.EXE
Create an Input File

Run Main Program

COM624P.EXE
Create Text Output &
Graphics Output

Send Text Output Process Graphics Data

to C62 4VIEW .EXE
Printer Create Graphics Plots

-
END }

6
 CGA IBM Color-Graphics Adapter Driver
EGA IBM Enhanced-Graphics Adapter Driver
VGA - Video Graphics Array Adapter
HERC - Hercules Driver
AT&T - AT&T 400 Line Driver

The other peripheral equipment is a printer or plotter for

hard copies of graphics. The program supports HP plotters; the
IBM proprinter; Epson MX, FX, LX, LQ or Epson compatible printers
including Okidata, Panasonic, and Star printers.

MAIN PROGRAM STRUCTURE

The structure of the main program COM624P is shown in the

flow diagram Fig. 2.2. The function of each subprogram is
described in the following listing.

1. Main Program

Function: the main program COM624P inputs and outputs a

small amount of data, but mainly controls the
flow of logic by calling appropriate
subroutines.

Calls: UNITSS, NODEM INPT, OPIN, NODE, FLXRIG, DEFLEC,

ESCALL, DISTR, MCALC, OPCHK, EQUIL, PYGEN, PMEIX

2. UNITSS

Function: to store table headings.

Called
From: COM624P

Calls: none

7
 CALL SOFTCL
CALL STIFFS CALL FUNCT ION
CALL STiFFA C, D, GAM, no,
CALL SAND CAVG, AS, AC,
CALL ROCK SANDAB, PHI
CALL LAYER

Figure 2.2. The flow chart of Main Program COM624P.

8
3. INPT

Function: this subroutine reads most of the technical data

for the problem.

Called
From: COM624P
Calls: none

4. OPIN

Function: this subroutine outputs the data for a problem.

Called
From: COM624P

Calls: none

5. NODE

Function: this subroutine (1) calculates the coordinate

for each node, (2) calculates the number of the
node at the top and bottom of each layer of
soil, and (3) initializes the array of soil
moduli.

Called
From: COM624P

Calls: none

6. FLXRIG

Function: this subroutine calculates the flexural rigidity

of the pile at each node.

Called
From: COM624P

Calls: none

9
7. DEFLEC

Function: subroutine DEFLEC calculates deflection at all

points along the pile.

Called
By: COM624P
Calls: none

8. DISTR

Function: this subroutine calculates distributed load

relevant to each node.

Called
By: COM624P
Calls: none

9. MCALC

Function: this subroutine computes the moment, soil

reaction, and combined stress in the pile at
each node along the pile.

Called
By: COM624P
Calls: FUNCTION D

10. OPCHK

Function: this routine calculates the imbalance in force

and moment at a node.

Called
By: COM624P

Calls: none

10
11. OUTPT

Function: subroutine OUTPT prints the information from final

solution, including a table of depth, deflection,
moment, maximum combined stress in the pile,
distributed load, soil modulus, and flexural
rigidity.

Called
By: COM624P

Calls: none

12. EQUIL

Function: this subroutine (1) computes boundary conditions

and prints them to facilitate checking and (2)
computes and prints overall force and moment
imbalance.

Called
By: COM624P

Calls: none

13. INPY

Function: this subroutine computes values of soil modulus

from input p-y curves.

Called
By: ESCALL

Calls: none

14. FUNCTIONS C, D, GAM, ESO, CAVG, AS, AC, SANDAB, PHI

Functions: these function subroutines do the following:

FUNCTION C computes the value of cohesion at any depth by

linear interpolation from input data.

FUNCTION D computes the pile diameter at any depth.

FUNCTION GAM computes the average effective unit weight of

soil above a point.

11
 FUNCTION E50 computes the £50 (strain at a stress ratio of
50 percent) by linear interpolation from input
data.

FUNCTION CAVG computes the average shear strength of soil

above a point.

FUNCTION AS computes the coefficient As for stiff clay

below the water table.

FUNCTION AC computes the coefficient Ac for stiff clay

below the water table.

FUNCTION SANDAB computes coefficients A and B for sand.

FUNCTION PHI computes angle of internal friction at any

depth.

Called
By: these functions are called in the subroutines
that generate p-y curves (SOFTCL, STIFFA,
STIFFB, and SAND) .

Calls: none

15. PYGEN

Function: this subroutine reads information needed to

generate p-y curves, stores data for each layer,
and calls ESCALL to generate p-y curves.

Called
By: COM624P

Calls: ESCALL

16. ESCALL

Function: subroutine ESCALL calls the appropriate

subroutine for calculation of soil modulus or
generation of p-y curves for verification
purposes.

Called
By: COM624P, PYGEN

Calls: SOFTCL, STIFFB, STIFFA, SAND, INPY

12
17. SOFTCL

Function: this subroutine generates p-y curves for output

verification and calculates secant soil modulus
at all nodes in soil with KSOIL = 1 (internally-
generated p-y curves in soft clay with Matlock's
(1970) recommendations).

Called
By: ESCALL

Calls: Functions D, C, GAM, E50

18. STIFFB

Function: this subroutine generates p-y curves for

verification of output and calculates secant soil
modulus at all relevant nodes where KSOIL = 2
(stiff clay below the water table with criteria by
Reese et al., 1975).

Called
By: ESCALL

Calls: Functions D, C, CAVG, GAM, E50, AS, AC

19. SAND

Function: this subroutine generates p-y curves for

verification of output and calculates secant soil
modulus at all relevant nodes where KSOIL = 4
(internally-generated p-y curves in sand with
criteria by Reese et al., 1974).

Called
By: ESCALL

Calls: Functions D, GAM, PHI

13
20. STIFFA

Function: this subroutine generates p-y curves for

verification of output and calculates secant soil
modulus at all relevant nodes when KSOIL = 3.

Called
By: ESCALL

Calls: Functions D, C, CAVG, GAM, and ESO

21. ROCK

Function: this subroutine generates p-y curves for

verification of output and calculates secant soil
modulus at all relevant nodes where KSOIL = 6
(internally-generated p-y curves in rock with
limestone criteria by Reese and Nyman, 1978).

Called
By: ESCALL

Calls: Functions, D, C, CAVG, GAM, ESO

22. LAYERS

Function: this subroutine calculates the equivalent

thickness of soil layers for use in the theory for
the behavior of layered soil.

Called
By: SOFTCL, STIFFB, STIFFA SAND

Calls: none.

23. PMEIX

Function: this subroutine calculates the ultimate bending

capacity and variation of flexural rigidity based
on given data on cross section.

Called
By: COM624P

Calls: SETUP, CSTRES, STEELP, SHELLP, SHELLM, COREP,

COREM.

14
 CHAPTER 3. GUIDE FOR EXECUTION OF COM624P
ON A MICROCOMPUTER

INTRODUCTION

COM624P was written with user-friendly features such as menu

input, free-field format, and screen editing. The output can be
sent to printers for hard-copy or sent to plotters for display of
graphics. This section describes the step-by-step procedures to
operate the system.

Operation of COM624P consists of three steps. The first step

is the creation of input-data files using the user friendly input
menus or an ASCII input batch file using a text editor. After an
input file has been created execute the program by selecting the
"Run" menu or typing COM624P .EXE for batch file execution. The
procedures for each step are described in the following
paragraphs.

BACKING UP AND RESTORING ORIGINAL DISKETTE

The user is assumed to have basic knowledge on how to use the

operating system (DOS) for selected microcomputers. Before
operating, a backup copy should be made for each original diskette
and the original diskettes should be stored in a safe place.

To make a backup of the entire diskette, the user can use the
following steps:

1. Format a regular blank floppy diskette using the FORMAT

command on the DOS operation system.

2. Insert the original diskette in Drive A, and the

formatted diskette in Drive B, then enter the following:

15
 A:> COPY A:*.* B: <CR>

(Note: <CR> represents the enter or return key)

3. If the user has a hard disk installed in the computer,

use the following instructions to create a COM624P directory and
save all the files onto the hard disk:

C:> MD COM624P <CR>

(Note: create a directory)

C:> CD COM624P <CR>

(Note: change main directory to COM624P directory)

C:\COM624P>COPY A:*.* <CR>

(Note: copy files from the original diskette in Drive A to

the hard disk in Drive C)

GtJXDE FOR XNSTALLATXON OF CONFXGtJRATXON FXLE

The program named INSTVIEW. EXE is used to create the

configuration file used for video attributes and graphics drivers.
The file produced by INSTVIEW is named C624EDIT. CFG. The
configuration file must be kept on the same disk directory that
contains C624EDIT.EXE and C624VIEW.EXE.

If these files are on Drive C, then enter the following:

C:\COM624P>INSTVIEW.EXE <CR>

16
1NSTV1EW will begin and will ask the user to make selections
regarding units of data, graphics hardware, Graphics Mode, and
video attributes. The following sections discuss the information
requested by 1NSTV1EW.

Control Parameters

The first input screen presented by 1NSTV1EW is the values

for control parameters denoted by COM624P. The default values are
provided as shown in the following. The user can change the
preset values, if it is necessary. For example, an input value of
2 for units will cause COM624P to display S1 units instead of
English units When the user is satisfied with the selection, the
Fa key should be pressed to continue to the selection of the
graphics driver and Graphics Mode.

C624EDIT Configuration File Editor

Units, 1 = lbs&inch, 2 = metric, 3 = other 1
p-y Curve Criteria: 0 = cyclic, 1 = static 1
Print full pile response: 0 = off, 1 = on 1
Print p-y curves: 0 = off, 1 = on ......... 1
Iterations Limit for Analysis ............. lOO
Convergence tolerance for pile analysis ... O.OOOlOO
Back-up data files: 0 = off, 1 = on ...... 1
Pile Property Library Path & Name ........ B:PILEDATA.LIB

A l:DEF:Num 1

: Move Cell ? Help - F2 Edi t Cell - - Fa Continue --_~I--~

17
Graphics Driyer and Mode

The second input screen presented by INSTVIEW is the menu

from which the graphics driver is selected. The graphics drivers
that are supported are:

(1) CGA
(2) MCGA
(3) EGA (256K memory version)
(4 ) EGA (64K memory version)
(5) EGA driving monochrome monitors
( 6) VGA
(7 ) IBM 8514
(8) AT&T
( 9) Hercules monochrome
(10) IBM PC3270

Graphics Drivers
(1) Color Graphics Adapter (CGA)
(2) MCGA
(3) 16 Color Enhanced Graphics Adapter
(4) 4-Color Enhanced Graphics Adapter
(5) EGA driving Monochrome Display
(6) IBM-8514 Graphics Card
(7) Hercules Monochrome Graphics Adapter
(8) AT&T 400-Line Graphics Adapter
(9) Virtual Graphics Array (VGA)
(10) IBM PC3270 Graphics
(11) Accept this selection
Current Selection is VGA
Enter new selection: 11

All of the above graphics drivers, with the exception of the

IBM PC3270 and Hercules monochrome, can be driven in a variety of
modes. After the graphics driver has been selected, a third input

18
screen is presented for the selection of the Graphics Mode. The
Graphics Mode controls the combination of pixel densities and
colors used by COM624P.

Graphics Modes for VGA

(1) 640x200 16-Color
(2) 640x3s0 16-Color
(3) 640x480 16-Color
(4) Accept this selectipn
Current Selection is (3)
Enter new selection: 4

The next screen is to specify plotting-control values and the

printing device in the system, as shown below. It should be noted
that all the printer output will be sent to port LPT1. If the
setup in the system is different, the user can use DOS MODE
command to redirect the printer port.

Optional Plotting Control Values

Axis Title Character Size (IN) ............. . 0.15000
Plottinq Symbol Size (IN) .................. . 0.15000
Plotter Pen Number for Axis Titles ......... . 1
Plotter ~en Number for Axis and Borders .... . 1
Plotter Pen Number for Data Line & Symbols .. 1
Type of Printer Used for Screen Dump ....... . 2
Codes for printers: 1 = Epson MX, FX
2 Epson LQ
3 = Toshiba 24-pin
4 = HP LaserJet and DeskJet
5 HP InkJet
6 IBM Proprinter
7 IBM Proprinter24
All printer output is sent to LPTI.
To redirect LPTI to COMl use the DOS MODE command.
A I:DEF:Num 0.15000
: Move Cell - 7 : Help - F2 Edit Cell - - F8 Continue --I

19
video Attributes

The final input screen presented by INSTVIEW is the

interactive selection of the video attributes used in the screen
menus. The user may use this feature to customize the colors used
by Menu to suit his or her personal tastes. Five video attributes
may be selected. They are the color schemes used on Menu
backgrounds, the highlighted letter choices, the current Menu
selections and the data-entry cells (both active and inactive).
This interactive section shows an example of the current
selections so that the user can appraise the selections and avoid
confusing combinations of color. Users running the program on
systems with monochrome monitors have a smaller range of
selections, but still have a wide variety of possible selections.

Selections for the video attributes are made by moving the

box to the desired combination of letter color and background
color, then by pressing the appropriate Function Key (Keys Fl
through F5). The user may change any of the selections as
desired. The user then presses the Escape Key when satisfied with
the current selections for the video attributes.

Acceptance of Changes

The last step of the installation process is for the user to

indicate acceptance of the current configuration for COM624P. If
the user is satisfied, 'Y' or 'y' should be entered for yes. If a
'yes' response is given, COM624P will write the new version of
C624EDIT to the current directory and indicate that it has been
changed. If the user enters an answer other than • yes', the
program exits without saving a new configuration file.

20
MENU STRUCTURE

COM624P, Version 2.0, uses the window feature and pull-down-

menu interface for easy learning and operation. Figure 3.1 shows
the complete structure of COM624P's Main Menu and its successive
pull-down menus.

The main function of the File Menu is for assigning files for
input, output, and graphical data. The "Input" Menu will call up
Module C624EDIT which consists of four sub-menus. The sub-menu
named "Analysis" in C624EDIT is for entering data that are needed
for computation of a pile under lateral loading. The sub-menu
named "Mul t" is for entering data that are needed for computing
the ultimate bending moment and EI-values for the selected-pile
section. Because Module C624EDIT also can be used as a stand-
alone program, the "File" sub-menu is provided for reading and
saving of the data files. The "Option" sub-menu mainly provides
the user an easy way for changing parameters on configuration.

The "Run" Menu will call up Module COM624P for execution,

using the specified files for input and output. The "Graphics"
Menu will call up Module C624VIEW, which consists of four sub-
menus. The sub-menu "File" under the Graphics Menu is needed only
if the Module C624VIEW is used as a stand-alone program. If a
file name for graphical data has been given earlier, the program
will automatically use that file for producing graphical results.
The sub-menu named "View" is for generating graphics on the screen
for preview. The sub-menu named "Plot" is for generating HP-GL
plotting files for high-quality pen plotters. The sub-menu
"Option" is provided for changing the parameters on configuration.
The detailed discussion of each menu will be presented later in
this chapter.

21
 File Input Run Graphics

Directory
Input File
Output File
Graphics File
Changer Dlr.
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

File Option

l?eac !JtIe
I TIH
New Pile Properties Cross-Section
Save Soil Properties AxIal Loads
Write Lateral p-y Data Strength of Mat'I
Directory Data for Loading Dimension
Change Dlr Computation CtrI Rebar Arrang.
Quit to DOS Output Tables Main Menu
Main Menu Main Menu

File VIew Plot Option

Read
I I
p-y Curves
I
p-y (.;urves
Directory Response Curves Response Curves
Change to Dlr. Ultimate Moment Ultimate Moment
QufttoDOS Interaction Dla. Interaction Dla.
Main Menu VIew Curves VIew Curves
Main Menu Main Menu

Figure 3.1. Main menu structure of COM624P.

22
GUIDE FOR. USING MAINMENU

The MAINMENU. BAT file is a special batch file that will

integrate all the modules needed for operation of COM624P in the
DOS environment. The shell process was used so that the computer
will automatically transfer control to the appropriate module,
based on the given command.

To initiate the program, the user enters

C:\COM624P>MAINMENU <CR>

The program will quickly bring up the Main Menu on the screen.
The Main Menu has four choices: File, Input, Run, and Graphics.
File Input Run Graphics

This program is developed es~ecially for Design and analysis

of piles under lateral loading. The current version is 2.0
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as assigning input file,
output file, and graphics file, reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations.
The selection of INPUT menu allows the user to access Program
C624EDIT to create a data file or to edit an existing data file.
The selection of the RUN menu allows the user to execute the
program with the specified input and output files.
The selection of the GRAPHICS menu allows the user to view the
soil and pile response curves directly on the screen. The
system must have graphics adapters such as CGA, EGA, VGA, or
monographics adapter in order to view the graphics.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

Once the Main Menu has been called, an item can be selected
by pressing the key corresponding to the first letter in the name
of the menu. The arrow keys can also be used to move the
highlight bar and Enter can be pressed when the bar is at the
appropriate command.

23
 The selection of the File Menu allows the user to access a
pull-down menu for file operations such as assigning an input
file, output file, and graphics file, reading an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations.

The selection of the Input Menu changes the screen from the
Main Menu to the Input Menu as shown in Figure 3.1. The selection
of the Run Menu allows the user to execute the program with the
specified files for input and output. The selection of the
Graphics Menu changes the screen from the Main Menu to the
Graphics Menu as shown in Fig. 3.1.

The first step is to select the File Menu. Once the File
Menu has been pulled down, the hot keys for the Up arrow and the
Down arrow can be used to highlight the desired command.

File Input Run Graphics

~

Directory
Input File
OUtput File
Graphic File
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

24
 The user needs to specify a Input, Output, and Graphics file
before selecting the Input, Run or Graphics Menu.
File Input Run Graphics
1
~~--------~------------------------------------------------------~
Directory
I EXAMPLE.INl
~---------------- Read File Name --------------~

Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit
GUIDE FOR US ING INPUT MENU

Input Menu Options

Once you select the "INPUT" from the Main Menu, the Input
Menu will be shown on the screen as in the following.
File Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
25
 The Input Menu has four submenus: File, Analysis, MULT, and
Option. The four menus allow the user to access file operations,
data editing, control of variables in the analysis, and program
options. If help is needed for data entry, the FI key is pressed
to access the help files.

The user can move from one choice to another by using either
the arrow keys or by typing the highlighted letter of the choice.
Thus, if the File selection is currently highlighted (and the File
pull-down menu is not shown), one may move to the Analysis
selection by either typing the right-arrow key twice or by typing
'A' or 'a' for Analysis.

Fi Ie Submenu

The File Submenu presented under the "Input" menu provides

additional access to the commands for the control of input files.
This menu controls reading of input files, creation of new input
files, saving of files, examining the contents of any
subdirectory, changing of directories, and exiting the program at
the conclusion of use.

If the user has already specified the file name for the input
data under the Main Menu, they need not give the file name here;
however, if the input file was not specified previously, the
selection of "File" will allow you to enter the file name again.
To access the file menu, you need to move the highlighted bar to
the "File" and press <Enter>. The options under the File submenu
will be shown on the screen as the following.

The File pull-down menu commands are:

Read - to read data files,

New - to create a new data file,
Save - to save the current data as a disk file,

26
 Directory - to display disk directories,
Change Dir - to switch subdirectories,
Exit to Dos - to leave the program, and
Main - to return to the Main Menu.

File Analysis Mult Option

r--
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

For example, to retrieve an existing input file named EXAMPLE.IN6,

you can move the cursor to highlight "Read" on the submenu and
press <Enter>. The screen will have a window for the user to
enter the file name as shown below.
File Analysis Mult Option
Read
New
I
r---r---------,-------------------------------------------------~

~-------------- New File Name --------------__

I EXAMPLE.IN6
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
27
Once the input file is found, the program will read line by line
from the file and the data will be echoed on the screen.
File Analysis Mult Option
~-------------------------- Reading EXAMPLE.IN6 --------------------------~
Line UO: 30.0000 30.0000 14906.0000 707.0000
Line UO: 160.0000 30.0000 47813.0000 707.0000
Line U1: 1 4 0.0000 360.0000 90.0000
Line U2: 0.0000 0.06900
Line U2: 360.0000 0.06900
Line U3: 0.0000 0.0000 38.0000 0.00000
Line U3: 360.0000 0.0000 38.0000 0.00000
Line U7: 4
Line U8: 20.0000
Line U8: 60.0000
Line U8: 100.0000
Line U8: 150.0000
Line U9: 1
Line 120: 1 60000.0000 0.0000 50000.0000
Line 121: 2 1
Line 122: 50000.00
Line 123: 3500.00 60000.00 0.00 29000000.00
Line 124: 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Line 125: 8 12 o 3.0000
Press any key to continue

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

If there is an error in retrieving data, a message will be given

on the screen. The user should note the cause of the error and
press the <Enter> key to continue. Most of the errors have to do
with the format of input data. The user should check the line
number and make the correction later on the Edit screen.

After the editing of the input data is completed, the user

needs to save the new data by moving the cursor to "Save" and
pressing <Enter> after the "Save" was highlighted. A window will
allow the user to give a file name for the new data as shown in
the following.

The user can press "M" and then <Enter> to return to the initial
Input Menu.

28
 File Analysis Mult Option
r---r-------~------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
Save
I EXAMPLE.IN7 Save File Name --------------__

Main Menu I

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Analysis Submenu

The Analysis Submenu opens access to edit the various data

groups defining the problem. Variables that may be edited through
this submenu are title for the problem, pile properties, soil
properties, load-transfer data, data for loading, computation
control and output format.
File Analysis Mult option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

29
The Analysis pull-down menu commands are:

Title - to edit the program title,

Pile Properties - to edit the pile properties (length,
diameter, cross-sectional area, and EI),
Soil Properties - to edit the soil properties (layers,
strength parameters, unit weights, etc.),
Load-Transfer - to edit the user-specified p-y curves,
Data for Loading - to edit loads at the top of the pile and
the distributed load,
Computation Control - to select the tolerance and iteration
numbers for computation,
Output Tables - to select options for printing output data,
and
Main - to return to Main Menu.

The user can select anyone of the items shown in the

Analysis submenu to review, create, or change the data. Some of
the variables for input may use an abbreviated name because of the
limited space available on the editing window. However, all
variables will have a full, detailed explanation in the help file.
It should also be noted that all the x-coordinates described by
the program are based on the origin which is set at the top of the
pile. If help is needed for data entry, the user can press the
"Fl" key to access the help file, and press the "Fa" to return to
the edit screen.

The screens that are used to create data for EXAMPLE.IN6 are
presented in the following to illustrate the usage of the Analysis
submenu.

30
 File Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title ~~~--------­
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

Move the cursor to "Title", then press <Enter> key; the

following screen will appear.

31
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

A 1: DEF: Lab EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- I : Edit Screen---- F8 : Continue --_~I--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key: [F8] •

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
--
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to "Pile Properties", then press <Enter> key;
the following screen will appear.

32
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Dimensions

Number of increments «= 300) ••••••••••••••••••••• 100

Distance from top of pile to ground surface - inches 0.0
Length of pile •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• inches 360.00
Pile modulus ................................ psi 3200000
Slope of ground surface (degrees) ••••••••••••••••• 0.0000

A l:DEF:Num 100
~ Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue ___4-I__~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key: [F8) •

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
inches inches inches**4 inches 2
*
1
2
0.00
30.00
30.000
30.000
47813.0000
14906.0000
707.0000
707.0000
3 160.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell - ? : Help - / : Edit Screen---- F8 : Continue --_~I--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [Fl] or "1" for help, the screen on next page
will appear.

33
 File Analysis Mult Option

Help Topics
Mult MENU Edit - Computation Control
Mult - Shape and Axial Loads Edit - Output Tables
Mult - Rebar & Concrete Strength FILE MENU
Mult - Section Dimension File - Read
Mult - Rebar Arrangement File - New
EDIT MENU File - Save
Edit - Title File - Write
Edit - Pile Properties~.~----­ File - Directory
Edit - Soil Properties File - Change Directory
Edit - Soil - p-y Criteria File - Exit to DOS
Edit - Soil - k for Clays MAIN MENU
Edit - Soil - k for Sands Main - Pull-down Menus
Edit - Soil - ESO Main - Hot Keys
Edit - Soil - p-y Multipliers OPTIONS MENU
Edit - Soil - Unit Weights Options - Units
Edit - Lat. Load Trans. Options - Pile Property Library
Edit - Data for Loading Options - Save Config. File
Options - Auto-backup
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to "Pile Properties" and press <Enter>; the
following screen will appear.

File Analysis Mult Option

The maximum number of increments allowed into which the pile is

divided is 300. Typically the user will have selected the number of
increments to be equal to some multiple of the overall pile length,
so that the output values are calculated uniformly with depth.
Piles can have several different segments but each one is treated
as a uniform cross section. For taper piles, the program allows
the user to use up to 10 uniform segments to model the properties.
"Top Depth" shown in Editing Pile Section Properties is the x-coord.
(depth below the top of pile) of the top of a segment of pile with
uniform cross section.
For frequent designers if the pile diameter is set equal to zero,
the user gains access to a library file defining pile properties. The
pile property library is created separately by the user for his own
use. If the units of the data in the pile property library are dif-
ferent from those set inside C624EDIT, a units conversion is performed
F1 : Help Index ---- Page Up PageDown ----- F8 : Return ---------~I
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [F8] to return to the Edit Menu.

34
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
inches inches inches**4 inches 2
*
1
2
0.00
30.00
30.000
30.000
47813.0000
14906.0000
707.0000
707.0000
3 160.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A 1:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue ----J
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key: [F8] •

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to "Soil Properties", then press <Enter>; the
following screen will appear.

35
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6
Editing Soil Layer Information
Layer Criteria X-top X-bot k
# # inches inches lb/in3
1 4 0.00 360.00 90.00
2 3 360.00 540.00 500.00
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
~--------------------------- p-y Curve Criteria ----------------------------~
#1 = Soft Clay Criteria #3 = Stiff Clay Above Watertable
#2 = Stiff Clay Below Watertable #4 = Sand
#5 = Interp. Between Input Curves #6 = Vuggy Limestone
D 2:DEF:Num 500.00000
- Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen-- Fa Continue --~----'
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [Fa] to continue.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6

Editing Effective Unit Weight Information

Point Depth Unit Weight
# inches lb/in3
1 0.00 0.069
2 360.00 0.069
3 360.00 0.034
4 540.00 0.034
5
6
7
a
9
10

A 4:DEF:Num 540.00000
- Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [Fa] to continue.

36
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Shear Strength Information

Layer Depth c <P E50
# inches psi deg. @ 50% of c
1 0.00 0.000 38.00 0.0000
2 360.00 0.000 38.00 0.0000
3 360.00 10.000 0.00 0.0050
4 540.00 10.000 0.00 0.0050
5
6
7
8
9
10

A 4:DEF:Num 540.00000

i....-- Move Cell - ? : Help - / Edi t Screen-- F8 Continue __~__- J

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [F81.

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to "Data for Loading", then press <Enter>; the
following screen will appear.

37
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Loading Information

Distributed lateral loading (yin) ? ••••••••••••••• n

Is loading cyclic (yin) ? ••••••••••••••••••••••••• n
Boundary condition code (KBC) ••••.•••.••••••.•..•• 1

KBC = 1 for shear and moment (free head)

KBC = 2 for shear and slope (fixed head)
KBC = 3 for shear and rotational restraint (partially fixed)
KBC = 4 for deflection and moment
A l:DEF:Lab n
---- Move Cell --- ? : Help --- I : Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~----'
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [F8] to continue.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile-head Loading
KOP Shear Moment Axial Load
pounds in-lbs pounds
1 20000.00 0.000 50000.00
1 40000.00 0.000 50000.00

KOP=O if only a summary output for this load to be printed

=1 if complete output is desired for this load

A 1:DEF:Num 1
~ Move Cell --- ? : Help --- I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~----~
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [F8].

38
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to "Computation Control", then press <Enter>;
the following screen will appear.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

1. Maximum number of iterations allowed for analysis 100

2. Tolerance on solution convergence, inches 0.000010
3. Value of deflection considered to be excessive, inches 147.0000
4. Computation using internally-generated cracked EI (YIN N
Note: If the above answer is Y, remeber to enter the same
axial load and other parameters such as arrangement
of rebar, concrete and rebar strength in the "MULT"
menu later.

A l:DEF:Num 100
---- Move Cell ? : Help --- I : Edit Screen---- Fa : Continue ___~J__~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [F8] (if needed, press the [F-l] key to access
the Help File for an explanation of cracked/uncracked El) .

39
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to "Output Tables," then press <Enter>; the
following screen will appear.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6

Output Printing Options

*** Lateral Load Analysis ***
Printing Increment (1 for every node, 2 for every other node, etc) 1
Print deflection, moment, shear over full length of pile (Yin) Y
Print p-y curves for verification Y

A l:DEF:Num 1
-- Move Cell --- ? Help - I Edit Screen---- F8 Continue
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key: [F8] •

40
 MQLT Submenu

The MULT Submenu opens access to the editing commands for

ultimate-bending moment computation. Variables edited through
this menu are the title for computation, cross-sectional shape,
axial loads, strength of materials, dimensions of cross section,
and rebar measurement. The user can pull down the MULT submenu by
moving the highlighted bar to "MULT" and press <Enter> after the
initial Input Menu is returned to the screen as shown below.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Title
Cross Section Sh~pe
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

The MULT pull-down menu commands are:

Title - to edit the program title,

Cross-section Shape - to select the shape of the cross
section,
Axial Loads - to enter the values of axial loads that are
considered,
Strength of Materials - to enter the yield strength and the
elastic modulus,
Dimension of Cross Section - to enter the dimensions for
specified cross section,
Rebar Arrangement - to enter the rebar size, rebar number and
arrangement, and
Main - to return to Main Menu.

41
 If the user would like to compute the ultimate bending moment
of the pile or ask the program to generate cracked/uncracked
bending stiffness used for deflection computation, input data
should be provided for each item under the MULT submenu. If
cracked EI is chosen for the computation, the axial load entered
in the "Data for Loading" submenu of the "Analysis" menu should be
consistent with the axial load used in the "Mult" submenu for each
case. If help is needed for data entry, the user can press "Fl"
key to access the help file and then press the "F8" key to return
to the previous screen.

The screens that are needed to create data for EXAMPLE.IN6

are presented in the following screens to illustrate the usage of
the MULT menu.

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape~----~
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key: [C] .

42
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Identification number of the shape of cross section

of the pile:
1: Rectangular or square;
2: Circular (without shell or core);
3: Circular (with shell but without core);
4: Circular (with shell and core);
5: Circular steel pipe;
Enter the number: 2

A l:DEF:Num 2
'--- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~----'
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press Command Key: [Fa]

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads ...
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

FI-Heljl Alt-X-Exit

PrASS Command Key: [A]

43
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6

Enter axial loads for cross section design:

Point Loads pounds
1 50000.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
If the cracked EI will be used in computation of the pile deflection,
the field will show the same axial load given in the "Analysis" menu.
A l:DEF:Num 50000.00000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press Command Key: [F8]

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials~--~­
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

~ress Command Key: [S]

44
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter strength parameters of materials

Cylinder strength of concrete psi 3500.00000

Yield strength of reinforcement psi 60000.00000
Yield strength of shell or core psi 0.00000
Modulus of elasticity of steel psi 29000000.00000

A l:DEF:Num 3500.00000000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press Command Key: [F8]

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section~-------­
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

Fi-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press Command Key: [D]

45
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter cross-section dimension

Width of section (rectangular section only) inches 0.00000

Depth of section (rectangular section only) inches 0.00000
Outer diameter (circular section only) inches 30.00000
Outer diameter of core (circular section only) inches 0.00000
Thickness of shell (circular section only) inches 0.00000
Thickness of core (circular section only) inches 0.00000

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
---- Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen-- Fa Continue ___~____J
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press Command Key: [Fa]

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Title
Cross Se~tion Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

~recr, Lommana Key: LRj

46
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6

Rebar Arrangement

Size of the rebar (enter the bar number, 3, 5, 8, 9 ••. ) 8

Number of reinforcing bars 12
Number of rows of reinforcing bars (rectangular section only) o
Cover of rebar (from center of rebar to outer edge 3.0000
of concrete) inches

A l:DEF:Num 8

~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~----I

F1-H~lp Alt-X-Exit

Presr- Command Key: [F8]

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu ...

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press Command Key: [M]

47
 File Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

PreRR Command Key: [F)

File Analysis Mult Option

r--r-------,
Read
New
Save .....
.:~--+­
Write
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

Pre~s Command Key: [S]

48
 Options Submenu

The Options Submenu provides a path for the user to the

commands that control where C624EDIT looks for a library file, for
pile properties, and to save the current Analysis variables in the
configuration file. The procedure for accessing the Options pull-
down menu is no different than for the other menus. The user can
move the cursor to "Options" and press <Enter>. The following
information will be shown on your screen.

File Analysis Mult Option

Units pounds & inches
Library Directory
Save Configuration file
Auto Backup On
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

The Options pull-down menu commands are:

Units - to select units for computation,

Library Directory - to change the name of the subdirectory
containing the pile-properties library,
Save Configuration File - to save the current values of the
Analysis and Options variables to the configuration
file,
Auto Backup - a toggle switch to enable the automatic
backing up of any file read by C624EDIT.EXE, so that
the file may be saved under its original name. The
backup-file name will be the original file name with a
file extension of "BAK," and
Main - to return to the Main Menu.

49
COM624P can perform calculations in pounds and inches (Option 1),
kilonewtons and meters (Option 2), or any consistent set on units
(Option 3) for force and length. The user should take care that
all input values are entered in consistent units. The following
screen will illustrate how to select the units that the user
requires.

File Analysis Mult Option

Units force & length/
Library D
Save Conf 1 for pounds & inches
Auto Back 2 for kN & meters
Main Menu 3 for force & length
Units =1

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

Pi1e-Library Fi1e

In many cases, a user may want to try several different sizes

of piles, which can be a standard steel section or a non-standard
reinforced concrete section, for the preliminary studies. The
pile-library file is a data-base file in which the user can store
data for most commonly-used pile sections. This file will be
automatically loaded into the computer memory each time the user
calls the Input Menu.

The pile-library file is associated with the section for

editing pile properties in Module C624EDIT. The pile-library data
will be presented on the screen for selection if the user leaves

50
blank the entry fields for pile diameter, moment of inertia, and
area during the editing process.

The name of the file under which C624EDIT looks for the pile
property library can have up to 42 characters. The user should be
sure to enter the full name of the pile property library file,
including the disk drive letter and path. The following screens
will illustrate how to select the new pile property library.

51
 File Analysis Mult Option

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
# inches inches inches**4 inches z
1 0.00
2 240.00
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A 2:DEF:Num 240.00000
~ : Move Cell - - ? : Help - - / : Edit Screen-- F8 : Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Leave blank for all fields except for "Top Depth", then press
[F8] key.

File Analysis Mult Option

Pile Section 1 - Top Depth = 0.00 inches

Select Appropriate Pile Type

HP l4x1l7, Axis x-x

HP 14x1l7 Axis y-y
HP 14xl02, Axis x-x •
HP 14xl02, Axis y-y
HP l4x89, Axis x-x
HP l4x89, Axis y-y
HP 14x73, Axis x-x
HP 14x73 , Axis y-y
HP 12x74, Axis x-x
HP l2x74, Axis y-y
FX = A FY= 3 Page = o Library entry 3

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to the selection for the first pile segment,
then press <Enter>.

52
 File Analysis Mult Option

Pile Section 2 - Top Depth = 240.00 inches

Select Appropriate Pile Type

HP 14x117, Axis x-x

HP 14x117 Axis y-y
HP 14xl02, Axis x-x
HP 14xl02, Axis y-y
HP 14x89, Axis x-x
HP 14x89, Axis y-y
HP 14x73, Axis x-x ..
HP 14x73, Axis y-y
HP 12x74, Axis x-x
HP 12x74, Axis y-y
FX = A IT= 7 Page = o Library entry 7

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to the selection for the second segment, then
press <Enter>.
File Analysis Mult Option

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Morn. of Inert. Area
41 inches inches inches**4 inches 2
1 0.00 14.030 1050.0000 30.0000
2 240.00 13.640 734.0000 21.5000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
- : Move Cell - ? : Help - / : Edit Screen- F8 : Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
The selection from the pile-library is shown on the above
screen.

53
 The format for pile-library data is quite straightforward.
There are two lines of input reserved for each size of pile. The
first line is used for the description of the pile section such as
"HP 14 x 73, Y-Y Axis". The second line consists of five entry
fields. The first entry is the I.D. for units. For English Units
"1" is entered, and "2" is entered for S. I. units. The second
entry on Line 2 is the diameter or width of the section
perpendicular to the direction of loading. The third entry on
Line 2 is the value of the moment of inertia. The fourth entry on
Line 2 is the cross-sectional area. The last entry is the modulus
of elasticity for the section. The free-field format is used for
the entry. The user can use any text editor to add or delete the
data in the pile-library file.

Gui.de to pata-Entry

When a selection is made from the Analysis or Mult Submenus,

a data-entry-worksheet display appears on the screen. The data
that have been entered are shown in a spreadsheet-type
arrangement.

The data-entry worksheet screen, as shown in Fig. 3.2,

contains three main sections:

1. The top line of the screen display is the Main Menu

with 'Edit' highlighted.

2. The data-entry worksheet section consists of two

boxes, a large box about 18 lines high followed by a
small box about two lines high.

3. The bottom two lines of the display contain a

guide to some of the 'key assignments' for
commands to use with the data-entry worksheet.

54
 File Analysis Mult Option
EXAMPLE.IN6 - . - Top Line
r---------------------------------------------------------~
Editing Shear Strength Information
Layer Depth c cp E50
inches psi deg. @ 50\ of c
• . - Large box for
1 0.00 0.000 38.00 0.0000 data entry
2 360.00 0.000 38.00 0.0000
3
4
5
U1 6
U1 7
8
9
10

Small box for

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000 . - data entry
I...-- Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen- F8 Continue J.... Key Assignment
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

Figure 3.2. Data-entry worksheet.

 The data-entry worksheet, Section 2, is the most important
part of the display, and the section where all of the data-entry
operations will take place.

The upper, and largest, box of the worksheet section of the

screen display contains the data that have been entered. These
data are in a spreadsheet-type arrangement; that is, in columns,
designated alphabetically from left to right, and in rows,
designated numerically from top to bottom. A location, designated
by a column letter and a row number, is called a cell and each
item of data is stored in one of these ce'lls. By using the
cursor-movement commands, a highl ight can be moved in any
direction from the upper left cell to the lower right cell. The
highlighted cell is called the 'working cell'. A cell must be
highlighted - the working cell - for data to be entered or edited.
The data in an existing file, shown on the worksheet, can be
manipulated to some extent by using the Worksheet Edit commands
that will be described later.

The lower box of the worksheet section of the display is

where data are entered into the working cell, or the existing data
is edited. This box has two lines. The upper line shows the
following information for the working cell:

Location - column letter and row number,

Status - UND means the cell is not defined as a part of
the data and DEF means the cell has been
defined to contain data, and
Data - the data type [Num for numeric and Lab(label)
for alphanumeric] followed by the existing
data in the cell.

The bottom line of the lower box is the 'Entry Line' where
.data entry or data editing are done. A blinking cursor is shown
on this line. Data are typed by moving the cursor to the right.
Only the Backspace key, however, may be used for corrections to

56
the typed data; the Backspace key is used to move the cursor back
(without canceling the typed symbols) to where a correction is to
be made, and then the correct data are overtyped. The Enter
(Return) key is used to accept edited data as the data in the
working cell.

If the information in the working cell requires editing, two

methods may be used. The simplest way is merely to reenter the
data. The other way is to enter the Cell Edit Mode by pressing
the F2 key. Editing in this mode will be explained later. The
key assignments in the bottom two lines of the display, Section 3,
change to show Cell Edit commands. These commands are used to
make the desired modifications to the data in a cell. Pressing
Enter (Return) will exit the Edit Mode and also replace the
existing data in the working cell with the edited data.

Worksheet Commands

There are three sets of commands to be used with a data-entry

worksheet. These are the Basic Worksheet Commands, the Cell Edit
Commands, and the Worksheet Edit Commands. The Basic Worksheet
Commands are in effect when a data-entry worksheet is entered.
The other two sets of commands are invoked from the Basic
Worksheet Commands. A key assignment in the form of 'A(key) I may
be found in the command sets. To obtain this key assignment, the
I Cntl I and the second key are pressed at the same time. For
example, AA is obtained by pressing <Cntl> and <A> at the same
time. The key assignments for the various sets of commands are
given in the following paragraphs.

Basic Worksheet Commapds

These commands are in effect when a display of a data-entry

worksheet is on the screen, except when either of the other two

57
command sets has been invoked and is in use. The key assignments
for some, but not all, of these commands are shown in the bottom
two lines, Section 3, of the screen display. The key assignments
for the commands in this set are as follows:

Key
Assigpment Astiop

Left Arrow Move highlight one cell to the left

Right Arrow Move highlight one cell to the right

Up Arrow Move highlight up one cell

Down Arrow Move highlight down one cell

Page Up Move up one page (if more than one page)

Page Down Move down one page (if more than one page)

F2 Enter Cell-Edit Mode

Return (Enter) Accept data entered or edited, exit Cell-

Edit Mode

I Enter Worksheet-Edit Mode

Fa Return to Edit Menu or move to next

worksheet for current menu item

End Return to Main Menu

? or Fl Enter Help Mode

The preceding commands are all self-explanatory except for

"F2" - Enter Cell - Edit Mode and "I" - Enter Worksheet - Edit
Mode, which will be described in detail in the next two sections.

58
 The following screens illustrate the procedures for calling
the help file during data entry. It should be noted that the help
file is a simple text file to which the user can add his/her own
comments or notes at desirable locations. The user can open the
help file named C624EDID.HLP by using any available text editor.
The help file, however, always needs to stay in the same file
directory with C624EDIT.EXE.
File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Shear Strength Information

Layer Depth c cp E50
inches psi deg. ~ @ 50\ of c
* 1 0.00 0.000 38.00 0.0000
2 360.00 0.000 38.00 0.0000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

The help topics will be shown on the screen once the "Fl" or
"? II keys have been pressed. You can move the cursor to the
desired topics and press <Enter> to bring the help instruction on
to the screen.

59
 File Analysis Mult Option

Help Topics
Mult MENU Edit - Computation Control
Mult - Shape and Axial Loads Edit - Output Tables
Mult - Rebar & Concrete Strength FILE MENU
Mult - Section Dimension File - Read
Mult - Rebar Arrangement File - New
EDIT MENU File - Save
Edit - Title File - Write
Edit - Pile Properties File - Directory
Edit - Soil Properties File - Change Directory
Edit - Soil - p-y Criteria File - Exit to DOS
Edit - Soil - k for Clays MAIN MENU
Edit - Soil - k for Sands Main - Pull-down Menus
l-----
Edit - Soil - E50 ......
Edit - Soil - p-y Multipliers
Main - Hot Keys
OPTIONS MENU
Edit - Soil - Unit Weights Options - Units
Edit - Lat. Load Trans. Options - Pile Property Library
Edit - Data for Loading Options - Save Config. File
Options - Auto-backup
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit
Move the cursor to the "ESO", then press <Enter>.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Soil Strain Parameter E50

Soft Clay, c = 1.74 to 3.47 psi E50 = 0.02
250 to 500 psf
12 to 24 KPa
Medium Clay, c = 3.47 to 6.94 psi E50 = 0.01
500 to 1000 psf
24 to 48 KPa
Stiff Clay, c = 6.94 to 13.9 psi E50 = 0.007
1000 to 2000 psf
48 to 96 KPa
Very Stiff Clay, c = 13.9
2000
to 27.8 psi
to 4000 psf
E50 = 0.005
96 to 192 KPa
F1 : Help Index ---- PageUp PageDown ----- F8 Return
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit
Press Command Key [Fa] to return.

60
 Cell-Edit Commands

The Cell-Edit Mode is used to make changes and additions to

the data in the working cell, and is entered by typing the F2 key.
When this key is pressed, a highlighted bar will appear on the
line between the two worksheet boxes as shown in the following.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

~---------------Edit Mode Overwrite ------------~

A l:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES
EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES
~A ~F: Move Cursor Insert/Delete/~G -------------~~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

The highlighted bar contains 'Edit Mode' and an indication that

the data entry is in the 'Insert' or the 'Overwrite' condition.
Two general types of commands are available, cursor-movement
commands and data-change commands. The key assignments for the
Cell-Edit Mode are displayed in the bottom two lines, Section 3,
of the screen.

Key
Assignment Action

Left Arrow Move cursor on the entry line to the

left

61
Right Arrow Move cursor on the entry line to the
right

Move cursor to beginning of the entry

line

AF Move cursor to end of the entry line

Insert Toggles between 'Insert' and 'Overtype'
for data entry

Del Deletes character to the left of the

cursor

AG Deletes character at the cursor

Return (Enter) Accepts data on the entry line and exits
Cell-Edit Mode

The following screens illustrate how to use the above

commands for changing the data.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

1 - - - - - - Edit Mode Insert On -------i

A l:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES
EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE PILES
-A -F: Move Cursor Insert/Delete/-G I
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

,Press the "Ins" key to change to insert mode for the edited cell,
then add the word "Reinforced" before the word "Concrete" as shown
in the next screen.

62
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters 10n9)

EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE PILES

-----.------------------------------------------------------------------1
A l:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE PILES
"-- Move Cell - ? : Help - / : Edit Screen- F8 : Continue _ .....---'
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

Worksheet-Edit Commands

The Worksheet-Edit Mode is used to manipulate entire lines of

data in the worksheet. It is invoked by typing '/' from the
Basic-Worksheet-Command list. When the '/ ' is typed, a
highlighted bar appears on the line between the two worksheet
boxes, and a list of possible operations appears in the
highlighted bar as shown in the following.
File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
inches inches inches**4 inches a
*
1
2
0.00
30.00
30.000
30.000
47813.0000
14906.0000
707.0000
707.0000
3 160.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

~------------- Blank Copy Delete Exchange Insert Move

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
/ Move cell _ ? I Help - / : Edit Screen- F8 I Continue _.....r.._--'
Fl-He1p Alt-X-Exit

63
A '/' also appears on the entry line of the lower box. To
complete the command, the first letter of the choice from the list
of possible operations is typed on the entry line; in addition,
some answers to prompts on the entry line may have to be typed.
After the selected operation is complete, the program returns to
the Basic-Worksheet-Command Mode. The following operations are
available:

Key
Assignment Action

/B(lank) Erase current row and set all cells on the row to
UND (undefined) status
/C(opy) Copies contents of first row specified to
second row specified

/D(elete) Deletes current row and moves up following

rows

/E(xchange) Exchanges contents between first row specified

and second row specified

/I(nsert) Inserts blank row where specified and moves

following rows down

/M(ove) Moves contents of first row specified to second

row specified and adjusts contents of
intermediate rows so no data are lost

ESC (ape) Exits Worksheet-Edit Mode without performing

any operation

The following screens are presented to illustrate the

procedures for copying and deleting one row of data. For copying
data, type "C" in the lower box of the edit screen, then tell the
program to copy data from Row 2 to Row 4 as shown below.

64
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
# inches inches inches**4 inches z
1 0.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
2 30.00 30.000 14906.0000 707.0000
3 160.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.
~--------------- Blank Copy Delete Exchange Insert Move
A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
Copy from row 2 to row 4 ~
~ Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- F8 : Continue __~__~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press <Enter> after the command is given, you will see the data
from Row 2 are also presented in Row 4.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
# inches inches inches**4 inches z
1 0.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
2 30.00 30.000 14906.0000 707.0000
3 160.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
4 30.00 30.000 14906.0000 707.0000
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

65
If the user decides to erase Row 4, the user need to press the "I"
key first, then type "D" in the lower box of the edit screen. The
screen will ask the user to specify a row number as shown below.
File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
.
1
inches
0.00
inches
30.000
inches**4
47813.0000
inches %
707.0000
2 30.00 30.000 14906.0000 707.0000
3 160.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
4 30.00 30.000 14906.0000 707.0000
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.
~--------------- Blank Copy Delete Exchange Insert Move
A 1:DEF:Num 0.00000
Delete row: 4 ~
---- Move Cell --- ? : Help - / : Edit Screen-- F8 : Continue -------
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

Press the <Enter> key, the user will find data on Row 4 are
removed as presented in the following screen.

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
.
1
inches
0.00
inches
30.000
inches**4
47813.0000
inches 2
707.0000
2 30.00 30.000 14906.0000 707.0000
3 160.00 30.000 47813.0000 707.0000
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A 1:DEF:Num 0.00000
---- Move Cell - - ? Help - - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue -------~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

66
GUIDE FOR RUNNING MAIN PROGRAM (COM624P)

After an input file has been created and saved on the same
directory, press the <ALT> and <x> keys simultaneously to exit the
Input screen and return to the original Main Menu as shown below.
To execute the program, the user should move the cursor to "Run"
as shown on the top of the screen and press <Enter>. A normal run
will end in less than one minute if a math-coprocessor is
installed. The text output and graphics data will be created and
saved to the previously specified files, respectively. If an
unexpected result is encountered, the program will stop running
and an error message will be shown on the screen. Then, the user
should check the input data carefully. If Module COM624P is used
as a stand-alone program, make sure to erase
the file named
"COMFILE.DAT" if it exists in the same directory. This file is a
temporary file to be used for the shell process.

File Input Run.., Graphics

This program is developed especially for Design and analysis

of piles under lateral loading. The current version is 2.0
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as assigning input file,
output file, and graphics file, reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations.
The selection of INPUT menu allows the user to access Program
C624EDIT to create a data file or to edit an existing data file.
The selection of the RUN menu allows the user to execute the
program with the specified input and output files.
The selection of the GRAPHICS menu allows the user to view the
soil and pile response curves directly on the screen. The
system must have graphics adapters such as CGA, EGA, VGA, or
monographics adapter in order to view the graphics.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

67
GUIDE FOR OPERATING GRAPHICS POSTPROCESSOR (C624VIEW)

After a successful run, the graphics data will be saved to

the specified file. The user can move the cursor to "Graphics"
shown on the top of the Main Menu and press <Enter> to open the
graphics window.

File Input Run Graphics . .

This program is developed especially for Design and anallsis

of piles under lateral loading. The current version is 2.0
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as assigning input file,
output file, and graphics file, reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations.
The selection of INPUT menu allows the user to access Program
C624EDIT to create a data file or to edit an existing data file.
The selection of the RUN menu allows the user to execute the
program with the specified input and output files.
The selection of the GRAPHICS menu allows the user to view the
soil and pile response curves directly on the screen. The
system must have graphics adapters such as CGA, EGA, VGA, or
monographics adapter in order to view the graphics.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

The graphics window with pull-down menu is designed for

C624VIEW. The configuration file, C624EDIT.CFG, must be on the
same disk directory that contains C624VIEW.EXE. If there is no
plot shown on the screen after the graphics data have been read
in, the user may need to again run the installation program
INSTVIEW. EXE, described in a previous section, to specify the
correct screen driver for the program. The detailed procedures
for using C624VIEW to obtain graphics will be presented in the
following section.

The driver supports the IBM color-graphics adapter (CGA), IBM

enhanced color-graphics adapter (EGA), Hercules graphics boards
and video-graphics array (VGA) The graphics adapters and

68
printers supported by this graphics package are listed in Table
3.1. The distributor will not be responsible for modifying the
software for use on any graphics adapter or printer not listed or
not compatible to those listed in Table 3.1. The graphics program
is easy to use and the procedures will be illustrated in this
section.

TABLE 3.1. DRIVER INFORMATION FOR

GRAPHICS ADAPTERS AND PRINTERS
GRAPHICS ADAPTERS
IBM Color-Graphics Adapter (CGA)
IBM Enhanced-Graphics Adapter (EGA)
IBM PC3270
Hercules Monochrome
AT&T Indigenous Graphics Board
IBM Video-Graphics Array (VGA)
PRINTERS
Epson MX, FX, LX-SO, 100, Okidata,
Panasonic, and Star Gemini
Epson LQ
IBM Proprinter
Hewlett Packard Laser Jet and Desk Jet
Hewlett Packard Pen Plotter

Graphics Menu

The Graphics Menu is displayed on the top line of the screen.

This menu has four submenus: File, Select, View, and Options. Any
of these selections may be chosen by highlighting the selection
using the cursor keys or by typing the first letter of the
selection ("V" for View, etc.)

When the Graphics Menu is active, a status report is

displayed on the screen below the Main Menu. This report shows
the number and size of any data sets stored currently in the
microcomputer's memory and indicates what data sets are currently
selected for viewing.

69
 File View Plot Options
C624VIEW Version 2.0, Graphics Data:
Number of p-y curves: NumPYcurve =4
Number of load-response curves: NumCurves =2
Number of point on load-response curves: Npts = 99
Units are Pounds , Inches
p-y Curves selected for viewing
Response Curves selected for viewing
277520 bytes available
Largest block contains 277520 bytes
The graphics data file is PLOTDATA

Alt-X Exit

70
File Menu

The File Menu is used to read files of graphics data, show

the current subdirectory, change the logged subdirectory, or quit
the program and return to the disk-operating system. The
selections in the File Menu are:

~ - to enter the name of the file to be read. If the file

does not exist or is empty, a diagnostic message is
displayed,

Directory - to display the directory of the current sub-

directory,

Change Dir - to change the logged subdirectory,

~ - to quit UPVIEW and return to DOS, and

Main Menu - to return to the Main Menu.

If the user has already specified in the Main Menu the file
name for the graphics data, the program will automatically read
and display it on the screen. However, if the user would like to
view the graphics under other file names, then the user can move
the cursor to "Read" and type the new file name as shown below.

71
 File View Plot Options
~

Read
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Move the cursor to the "Read", then press <Enter>.

File View Plot Options

~~------------~-------------------------------------------------------~
Read I
~--------------- Read File Name --------------__
I PLOTDATA
Main Menu I

Alt-X Exit

72
view Menu

The View Menu is used to select the data sets to view under
the View option. The selections on the View Menu are:

p-y Curves - to select individual p-y curves for viewing. To

select a p-y curve, the user tabs down to the desired
curve using the cursor keys, then presses the space bar.
An asterisk will mark any p-y curve to be displayed.
Pressing the space bar a second time will turn off the
selection. Finally, F8 is pressed to return to the
Select Menu.

Response Curves - to select individual curves for viewing

that show the response of the pile. Pile-response
curves are selected in the same manner as p-y curves,

Ultimate-Moment Curves - to select curves of moment versus

curvature or curves of flexural rigidity (EI) versus
moment for different axial-loading cases.

Interaction Diagram - to select the interaction diagram

(ultimate moment vs. axial load). In order to view the
diagram, the user must have selected at least three
different axial loads for computation.

View Curves - to display the selected curves and to dump the

graphics on the screen, and

Main Menu - to return to the Main Menu.

The user can type "V" or move the cursor to "View," then press the
<Enter> key to pull down the View Menu.

The p-y curves are displayed first (if selected), followed by

the pile-response curves for deflection, moment, shear, and soil
reaction, and followed by the moment-curvature curve, the EI-
moment curve, and the interaction diagram. The user clears the
display by pressing the <Enter> key.

73
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interaction Diagram
View Curves
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit

A dump of the graphics from the screen is possible to any

Epson dot-matrix, IBM or HP laser jet, or any compatible printing
device. The dump is triggered by pressing the Control and "P"
keys simultaneously. The user can specify the type of printer
during installation or specify the printer in the Options submenu.
If no printer is connected or is turned off, the program will lock
until the printer is made available.

The following screens will illustrate the procedures to view

each graphic. Be sure to follow the instructional commands which
are printed directly below each screen for practice.

74
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves ~
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interactive Diaqram
View Curves
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [Pl·

File View Plot Options

Selection of p-y Curves for viewing

Number Depth
ON 1 20.00
ON 2 60.00
ON 3 100.00
ON 4 150.00

Toggle viewing of Curves ON/off Using Space Bar~

L-_____________________________ Fa : Continue ------------------------------~

Alt-X Exit

Press Command Key: [Fa 1 •

75
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interactive Diaqram
View Curves
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [R] .

File View Plot Options

Selection of Response Curves for Viewinq

Number Deflection Moment Shear Soil Reaction
1 ON ON off off

Toqqle Viewinq of curves ON/off Usinq Space Bar~

~-------------------------------------------
Alt-X Exit F8 : Continue -------------------------------------------~
Press Command Key: [F8] •

76
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interactive Diagram
View Curves
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [U] •

File View Plot options

Selection of Moment, Curvature and EI Curves for Viewing

Number Moment vs Curvature EI vs Moment
1 ON ON
2 off off
3 off off

Toggle Viewing of Curves ON/off Using Space Bar

Fa : Continue ---------------------------------~
Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [F8] •

77

"
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interactive Diagram
View Curves
-
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [I] .

File View Plot Options

Selection of Curves Under Various Axial Loads for Viewing

Number Axial Load

ON 1 0.00
ON 2 100.00
ON 3 1000.00

Toggle Viewing of Curves ON/off Using Space Bar

~------------------------------------------ FB : Continue ---------------------------------------------~

Alt-X Exit
Press commana Key: [E'8].

78
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interactive Diaqram
View Curves -
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [V] •

\I '. Inches)

0.0 0.5 1..0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

10.0

•••••• ~. • •• . . •• # •••••••• ~. •• • •••• , . • ••••• ~ ••••••••• ~ • • • • • • • • ':' • • • • • • • •

9.0

8.0 .. , ..... ·.·.;··········:-········1·········:·········

7.0
.f1
," .................................. : .........:........ .
80 '~l,('

. 6.0 •

t
/ .
/
... · ........
~ ~ ......... :. ...........;........ .
"'- 5.0 .. . .
...C
........ ........ ': ...... . ......... :........ ';' ....... .
.:.
"'
~
.J ".0 ,
~
.
, ~

"
~
3.0
..... ~ ......... :........ ~ ......... :........ ~ ......... ~ .........~........ .
.
.... ......... · ........ ......... ! .......... ....... .
·
~ ~ ~ ~
2.0 . ..,
: .::

1.0
....;....... ·.1·· .. ·· .. ·;· .. ··· .. ·

• 20 ,>6U .. 100 ... 150 PLOT DATA Cnt I-P to Print Ser_n

79
 Deflection (Inches>
-0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15
0.0

0.5

1.0

,..
• 1.5

8.. 2.0
,..
!• 2.5
g
3.0
..t
~

3.5
Q

4.0

4.5

5.0
PLOT~TA Cntl-P to Print Screen

-O.s 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

,..
• 1.5

8...., 2.0 ........ ........ .

~

,..
•
!-.., 2.5

3.0
.
~

J 3.5

4.0

4.5 '" ........ ! ........ -:................•.........;. ....... .

5.0
PLOT~TA Cntl-P to Print Screen

80
 Curvatur. (0.0001.'.)
0.00 1..00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00
6.6

6.0

5.4

..§ 4.8

,. 4.2

!•
¥ 3.6

..i.., 3.0

1 2.4

I. ••

1..2

0.6
PLOT OAT A Cntl-P to Print Sereen

0.0 1..0 2.0 3.0 4.0 S.O 6.0 7.0

20.0

:.........
.... .... ....................
~
.; ........ .,:................ . ........ ··......... ;. ........ .
~ ......... : ........ ..;........ .
~
1.8.0 .. ..
·· .
.. .
,. 1.6.0 ................... .........:......... ; ........:- ....... . .........:........ .:...........;. .........
; .........:........ .
.
• . .

I.. 1.4.0 ..............................................

. . _. ....... .

1.2.0 :......... : .... " ...;. .. . .. .. . ...... .. . ........; ..... ." ........
'" ~. . ...... : .........:........ .

,.
...'. . . .... .. ........ ........ ........ ......... ........ -:
..•
¥
Il
1.0.0 ~ ......... ~ ~ ~

I .... '.,.... ... .: ......... ........ .; ......... ; .........:........

........ . ...... . .
r
~
8.0 . '

...-~ 6.0 ............ ~

. ........ ~ ........ . ....... .
~
·
........ ~ ...... " .~
. ........ .......... !. ..........:........ .
~

iii 4.0

2.0

0.0
."=' PLOT OAT A Cntl-P to Print Sereen

81
 ~t (Inch-Kips) (1000's)

6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0

10.0

9.0

8.0
,.
•
8.. 7.0

,. 6.0

!•
:Ie 5.0

,
11
0 4.0
..J
...,
...
)Ii
3.0
a:
2.0

1.0

0.0
~
PLOT DAT A Cntl-P to Print Screen

82
Plot Submenu

The Plot Submenu is used to select the sets of data and to

prepare the files on graphics for HP-plotters or plotter
emulators. The selections in the Plot Menu are:

p-y Curves - to select individual p-y curves for viewing. To

select a p-y curve, the user tabs down to the desired
curve using the cursor keys, then presses the space bar.
An asterisk will mark any p-y curve to be displayed. If
the space bar is pressed a second time, the selection
will be eliminated. Returning to the Select Menu is
accomplished by pressing F8.

Response Curves - to select individual curves for viewing on

the response of the pile. The curves are selected in
the same manner as the p-y curves,

Ultimate-Moment Curves - to select curves of moment vs

curvature or flexural rigidity (EI) vs moment for
different axial-loading cases.

Interaction Diagram - to select the interaction diagram

(ultimate moment vs axial load). To view the
interaction diagram, at least three different axial
loads must have been used in the computations.

Generate Plots - to prepare the HD-LG-plot files and to

select the pen speed, and

Main Menu - to return to the Main Menu.

The pull-down menu shown below can be opened by pressing "P"

or moving the highlighted cursor to "Plot" followed by the <Enter>
key. The following screen will be presented to illustrate the
procedures to create a HP-GL-PLOT file to send to the pen plotter.

83
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interaction Diagram
,.
Generate Plots
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [R].

File View Plot Options

Selection of Response Curves for Plotting

Number Deflection Moment Shear Soil Reaction
1 ON ON off off

Toggle Plotting of Curves ON/off Using Space Bar~

L-____________________________ Fa : Continue ----------------------------~

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [F8] •

84
 File View Plot Options
p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interaction Diagram
Generate Plots
Main Menu

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [G] •

File View Plot Options

p-y Curves
Response Curves
Ultimate Moment
Interaction Diagram
Generate Plots
Main Menu
Preparing HPGL plot file for pile deflect~on versus depth.
Enter file name for plotter file:
Example. hpq .....
Select pen speed (1=slow<38.1 for high quality, 100 for max speed SO~

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [Enter] .

85
 File View Plot Options
C624VIEW Version 2.0, Graphics Data:
Number of p-y curves: NumPYcurve =0
Number of load-response curves: NumCurves =0
Number of point on load-response curves: Npts =0
Units are Pounds & Inches
p-y Curves selected for viewing
Response Curves selected for viewing
212416 bytes available
Largest block contains 212416 bytes
The graphics data file is D:PLOTDATA

Alt-X Exit
Press Command Key: [ALT] [X].

86
 After the HP-GL-plot fiies have been created, the user can
exit (Alt-x) to DOS and use the following DOS commands to get hard
copies from the HP-plotter.

C:> MODE COM1:9600,N,7,1,P <CR>

(For DOS 4.01 or higher, using the following
MODE COM1:9600,N,7,1,B <CR»

C:> Print (HP-GL File-Name) <CR>

Some parameters used in the Mode command may vary with the
set-up of the hardware. The user should refer to the DOS Manual
for proper changes.

Options

The Options selection of the Main Menu is used for several

options relating to the display of data on the screen. The user
can move the cursor to "Options" followed by the <Enter> key to
open the first window as shown below.

File View Plot Options~

Optional Plotting Control Values - Screen 1 of 2

Symbol plotting increment •••••••••••••••••••• 3
Upper y-value for p-y curves (in) •••••••••••• 2.000
Limiting depth for response curve plots (in). 600.000
Plotter X-coordinate for origin (in) ••••••••• 1. 750
Plotter Y-coordinate for origin (in) ••••••••• 1.500
Plotter X-axis length (in) ••••.••••••••••••.• B.OOO
Plotter Y-axis length (in) ••••••••••••••••••• 5.000

Symbol plotting increment is 0 for no symbols, 1 for every symbol, 2 for

every 2nd point, 3 for every 3rd pOint, and so on.

A 3:DEF:Num 6.0000000000E+02
'-- : Move Cell -
Alt-X Exit
? : Help - F2 Edit Cell - FB Continue __ --1_. .
87
The first optional value is the increment used to mark individual
data sets with unique symbols. Any value of increment may be
used, including zero for no symbols at all. A legend defining the
symbols used by UPVIEW is displayed on each graph.

The second optional value is the value of depth below which

no response of the pile is displayed. The program will normally
allow the user to view the curves showing the response of the pile
over the full length of the pile. By setting the length to
something less than the full length of the pile, the user may zoom
in on the area where the response is most often critical.

The third optional value is the y-value above which no p-y

data are displayed. This allows the user to zoom in on the p-y
values near the origin to examine the initial stiffness of the p-y
curves. The other options are for the format used by the pen
plotter. The most important option shown on the second window is
the selection of a printing device. The printer may already be
specified in the configuration file; however, the user may make a
change here. The code for printers must be set before the
command for "screen dump" can be sent.

File View Plot Options

Optional Plotting Control Values - Screen 2 of 2

Axis Title Character Size (in) ••.••••••••••• 0.15000
Plotting Symbol Size (in) .•••••••••••••••••• 0.15000
Plotter Pen Number for Axis Titles •••••••••• 1
Plotter Pen Number for Axis and Borders ••••• 1
Plotter Pen Number for Data Line & Symbols •• 1
Type of Printer Used for Screen Dump •••••••• 2
Codes for printers: 1 = Epson MX, FX
2 = Epson LQ
3 = Toshiba 24-pin
4 = HP LaserJet and DeskJet
5 = HP InkJet
6 = IBM Proprinter
7 = IBM Proprinter24 .
All printer output is sent to LPTl.
To redirect LPTl to COMl use the DOS MODE command.
A 1:DEF:Num 1.SOOOOOOOOOE-Ol
Edit Cell ---- Fa Continue ________- J
--- : Move Cell - ? : Help - F2
Alt-X Exit

88
 CHAPTER 4. l:NPUT 1: NF ORMAT 1: ON AND DATA STRUCTURE

l:NTRODUCT1:0N

A user-friendly, menu-input, preprocessor C624EDIT was

developed to create and edit input data for the computer program
COM624P. C624EDIT is a full-screen editor and has an option to
save and retrieve data files.

The user can also prepare an input file by following the

line-by-line input guide with any available text editor. The
structure of input data is presented in this chapter. It should
be noted that all the data entry is free-field format with a
maximum of 80 characters per line. Therefore, numerical data may
be entered in fixed, floating-point, or exponential format as
desired. A blank space is needed to separate two variables in the
same line. The sequence of the line-by-line input format is
presented in Appendix A.

GENERAL REMARKS

Data input is based on a coordinate system in which the pile

head (top of pile) is the origin and the positive x-direction is
downward (Fig. 4.1). The ground surface need not be at the
elevation of the pile head. Sign conventions are shown in Fig.
4.2.

Any convenient and consistent units of force and length can

be used. The program is set up to label the output in one of
three ways.

1. The user can designate that English units of inches and

pounds will be used, and output will be labeled accordingly.

89
 Pile Head
Or iO i n ----t.~ . .-+-_ _ _ _ _~. Y

Ground Surface

Tip of Pi Ie
x

Figure 4.1. Coordinate system.

90
 p y

Pb
Load Shear Momen1 Slope Deflection
Dia;ram DiaQram Diaoram DiaQram DiaQram

~
'I 'I

....
-1 II -~ t~
---
+
~ It It

Positive Positi ve Positive Positive Positive

Load Shear Moment Slope Deflection

(a) (b) ( c) Cd) (e)

Figure 4.2. Sign conventions.

91
 2. The user can specify that SI units of kilonewtons and
meters will be used, and output will be labeled accordingly.

3. The user can use any other consistent units (the

computer does not need to know which ones) of force and length,
and output will be labeled in terms of forces and lengths (F and
L) •

Several default values may be used in data input. Where the

user desires to use a default value, the input should be left
blank for the relevant variable.

(In this section, the symbol "0" denotes a capital letter 0;

the symbol "0" denotes the number zero.)

The following steps are recommended for preparation of input

of data.

1. Decide which units will be used for force and length.

2. Decide into how many increments the pile is to be

divided. Up to 300 increments are allowed. Be sure to satisfy
yourself that an adequate number of increments have been used to
obtain a satisfactory solution. Some trials will be helpful as
discussed in Part II on verification of results.

3. Decide whether p-y curves will be input or whether they

will be generated internally. If they are to be input, pick the
depth for each curve, pick the number of points to be input for
each depth, and tabulate the data. Up to 30 p-y curves are
allowed.

92
 4. If p-y curves are to be generated internally, divide the
soil profile into from one to nine layers; decide which of the
following p-y criteria will be used for each layer:

• Matlock's (1970) criteria for soft clay;

• Reese et al.'s (1975) criteria for stiff clay below

the water table;

• Welch and Reese's (1972) criteria for stiff clay above

the water table;

• Reese et al. 's (1974) criteria for sand; and/or

• Reese and Nyman's (1978) criteria for limestone.

Estimate undrained shear strength c and strain at 50 percent

stress level £50 for clay layers; estimate the angle of internal
friction ~ for sand; and estimate the slope k of a plot of maximum
soil modulus Es versus depth x for all strata. Be sure to read the
background on any criteria that are used so that their basis and
limitations are thoroughly understood.

5. Select the length of the pile, the modulus of elasticity

of the pile material, and the x-coordinate of the ground surface
(x is equal to zero at the top of the pile) .

6. Divide the pile into from one to 10 segments with

uniform cross-section. For each segment, tabulate the x-
coordinate of the top of the segment, the diameter of the segment,
the moment of inertia, and the pile cross-section area.

7. If there are any distributed lateral loads on the pile,

tabulate up to 10 points on a plot of distributed load versus
depth below top of pile.

93
 8. Tabulate up to 10 points on a plot of effective unit
weight of soil versus depth. This step is not necessary if no p-y
curves are generated internally.

9. Tabulate up to 10 points on plots of c, ~, and ESO versus

x. Skip this step if no p-y curves will be generated internally.

10. If p-y curves are generated internally in the program,

tabulate any depths for which p-y curves are to be printed.
Ordinarily, a few curves are printed for the purpose of
verification.

11. Determine the loads to be applied to the top of the

pile:

A. lateral load at pile head or lateral deflection at

pile head;

B. second boundary condition at pile head, which can

be either,
i . moment (Mt),
ii. slope (St),
iii. rotational restraint (Mt/St); and

c. axial load (assumed to be uniform over full length

of pile) .

Up to 20 loading combinations can be input for each problem,

e.g., to generate a load-deflection curve.

94
SELECTION OF BOUNDARY CONDITIONS AT PILE BEAD

Four types of boundary conditions for the pile-head

connection are implemented in Program COM624P. These are
designated as Cases 1 through 4. The detailed information for
modeling these boundary conditions is described in Chapter 2 of
Part II of this manual.

Case 1. Pile Bead is Free to Rotate 'PC=l)

The lateral load (Pt), the bending moment (Mt), and the axial
load (P x ) at the top of the pile are known. No rotational
restraint will be provided by the superstructure, and the rotation
at the top of the pile will depend only on the flexural rigidity
of the pile itself. If the above conditions are met, the user can
select this boundary condition for analysis. A typical example is
a pile that is used to support an overhead sign.

Case 2. Pile Bead is Fixed Against Rotation 'KBC-2)

Frequently, the pile head is embedded into a monolithic

reinforced-concrete cap. Conceptually, if the flexural rigidity
of the pile cap is much stronger than that of a connected pile,
the rotation angle between the pile head and the monolithic cap is
unchanged with or without lateral bending. For such a case, th~
pile-head connection is defined as completely fixed and the
rotation of the pile head within the monolithic concrete cap is
assumed to be zero, in which case the slope (St) is set to zero.
However, if a small rotation at the pile-head connection is
allowed, the user can specify the slope (in radius) for the
computation. To apply the boundary condition in Case 2, the
lateral load (Pt), the slope or rotation (St) at the pile head, and
the axial load (P x ) should be given.

95
Case 3. Pi1e Head is Restrained Against Rotation (PC=;U

The connection between the pile and the superstructure, such

as a steel frame, may not be always a perfectly rigid joint. If
the magnitude of the restraint between the pile and superstructure
can be estimated, and can be further expressed with a function of
Mt/St (Mt and St are the bending moment and the slope angle at the
pile head, respectively), the elastically-restrained boundary
condition can be selected for use in Program COM624P. The elastic
restraint Mt I St is largely affected by the stiffness of
superstructures. The superstructures are different in many ways;
therefore, the elastic restraint at each joint needs to be studied
by using a sound structural theory. If there is a nonlinear
relationship between Mt and St, iteration may be required to
achieve compatibility. To apply this boundary condition, the
lateral load (Pt>, the elastic restraint (Mt/St>, and the axial
load (P x ), at the top of the pile must be known.

Case • . Pi1e Head Def1ection is Restrained Agaipst

Latera1 Moyemept (KBC=.)

If the pile-head deflection (Yt), the bending moment (Mt), and

the axial load (P x ) at the top of the pile are given, then the user
can use the boundary conditions in Case 4 for computation. The
deflection of the pile head can be restrained in either direction.
The reaction force at the pile head (restrained point) will be one
of the outputs of the program. This boundary condition can be
applied to piles which support a bridge abutment that has zero or
a very small allowable movement.

ITBRATIONS 01' COMPUTATIONS USING CRACICBD/UNCRACItBD BI

GBNBRATBD INTBRNALLY BY SUBROUTINB PHEIX

A new feature of the second version of Program COM624P is

that the program will use a more rigorous approach to control the

96
use of cracked and uncracked EI values during computation. The
subroutine PMEIX will compute the ultimate bending moment for the
selected section. For reinforced concrete sections, it will
compute the EI values for uncracked sections and for cracked
sections. The user can manually input different EI values for
several sections after examining the computer curve for bending
moment and finding the length over which the moment distribution
to the cracked-section conditions will exist. Two or three
iterations may be required to achieve satisfactory results.
Program COM624P provides an option for the user to request the
computer to select values of EI internally for cracked or
uncracked sections for use in the iterations.

Figure 4.3 shows the variation of bending moment and

associated cracked/uncracked EI values. As it may be seen, only
the upper portion of the pile will be subjected to a large moment.
Because the upper portion of the pile needs greater stiffness, the
reinforcing steel can be enhanced only for that portion in order
to reduce the pile deflection.

97
 EI, Ib-in.2 x 10 9
I I I I ! I I
0 40 SO 120 160 200 240

Moment, Ib-in. ~ '10 4 .

-20 0 20 40 60 SO
0
"".--
{
SO

160
--...~
........... ,
\
c Moment El ;,.cl
- 240
J!
~
I
0-
·CD
;20 . I
Q
I
400
I
I
0-30·
Steel Ratio-1.3%
I
480 J
I

Figure 4.3. Bending moment and flexural rigidity

versus depth for a laterally-loaded pile.

98
 CHAPTER s. EXAMPLE STUDIES

INTRODUCTION

This chapter presents six examples that were studied by use

of COM624P. The first example is for a 14HP89 steel pile embedded
in a single-layer deposit. The second example is for a
reinforced-concrete pile embedded in a multi-layer deposit. The
third example is for a pile embedded in a sloping abutment. The
fourth example is to illustrate the use of p-y curves entered by
the user. Examples 5 and 6 are included to illustrate the cases
in which the ultimate bending moment and design of reinforcement
are required.

The examples that follow are intended to demonstrate the

capability of the computer program and are not intended to be a
complete presentation of the design process. The publication
(FHWA-IP-84-11) entitled "Handbook on Design of Piles and Drilled
Shafts under Lateral Load" is highly recommended for engineers
seeking guidelines for design. There are a number of factors that
must be considered in design before and after the computer
execution.

A general procedure on proper use of the program was

developed by Christopher Dumas of FHWA during the design review
and analysis of a case study for pile-supported abutment. The
guidelines and procedures are presented in Appendix B.

The program gives output as follows:

Echo-print of input data,

Generated p-y curves,

99
 Listing of pile deflection, bending moment, shear,
soil resistance, and flexural rigidity along
the length of the pile,

Summary results of pile-head deflection, maximum

bending moment, and maximum shear force for
various loading conditions, and

Listing of bending moment, El, neutral axis, and

concrete strain at each curvature.

From the variety of output that can be generated, the user should
be able to get all the needed information on the response of a
pile.

100
EXAMPLE 1, PILES IN A SINGLE LAYER OF SOIL

A 14HP89 H-pile is used for the foundation of a bridge

abutment. The width of the steel section is 14.7 in and the
length of the pile is 25 feet. The soil deposit is a uniform
stiff clay above the water table. The undrained cohesive strength
is 14 lb/sq in, the total unit weight is 0.069 lb/cu in, and the
ESO is 0.007. The value of soil modulus (k) is assumed for
400/1b/cu inch. The user can estimate the value of k based on
Table 3.2 in Part II of this manual if k-values were not measured
for soils. The axial load is 39 kips and lateral loads at the
pile head are 40 kips and 20 kips respectively. The pile head is
assumed to be free to rotate.

This example was used by the Design Handbook (FHWA-IP-84-11)

in Section 3.5, Page 75. In regard to the aspects of design,
thorough discussions have been given in the handbook. The users
are encouraged to read that section. The strong axis of the pile
(Ix 904 in4) will be used to resist the lateral load.
Therefore, the width (14.7 in) of the flange was used as the
equivalent diameter for the input required by Program COM624P.

The input file created by C624EDIT is presented on the next

page followed by a listing of the output data. The computed
maximum bending moment on the pile is less than the yield moment
(5.84 x 10 3 in-kip) of the section. In this example the user can
increase the lateral load until the ultimate bending moment is
reached. The service load can be selected by dividing the maximum
lateral load, which creates the ultimate bending moment, with a
load factor. The load factor can be 2 to 2.5 depending on the
importance of the structure. The deflection under the service
load also needs to be satisfied by the design specifications. The
graphics display of p-y curves, pile-deflection curves, and
bending moment curves are also presented for verification.

101
The input and output data are shown in the following pages.

102
INPUT SCREENS FOR EXAMPLE 1
 F i l e " Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

r---
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

105
Preceding page blank
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.INl
~~------~----------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
~---------------- New File Name
I EXAMPLE.INl
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis~ Mult Option

C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an eXisting file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

106
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title ..
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.INl

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE 1 PILES IN A SINGLE LAYER OF SOIL

A l:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE 1 PILES IN A SINGLE LAYER OF SOIL

~ Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

107
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN1

Editing Pile Dimensions

Number of increments «= 300) ••••••••••••••••••••• 120

Distance from top of pile to ground surface - inches 0.0
Length of pile ................•.... inches
s •••••••• 300.00
Pile modulus .................•...•.......... psi 29000000
Slope of ground surface (degrees) ••••••••••••••••• 0.0000

A 1 :DEF:Num 120
I....- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue ---~'--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

108
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN1

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
inches inches inches**4 inches:Z
*
1
2
0.00 14.700 904.0000 26.1000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

109
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN1
Editing Soil Layer Information
Layer Criteria X-top X-bot k
II II inches inches Ib/in3
1 3 0.00 360.00 400.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
p-y Curve Criteria --------------------------~
lI1 = Soft Clay Criteria lI3 = Stiff Clay Above Watertable
lI2 = Stiff Clay Below Watertable lI4 Sand =
lI5 = Interp. Between Input Curves lI6 =
Vuggy Limestone
A l:DEF:Num 3
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edi t Screen-- Fa Continue __- L___- J
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN1

Editing Effective Unit Weight Information

Point Depth Unit Weight
inches Ib/in3
*
1
2
0.00
360.00
0.069
0.069
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000

~ Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue ---~---~

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

110
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.INl

Editing Shear Strength Information

Layer Depth c cp E50
41 inches psi deg. @ 50\ of c
1 0.00 14.000 0.00 0.0070
2 360.00 14.000 0.00 0.0070
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10

A l:DEF:Nwn 0.00000
---- Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue __~__- J
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading 4
Computation Control
OUtput Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

III
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN1

Editing Loading Information

Distributed lateral loading (yin) ? ••••••••••••••• n

Is loading cyclic (yin) ? ••••••••••••••••••••••••• n
Boundary condition code (KBC) •.••••••••••.•••••••• 1

KBC = 1 for shear and moment

KBC = 2 for shear and slope
KBC = 3 for shear and rotational restraint
KBC = 4 for deflection and moment
A 1:DEF:Lab n
~ Move Cell --- ? Edit Screen---- Fa Continue _____
l __ ~
Help --- I
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN1

Editing Pile-head Loading
KOP Shear Moment Axial Load
pounds in-lbs pounds
1 20000.00 0.000 39000.00
1 40000.00 0.000 39000.00

KOP=O if only a summary output for this load is to be printed

=1 if complete output is desired for this load

A 1:DEF:Num 1
I
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- I Edi t Screen-- Fa Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

112
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN1

Maximum number of iterations allowed for analysis 100

Tolerance on solution convergence, inches 0.000010
Value of deflection considered to be excessive, inches 147.0000
computation using internal-generated cracked/uncracked EI: N

A l:DEF:Num 100
-- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue ___-w____ ~

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

113
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
computation control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.INl

OUtput Printing Options

*** Lateral Load Analysis ***
Printing Increment (1 for every node, 2 for every other node, etc) 2
Print deflection, moment, shear over full length of pile (Yin) Y
Print p-y curves for verification Y

A l:DEF:Num 2
---- Move Cell - ? Help - I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue -..._~l_ _~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

114
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN1

Enter depths for which p-y curves are to be calculated for verification:
Point Depth inches
1 20.00
2 60.00
3 100.00
4 150.00
5
6
7
a
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 20.00000

~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~----

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu I 1I

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

115
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.INl
- Read
New
Save
Write
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.INl

-~--------~-----------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
Save
~----------------
I EXAMPLE. INl Save File Name

Quit to DOS I
Main Menu I

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

116
OUTPUT RESULTS FOR EXAMPLE 1
EXAMPLE 1 PILES IN A SINGLE LAYER OF SOIL

UNITS--ENGL

*************************************************************
PILE DEFLECTION, BENDING MOMENT, SHEAR & SOIL RESISTANCE
*************************************************************

I N PUT I N FOR MAT ION

*********************************

THE LOADING IS STATIC

PILE GEOMETRY AND PROPERTIES

PILE LENGTH = 300.00 IN
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF PILE
1 SECTION(S)
= .290E+OS KIP/IN**2

X DIAMETER MOMENT OF AREA

INERTIA
IN IN IN**4 IN**2
.00
14.700 .904E+03 . 261E+02
300.00

SOILS INFORMATION
X-COORDINATE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = .00 IN
SLOPE ANGLE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = .00 DEG.
1 LAYER(S) OF SOIL
LAYER 1
THE LAYER IS A STIFF CLAY ABOVE THE WATER TABLE
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = .00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 360.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .400E+03 LBS/IN**3

119
Preceding page blank
 DISTRIBUTION OF EFFECTIVE UNIT WEIGHT WITH DEPTH
2 POINTS
X,IN WEIGHT,LBS/IN**3
.00 .69E-01
360.00 .69E-01
DISTRIBUTION OF STRENGTH PARAMETERS WITH DEPTH
2 POINTS
X,IN C,LBS/IN**2 PHI,DEGREES ESO
.00 .140E+02 .000 .700E-02
360.00 . 140E+02 .000 .700E-02

FINITE DIFFERENCE PARAMETERS

NUMBER OF PILE INCREMENTS = 120
TOLERANCE ON DETERMINATION OF DEFLECTIONS = .100E-04 IN
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ITERATIONS ALLOWED FOR PILE ANALYSIS = 100
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = .lSE+03 IN

INPUT CODES
OUTPT = 1
KCYCL = 1
KBC
KPYOP =
= 1
1
INC = 2

EXAMPLE 1 PILES IN A SINGLE LAYER OF SOIL

UNITS--ENGL

OUTPUT I N FOR MAT ION

***********************************

GENERATED P-Y CURVES

THE NUMBER OF CURVE IS = 4
THE NUMBER OF POINTS ON EACH CURVE = 17

120
DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM C CAVG GAMMA E50
IN IN LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**3
20.00 14.700 .lE+02 .lE+02 .7E-01 .700E-02
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.274 395.168
.549 469.936
.823 520.070
1.098 558.852
1.372 590.914
1.646 618.471
1.921 642.771
2.195 664.590
2.470 684.451
2.744 702.719
3.018 719.664
3.293 735.490
3.567 750.356
3.842 764.387
4.116 777.686
5.145 777.686

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM C CAVG GAMMA E50

IN IN LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**3
60.00 14.700 .lE+02 .lE+02 .7E-01 .700E-02
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.274 558.061
.549 663.650
.823 734.449
1.098 789.217
1.372 834.496
1.646 873.412
1.921 907.729
2.195 938.543
2.470 966.590
2.744 992.388
3.018 1016.318
3.293 1038.668
3.567 1059.662
3.842 1079.477
4.116 1098.258
5.145 1098.258

121
DEPTH BELOW GS DUM C CAVG GAMMA E50
IN IN LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**3
100.00 14.700 .1E+02 .lE+02 .7E-01 .700E-02

Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.274 720.954
.549 857.364
.823 948.829
1.098 1019.583
1.372 1078.078
1.646 1128.354
1.921 1172.687
2.195 1212.495
2.470 1248.729
2.744 1282.058
3.018 1312.973
3.293 1341. 847
3.567 1368.968
3.842 1394.568
4.116 1418.830
5.145 1418.830

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM C CAVG GAMMA E50

IN IN LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**3
150.00 14.700 .1E+02 .lE+02 .7E-01 .700E-02
Y p
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.274 924.570
.549 1099.506
.823 1216.803
1.098 1307.540
1.372 1382.555
1.646 1447.031
1.921 1503.885
2.195 1554.936
2.470 1601. 403
2.744 1644.145
3.018 1683.791
3.293 1720.819
3.567 1755.601
3.842 1788.430
4.116 1819.545
5.145 1819.545

***

122
PILE LOADING CONDITION
LATERAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .200E+02 KIP
APPLIED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOE+OO IN-KIP
AXIAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .390E+02 KIP

X DEFLECTION MOMENT TOTAL SHEAR SOIL FLEXURAL

STRESS RESIST RIGIDITY
IN IN IN-KIP LBS/IN**2 KIP LBS/IN KIP-IN**2
***** ********** ********** ********** ********** ********** **********
.00 .145E+00 .OOOE+OO .149E+04 .201E+02 .267E+03 .262E+OS
5.00 .134E+00 .971E+02 .22SE+04 .lS6E+02 .279E+03 .262E+OS
10.00 .123E+00 .lS7E+03 .302E+04 .172E+02 .290E+03 .262E+OS
15.00 . 112E+00 .270E+03 .369E+04 .157E+02 .299E+03 .262E+OS
20.00 .101E+00 .345E+03 .430E+04 .142E+02 .30SE+03 .262E+OS
25.00 .9l0E-Ol .413E+03 .4S5E+04 .127E+02 .3l5E+03 .262E+OS
30.00 .S12E-0l .473E+03 .534E+04 .111E+02 .321E+03 .262E+OS
35.00 .718E-0l .524E+03 .576E+04 .945E+Ol .326E+03 .262E+OS
40.00 .629E-Ol .56SE+03 .611E+04 .7S1E+Ol .330E+03 .262E+OS
45.00 .546E-Ol .603E+03 .640E+04 .6l5E+Ol .332E+03 .262E+OS
50.00 .46SE-Ol .630E+03 .662E+04 .449E+Ol .332E+03 .262E+OS
55.00 .396E-01 .649E+03 . 677E+04 .2S3E+01 .332E+03 .262E+OS
60.00 .331E-01 .659E+03 .6S5E+04 . l1SE+Ol .329E+03 .262E+OS
65.00 . 272E-01 .661E+03 .6S7E+04 -.456E+00 .325E+03 .262E+OS
70.00 .219E-01 .655E+03 .6S2E+04 -.206E+01 .31SE+03 .262E+OS
75.00' . 172E-01 .641E+03 .670E+04 -.364E+01 • 310E+03 .262E+OS
SO.OO .132E-01 .619E+03 .652E+04 -.516E+01 .299E+03 .262E+OS
S5.00 . 972E-02 .5S9E+03 .629E+04 -.663E+01 .2S6E+03 .262E+OS
90.00 .6S2E-02 .553E+03 .599E+04 -.S02E+01 .270E+03 .262E+OS
95.00 .444E-02 .509E+03 .564E+04 -.932E+01 .250E+03 .262E+OS
100.00 .255E-02 .460E+03 .523E+04 -.105E+02 .224E+03 .262E+OS
105.00 • 110E-02 .405E+03 .479E+04 -.115E+02 .lS7E+03 .262E+OS
110.00 .367E-04 .345E+03 .430E+04 -.123E+02 .S05E+02 .262E+OS
115.00 -.700E-03 .2S4E+03 .3S0E+04 -.l1SE+02 -.176E+03 .262E+OS
120.00 -.117E-02 .227E+03 .334E+04 -.10SE+02 -.205E+03 .262E+OS
125.00 -.141E-02 .176E+03 .292E+04 -.978E+01 -.221E+03 .262E+OS
130.00 -.150E-02 .130E+03 .255E+04 -.S65E+01 -.229E+03 .262E+OS
135.00 -.145E-02 .S92E+02 .222E+04 -.750E+01 -.233E+03 .262E+OS
140.00 -.132E-02 .546E+02 .194E+04 -.633E+Ol -.233E+03 .262E+OS
145.00 - .114E-02 .259E+02 .170E+04 -.517E+01 -.230E+03 .262E+OS
150.00 -.93SE-03 .2S7E+Ol .152E+04 -.404E+01 -.224E+03 .262E+OS
155.00 -.729E-03 -.146E+02 .161E+04 -.295E+01 -.214E+03 .262E+OS
160.00 -.533E-03 -.267E+02 • 171E+04 -.192E+01 -.19SE+03 .262E+OS
165.00 -.363E-03 -.339E+02 . 177E+04 -.974E+00 -.lS0E+03 .262E+OS
170.00 -.225E-03 -.366E+02 .179E+04 -.127E+00 -.159E+03 .262E+OS
175.00 -.121E-03 -.353E+02 .178E+04 .613E+00 -.136E+03 .262E+08
lS0.00 -.511E-04 -.306E+02 .174E+04 .123E+01 -.110E+03 .262E+OS
lS5.00 -.993E-05 -.232E+02 .16SE+04 .170E+01 -.729E+02 .262E+08

123
190.00 .92SE-OS - .14SE+02 .161E+04 .158E+Ol .718E+02 .262E+08
195.00 .145E-04 -.755E+Ol .156E+04 .120E+Ol .803E+02 .262E+08
200.00 .124E-04 -.257E+Ol .152E+04 .801E+00 . 772E+02 .262E+08
205.00 • 772E-05 .499E+00 .150E+04 .437E+00 .686E+02 .262E+08
210.00 .343E-05 .186E+Ol .151E+04 .125E+00 .560E+02 .262E+08
215.00 .840E-06 .184E+Ol .151E+04 -.113E+00 .394E+02 .262E+08
220.00 -.529E-07 .857E+00 .150E+04 -.207E+OO -.196E+02 .262E+08
225.00 -.981E-07 .101E+00 .150E+04 -.921E-Ol -.230E+02 .262E+08
230.00 -.127E-07 -.967E-Ol .150E+04 .136E-02 - .139E+02 .262E+08
235.00 .602E-09 -.502E-02 .149E+04 .107E-Ol .654E+Ol .262E+08
240.00 -.181E-13 .274E-04 .149E+04 -.494E-03 -.S12E+00 .262E+08
245.00 .289E-18 -.452E-09 .149E+04 .150E-07 .lS7E-04 .262E+08
250.00 -.460E-23 .746E-14 .149E+04 -.239E-12 -.2S0E-09 .262E+08
255.00 .732E-28 -.123E-18 .149E+04 .381E-17 .396E-14 .262E+08
260.00 - .1lGE-32 .203E-23 .149E+04 -.606E-22 -.629E-19 .262E+08
265.00 .185E-37 -.334E-28 .149E+04 -.133E-28 .996E-24 .262E+08
270.00 -.293E-42 .550E-33 .149E+04 .2l9E-33 -.157E-28 .262E+08
275.00 .464E-47 -.905E-38 .149E+04 -.361E-38 .249E-33 .262E+08
280.00 -.733E-52 .149E-42 .149E+04 .593E-43 -.393E-38 .262E+OS
2S5.00 .llGE-56 -.245E-47 .149E+04 -.976E-4S .6l8E-43 .262E+OS
290.00 -.183E-61 .403E-52 .149E+04 .lG1E-52 -.973E-4S .262E+OS
295.00 .288E-66 -.663E-57 .149E+04 -.264E-57 .153E-52 .262E+OS
300.00 -.924E-71 .OOOE+OO • 149E+04 .OOOE+OO -.4S9E-57 .262E+OS
COMPUTED LATERAL FORCE AT PILE HEAD = .20000E+02 KIP
COMPUTED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOOOE+OO IN-KIP
COMPUTED SLOPE AT PILE HEAD = -.2217SE-02
THE OVERALL MOMENT IMBALANCE = .103E-09 IN-KIP
THE OVERALL LATERAL FORCE IMBALANCE = .612E-OS LBS

OUTPUT SUMMARY
PILE HEAD DEFLECTION
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT
=
=
.145E+00 IN
.661E+03 IN-KIP
MAXIMUM TOTAL STRESS = • 687E+04 LBS/IN**2
NO. OF ITERATIONS = 20
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ERROR = .949E-05 IN

***

PILE LOADING CONDITION

124
 LATERAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .400E+02 KIP
APPLIED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOE+OO IN-KIP
AXIAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .390E+02 KIP

X DEFLECTION MOMENT TOTAL SHEAR SOIL FLEXURAL

STRESS RESIST RIGIDITY
IN IN IN-KIP LBS/IN**2 KIP LBS/IN KIP-IN**2
***** ********** ********** ********** ********** ********** **********
.00 .623E+00 .OOOE+OO . 149E+04 .403E+02 .385E+03 .262E+08
5.00 . 586E+00 • 197E+03 .309E+04 .380E+02 .404E+03 .262E+08
10.00 .549E+00 . 383E+03 .461E+04 .360E+02 . 422E+03 .262E+08
15.00 .512E+00 .559E+03 .604E+04 .338E+02 .438E+03 .262E+08
20.00 .476E+00 . 724E+03 .738E+04 . 316E+02 .454E+03 .262E+08
25.00 .441E+00 .878E+03 .863E+04 .293E+02 .468E+03 .262E+08
30.00 .406E+00 .102E+04 .978E+04 .269E+02 . 481E+03 • 262E+08
35.00 .372E+00 .1l5E+04 .108E+05 .245E+02 .492E+03 .262E+08
40.00 .340E+00 .127E+04 .1l8E+05 .220E+02 .503E+03 .262E+08
45.00 .308E+00 .137E+04 .126E+05 . 195E+02 . 512E+03 .262E+08
50.00 .278E+00 .146E+04 • 134E+05 .169E+02 .519E+03 .262E+08
55.00 .250E+00 • 154E+04 .140E+05 • 143E+02 .525E+03 .262E+08
60.00 .223E+00 .161E+04 .146E+05 .1l6E+02 .530E+03 .262E+08
65.00 . 197E+00 .166E+04 .150E+05 . 897E+01 .532E+03 .262E+08
70.00 .173E+OO • 170E+04 .153E+05 .630E+01 .533E+03 .262E+08
75.00 . 150E+00 .173E+04 .155E+05 . 364E+01 .533E+03 .262E+08
80.00 . 130E+00 .174E+04 .156E+05 • 978E+00 .530E+03 .262E+08
85.00 .1l1E+00 .174E+04 .156E+05 -.166E+01 • 526E+03 • 262E+08
90.00 .931E-01 . 172E+04 .155E+05 -.428E+01 .519E+03 • 262E+08
95.00 . 772E-01 .170E+04 .153E+05 -.685E+01 .510E+03 .262E+08
100.00 .630E-01 • 166E+04 . 150E+05 -.937E+01 .499E+03 .262E+08
105.00 .504E-01 .160E+04 .145E+05 - .1l8E+02 .485E+03 .262E+08
110.00 .392E-01 .154E+04 .140E+05 -.142E+02 .468E+03 .262E+08
115.00 .296E-01 .146E+04 .134E+05 -.165E+02 .448E+03 .262E+08
120'.00 .213E-01 .137E+04 .127E+05 -.187E+02 .424E+03 .262E+08
125.00 .144E-01 .128E+04 • 119E+05 -.207E+02 .394E+03 .262E+08
130.00 .867E-02 .1l7E+04 . 110E+05 -.226E+02 .355E+03 • 262E+08
135.00 .405E-02 .105E+04 .100E+05 -.243E+02 .301E+03 .262E+08
140.00 .432E-03 • 925E+03 .902E+04 -.255E+02 . 176E+03 .262E+08
l45.00 -.230E-02 .798E+03 .798E+04 -.248E+02 -.274E+03 . 262E+08
150.00 -.428E-02 .678E+03 .700E+04 -.233E+02 -.327E+03 .262E+08
155.00 -.560E-02 .565E+03 .609E+04 -.216E+02 -.356E+03 .262E+08
160.00 -.639E-02 .462E+03 . 525E+04 -.198E+02 -.368E+03 .262E+08
165.00 -.674E-02 • 367E+03 .448E+04 -.180E+02 -.373E+03 • 262E+08
170.00 -.673E-02 . 282E+03 • 379E+04 -.161E+02 -.373E+03 .262E+08
175.00 -.646E-02 .206E+03 .317E+04 - • 142E+02 -.369E+03 .262E+08
180.00 -.599E-02 • 140E+03 .263E+04 -.124E+02 -.362E+03 .262E+08
185.00 -.538E-02 .822E+02 .216E+04 -.106E+02 -.352E+03 .262E+08
190.00 -.470E-02 .334E+02 • 177E+04 -.889E+01 -.340E+03 .262E+08

125
 195.00 -.398E-02 -.682E+01 .155E+04 -.722E+01 -.327E+03 .262E+08
200.00 -.327E-02 -.389E+02 .181E+04 -.563E+01 -.311E+03 .262E+08
205.00 -.260E-02 -.632E+02 .201E+04 -.412E+01 -.294E+03 .262E+08
210.00 -.198E-02 -.802E+02 .215E+04 -.269E+01 -.274E+03 .262E+08
215.00 -.145E-02 -.904E+02 .223E+04 - .137E+01 -.254E+03 .262E+08
220.00 -.994E-03 -.942E+02 .226E+04 -.163E+00 -.231E+03 .262E+08
225.00 -.631E-03 -.922E+02 .224E+04 .930E+00 -.206E+03 .262E+08
230.00 -.356E-03 -.850E+02 .219E+04 .189E+01 -.179E+03 .262E+08
235.00 -.162E-03 -.735E+02 .209E+04 • 271E+01 -.147E+03 .262E+08
240.00 -.379E-04 -.582E+02 .197E+04 .334E+01 -.102E+03 .262E+08
245.00 .311E-04 -.413E+02 .183E+04 .320E+01 .969E+02 .262E+08
250.00 .606E-04 -.266E+02 • 171E+04 .266E+01 • 115E+03 .262E+08
255.00 .646E-04 -.147E+02 .161E+04 .207E+01 . 116E+03 .262E+08
260.00 .543E-04 -.580E+01 .154E+04 .150E+01 • ll1E+03 .262E+08
265.00 .384E-04 .332E+00 .150E+04 • 962E+00 .102E+03 .262E+08
270.00 .226E-04 .390E+Ol .153E+04 • 479E+00 .895E+02 .262E+08
275.00 .104E-04 .521E+01 .154E+04 .657E-01 • 737E+02 .262E+08
280.00 .3l0E-05 .466E+Ol .153E+04 -.260E+00 .544E+02 .262E+08
285.00 .128E-06 .275E+Ol .152E+04 -.459E+00 .266E+02 .262E+08
290.00 -.245E-06 • 580E+00 .150E+04 -.332E+00 -.254E+02 .262E+08
295.00 -.153E-08 -.446E+OO .150E+04 .219E-01 .329E+Ol .262E+08
300.00 .538E-13 .OOOE+OO .149E+04 .OOOE+OO -.517E-01 .262E+08
COMPUTED LATERAL FORCE AT PILE HEAD = .40000E+02 KIP
COMPUTED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOOOE+OO IN-KIP
COMPUTED SLOPE AT PILE HEAD = -.74502E-02
THE OVERALL MOMENT IMBALANCE = -.278E-07 IN-KIP
THE OVERALL LATERAL FORCE IMBALANCE = .563E-06 LBS

OUTPUT SUMMARY
PILE HEAD DEFLECTION = .623E+OO IN
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT = .174E+04 IN-KIP
MAXIMUM TOTAL STRESS = .156E+05 LBS/IN**2
NO. OF ITERATIONS = 27
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ERROR = .aaOE-05 IN

SUMMARY TABLE
*************************

LATERAL BOUNDARY AXIAL MAX. MAX.

LOAD CONDITION LOAD YT ST MOMENT STRESS
(KIP) BC2 (KIP) (IN) (IN/IN) (IN-KIP) (LBS/IN**2
.200E+02 .OOOE+OO .390E+02 .145E+OO -.222E-02 .661E+03 .6a7E+04
.400E+02 .OOOE+OO .390E+02 • 623E+OO -.74SE-02 .174E+04 .lS6E+OS

126
 y <Inches)

20.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 '.0 7.0

18.0

16.0
. . .
••
'" 14..0 . . . . .
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • • , • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • " • • • • • • • •

C
C 12.0
.j
y

10.0
'C"
... . . . . .
\ 8.0 .
••••• 1 •••••••• , ••••••• , ............................. .
. .
.A
oJ
y . .
........". .................
. .
,.................... ,..................
6.0 . . . ,......... ,....................
. "....... .
R
· . ................
. . . . . .
_.. .............................................
. . _......... _..........
4.0 · ._
...........
. . . _..................•........
.. . .. ... .

2.0
·
............. _.. .............................................
. . . . . . . _. ....... _.........
-....................................
_. ........
· .. .. . . . . .. ..
0.0
Depth
• 20 inches
a 60 inches
,
, 100 inches
150 inches

p-y Curves.

127
 Deflection <I nc:he5)

-0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5

0.0
• 1
0.5 o 2

Itt 1.0
•
•
.... !....... .........! ........ ......... ......... . ................ .
8.c 1.5
··· .
.
.
~

.
.
.
~

.
.
.
.
.
.
~ ~

...
." ·· ... . . . . ..
2.0 .... ~........ . ....... ........ ! ........ .........:......... ....... .
~ ~ ~

··· .
.. .
.. .
.. .
. ..

,••
Itt
·· .
. .
.... ......... ........ -:'. .........:........ ':-.. ...... .
.
........
. .
2.5 ··
~........ ~

.
~

. .. ..
. .
.. ..
CI ..· .
. . . .. ...
C
.. 3.0 . ...
··
~........ ~
.
. .
. ~

.
.
.
.
. ....... ........ !........ ........ -:-........ ....... .
~

..
,.,
."

3.5
··
.
·· .. .. .. .. .. ..
~
.
.
.
. ~
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
.
~
.
.... ! ........ -:"' ........ ........ ........ ! ........ ........! ....... .
..
.
A ··· ... ... ... ... ... ...
a• 4.0 .... _ ·....... _....................................
. . . _.................
. .
··· .... ... ... ... ... ...
·· .. .. .. _.. ........ _.. .......... ........... .
-
4.5 ...............·· _ .. ........•.................
. ... ... .... ...
·· .. ... .
·. .. .. ... .. ... ...
5.0

Pile Deflection vs. Depth.

128
 MOMent (Inch-Kips) (1000's)

-1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0

0.0
-......... : -----G_

0.5 ..............:.........>:\ ..... ;~~~~-:>Q<~.......:................ .

· :j . : 9

·····ES~l=-~~
"1/1 1.0
~

0 1.5
0
'fo4
.....
2.0 . .. .. ....... . ........ ·', ........ ,. ........ . ........ ,', ...... " ....... .
~

"1/1
QI ................................................
.r.(J 2.5 · ..

c
loot 3.0 .. .
• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • 1 • • • • • • • • .1' • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

.....

.
.r.
Q.
QI
3.5 ·
·
. .
.
................................................................

· .
........................................................... , ......... -
Q 4.0 · . .
. .
·
...........................................................
' "
, .....
4.5 · . . .

5.0

Bending Moment vs. Depth.

129
 Shea t- ( Kips)

-40 -20 o 20 40
0.0
.~-

0.5 ..... .........:......... :........ ·_~:_:/~~-~1~~~~"-9"7~-:-~~-.... :........ .

,..,
~

0
0
III

.oj
1.0

1.5
• • • • ~~j~:~~:-- . . . . . . . . . . .
,..,"" 2.0
III

.....rC:'f . . . ·.·. . . . .·. . . · ·

111
J:. 2.5
U
C
.... 3.0
""
J:. · .
......................................................................
.... 3.5 · .. .
11
111 ·· . ..
.....................................................................
0 4.0 · . .
·· . .
.
4.5 . . . .. . ..................................
··
.
..
" ........ .... . . . . . . .. . ...... .
· .
.
5.0

Shearing Force vs. Depth.

130
 Soil R..ction (PcanIsIlneh)· <1000' i)

-0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5

0.0

0.5
• 1
o Z

,.. 1.0
•
•a
1.5
...,a
,.. 2.0

,•• 2.5

..,"
t
tot 3.0
,
fI 3.5 ··. ..
•••• I ••••••••
.
~• • • • • • • • • ,
. .. ..
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • I . . . . . . . . . , . ••• ••••• ~ • • • • • • • •

...
. . ..
.
.. .. ..
I ...
• ..
. . .
·· . .
.. ..
a 4.0 ............. _ ...................................
. .
_ ................ .
··· ... ... .
.
... ..
. ...
·.. .. .. . .
.. .. .. ..
·
....•........ . ._.................•........
.......
_ .. ... ......... _..........
_ . .
4.5 . .. ...
· .. ... .. .. ..
.
....
··. .. .. .. ... .. ..
5.0

Soil Reaction vs. Depth.

131
EXAMPLE 2, CONCRETE Pl:LES l:N LAYERED SOl:L Wl:TB
Dl:STRl:BUTED LOAD

This example is included to illustrate a common case in which

a 36-in diameter, reinforced-concrete pile is subjected to both
horizontal and vertical forces at the top of the pile.
Distributed loads are also specified near the top portion of the
pile. The soil deposit is not uniform and, as shown in Fig. 5.1,
five different layers are encountered in this example.

The recommendations for p-y curves for layered soils are

presented in Chapter 3 of Part II of this manual. The computer
will calculate the equivalent thickness for each layer. If the
user wants to check the p-y curves generated by the computer, the
equivalent thickness should be taken into account. The p-y curves
for rock at the fifth layer were generated internally by the
computer. The only parameter that is needed for rock is the shear
strength. The modulus k and £50 are only used for the initial
condition. It should be noted that the shear strength is half of
the uniaxial compression strength reported for most rock
specimens.

Layered-soil is commonly encountered in routine design. It

should be noted that there may be some uncertainty regarding the
theory used for conversion of layered soils. If soil layers do
not change their natural properties dramatically (for example,
sandy layers with differing angles of friction) then the best
approach for modeling the soil response is to use a lower number
of layers. However, care must be taken to characterize in detail
the strength variation profile in the input data.

The input and output data are shown in the following pages.

133
Preceding page blank
 100 kips

100 in-kip

20 in.

c - 2000 lb/sq ft.

Stiff Clay "y - 125 lb/cu ft. 60 in.
£50"0.005

~ - 30 deg
Sand 120 in.
y .. 60 lb/cu ft.

,,
~
c .. 800 lb/sq ft.
Soft Clay y- 60 lb/cu ft. 60 in.
£ - 0.02
50
".~

c - 3000 lb/sq ft.

y- 60 lb/cu ft.
Stiff Clay 144 in.
£ - 0.005
50

y- 60 lb/cu ft.
Limestone
c = 408,816 lb/sq ft.

Pile Length - 500 in.

Pile Diameter - 36 in. 6
Modulus of Elasticity - 3.1 X 10 lb/sq in.

Figure 5.1. Data for Example 2.

134
INPUT SCREENS FOR EXAMPLE 2
 F i l e " Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

r-.
Read
New
Save
Write
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

137

Preceding page blank

 File Analysis Mult Option
~~--------~----------------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
~--------------- New File Name ----------------~
IEXAMPLE.IN2
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

~
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

138
 File Analysis~ Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title •
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
OUtput Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

139
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN2

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE 2 CONCRETE PILES IN LAYERED SOIL WITH DISTRIBUTED LOADS

A I:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE 2 CONCRETE PILES IN LAYERED SOIL WITH DISTRIBUTED LOADS

---- Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- Fa : Continue
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

140
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN2

Editing Pile Dimensions

Number of increments «= 300) ••••••••••••••••••••• 100

Distance from top of pile to ground surface - inches 20.0
Length of pile •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• inches 500.00
Pile modulus •.....•.•....•••••..••...••.••.• psi 3100000
Slope of ground surface (degrees) ••••••••••••••••• 0.0000

A l:DEF:Num 100
- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue -----I~~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN2

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
inches inches inches**4 inches z
*
1
2
0.00
300.00
36.000
36.000
82500.0000
61500.0000
1080.0000
1080.0000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen----- F8 Continue ---~I---~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

141
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN2

Editing Soil Layer Information
Layer Criteria X-top X-bot k
inches inches lb/in3
*
1
2
*
3
4
20.00
80.00
80.00
200.00
1000.00
60.00
3 1 200.00 260.00 200.00
4 3 260.00 404.00 1200.00
5 6 404.00 600.00 2000.00
6
7
8
9
10
~------------------------------ p-y Curve Criteria -------------------------------~
*1 =
Soft Clay Criteria *3 =
Stiff Clay Above Watertable
*2 = Stiff Clay Below Watertable t4 = Sand
*5 =
Interp. Between Input Curves *6 =
Vuggy Limestone
A l:DEF:Num 3
~ Move Cell ----? Help ---- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~----..
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

142
 File Analysis Mult option EXAMPLE.IN2

Editing Effective Unit Weight Information

Point Depth Unit Weight
inches lb/in3
*
1
2
20.00
SO.OO
0.072
0.072
3 SO.OO 0.035
4 600.00 0.035
5
6
7
S
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 20.00000
i...- Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen- FS Continue __~I_·......
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN2

Editing Shear Strength Information

Layer Depth c q) E50
inches psi deg. @ 50\ of c
* 1 20.00 13.900 0.00 0.0050
2 SO.OO 13.900 0.00 0.0050
3 SO.OO 0.000 30.00 0.0000
4 200.00 0.000 30.00 0.0000
5 200.00 5.560 0.00 0.0200
6 260.00 5.560 0.00 0.0200
7 260.00 20.S00 0.00 0.0050
S 404.00 20.S00 0.00 0.0050
9 404.00 2S39.000 0.00 0.0010
10 600.00 2S39.000 0.00 0.0010

A l:DEF:Num 20.00000
"--- Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen- FS Continue __~I--.
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

143
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN2

Editing Loading Information

Distributed lateral loading (yIn) ? ••••••••••••••• Y

Is loading cyclic (yIn) ? ••••••••••••••••••••••••• n
Boundary condition code (KBC) ••••••••••••••••••••• 1

KBC = 12 for shear and moment

KBC =3 for shear and slope
KBC =4 for shear and rotational restraint
KBC = for deflection and moment
A l:DEF:Lab y

---- Move Cell --- ? Help --- I Edit Screen---- F8 Continue

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

144
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN2

Editing Distributed Loading on Pile

Point Depth Loading
inches pounds/inches
*
1
2 0.00 50.00
3 10.00 100.00
4
5
6
7
a
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --_~I---
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mu1t Option EXAMPLE. IN2

Editing Pile-head Loading
KOP Shear Moment Axial Load
pounds in-lbs pounds
1 50000.00 100000.000 100000.00

KOP=O if only a summary output for this load is to be printed

=1 if complete output is desired for this load

A l:DEF:Num 1
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

145
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.1N2

Maximum number of iterations allowed for analysis 100

Tolerance on solution convergence, inches 0.000010
Value of deflection considered to be excessive, inches 360.0000
Computation using internal-generated cracked/uncracked E1: N

A l:DEF:Num 100

1..0- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit 5creen---- Fa Continue --------~

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

146
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
computation Control
output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option B:EXAMPLE.IN2

OUtput Printing Options

*** Lateral Load Analysis ***
Printing Increment (1 for every node, 2 for every other node, etc) 2
Print deflection, moment, shear over full length of pile (yin) Y
Print p-y curves for verification Y

A 1:DEF:Num 2
~ Move Cell - ? Help - I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

147
 File Analysis Mult Option B:EXAMPLE.IN2

Enter depths for which p-y curves are to be calculated for verification:
Point Depth inches
1 60.00
2 120.00
3 240.00
4 360.00
5
6
7
a
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 60.00000

~ Move Cell - ? Help - I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --_~I--~

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu III

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

148
 File ~ Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The sele~tion of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data fer computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computin9 the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
'for most computer systems.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

roo-
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

149
 File Analysis Mult Option B:EXAMPLE.IN2
r---~--------~---------------------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
Save
I EXAMPLE.IN2 Save File Name --------------------------__

Main Menu I

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

150
 OUTPUT RESULTS FOR EXAMPLE 2

Preceding page blank

EXAMPLE 2 CONCRETE PILES IN LAYERED SOIL WITH DISTRIBUTED LOADS

UNITS--ENGL

*************************************************************
PILE DEFLECTION, BENDING MOMENT, SHEAR & SOIL RESISTANCE
*************************************************************

I N PUT I N FOR MAT ION

*********************************

DISTRIBUTED LOAD CURVE 3 POINTS

X,IN LOAD,LBS/IN
.00 .500E+02
10.00 .100E+03
20.00 .200E+03

THE LOADING IS STATIC

PILE GEOMETRY AND PROPERTIES

PILE LENGTH = 500.00 IN
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF PILE = .310E+04 KIP/IN**2
2 SECTION(S)
X DIAMETER MOMENT OF AREA
INERTIA
IN IN IN**4 IN**2
.00
36.000 .82SE+OS .108E+04
300.00
36.000 .61SE+OS .108E+04
500.00

SOILS INFORMATION
X-COORDINATE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = 20.00 IN

153
Preceding page blank
SLOPE ANGLE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = .00 DEG.
5 LAYER(S) OF SOIL
LAYER 1
THE LAYER IS A STIFF CLAY ABOVE THE WATER TABLE
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 20.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 80.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .100E+04 LBS/IN**3
LAYER 2
THE LAYER IS A SAND
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 80.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 200.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .600E+02 LBS/IN**3
LAYER 3
THE LAYER IS A SOFT CLAY
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 200.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 260.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .200E+03 LBS/IN**3
LAYER 4
THE LAYER IS A STIFF CLAY ABOVE THE WATER TABLE
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 260.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 404.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .120E+04 LBS/IN**3
LAYER 5
THE LAYER IS A ROCK
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 404.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 600.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .200E+04 LBS/IN**3

DISTRIBUTION OF EFFECTIVE UNIT WEIGHT WITH DEPTH

4 POINTS
X,IN WEIGHT,LBS/IN**3
20.00 • 72E-01
80.00 • 72E-01
80.00 .35E-01
600.00 .35E-01
DISTRIBUTION OF STRENGTH PARAMETERS WITH DEPTH
10 POINTS
X,IN C,LBS/IN**2 PHI,DEGREES ESO
20.00 .139E+02 .000 .SOOE-02
80.00 .139E+02 .000 .SOOE-02
80.00 .OOOE+OO 30.000
200.00 .OOOE+OO 30.000
200.00 .S56E+01 .000 .200E-Ol
260.00 .S56E+Ol .000 .200E-Ol

154
 260.00 .208E+02 .000 .500E-02
404.00 .208E+02 .000 .500E-02
404.00 • 284E+04 .000 .100E-02
600.00 • 284E+04 .000 .100E-02

FINITE DIFFERENCE PARAMETERS

NUMBER OF PILE INCREMENTS = 100
TOLERANCE ON DETERMINATION OF DEFLECTIONS = .100E-04 IN
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ITERATIONS ALLOWED FOR PILE ANALYSIS = 100
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = .36E+03 IN

INPUT CODES
OUTPT = 1
KCYCL = 1
KBC = 1
KPYOP = 1
INC = 2

EXAMPLE 2 CONCRETE PILES IN LAYERED SOIL WITH DISTRIBUTED LOADS

UNITS--ENGL

OUT PUT I N FOR MAT ION

***********************************

GENERATED P-Y CURVES

THE NUMBER OF CURVE IS = 4
THE NUMBER OF POINTS ON EACH CURVE = 17
DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM C CAVG GAMMA E50
IN IN LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**3
40.00 36.000 .lE+02 .lE+02 .7E-01 .500E-02
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.480 956.753
.960 ll37.777

155
 1.440 1259.158
1. 920 1353.053
2.400 1430.679
2.880 1497.399
3.360 1556.232
3.840 1609.060
4.320 1657.145
4.800 1701. 374
5.280 1742.401
5.760 1780.718
6.240 1816.710
6.720 1850.682
7.200 1882.880
9.000 1882.880

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM PHI GAMMA A B

IN IN LBS/IN**3
100.00 36.00 30.0 .6E-01 1.14 .78
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.050 370.940
.100 741. 881
.150 1093.652
.200 1216.369
.250 1320.962
.300 1413.062
.350 1495.924
.400 1571. 620
.450 1641.561
.500 1706.759
.550 1767.966
.600 1825.758
1.350 2669.421
37.350 2669.421
73.350 2669.421
109.350 2669.421

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM C GAMMA E50

IN IN LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**3
220.00 36.000 .6E+01 .5E-01 .200E-01
Y,IN P,LBS/IN
.000 .000
.0l4 180.144
.450 567.418
.900 714.902
1. 350 818.358
1.800 900.720

156
 2.250 970.271
2.700 1031. 067
3.150 1085.432
3.600 1134.836
4.050 1180.277
4.500 1222.465
4.950 1261.926
5.400 1299.063
14.400 1801.440
27.000 1801. 440
36.000 1801.440

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM C CAVG GAMMA E50

IN IN LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**2 LBS/IN**3
340.00 36.000 .2E+02 .2E+02 .4E-01 .500E-02
y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.480 2789.525
.960 3317.323
1.440 3671.222
1.920 3944.985
2.400 4171. 313
2.880 4365.843
3.360 4537.376
3.840 4691. 404
4.320 4831. 600
4.800 4960.555
5.280 5080.173
5.760 5191. 892
6.240 5296.831
6.720 5395.880
7.200 5489.757
9.000 5489.757

***

PILE LOADING CONDITION

LATERAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .500E+02 KIP
APPLIED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .100E+03 IN-KIP
AXIAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .100E+03 KIP

DISTRIBUTED LOAD CURVE 3 POINTS

157
 X,IN LOAD,LBS/IN
.00 .500E+02
10.00 .100E+03
20.00 .200E+03

X DEFLECTION MOMENT TOTAL SHEAR SOIL FLEXURAL

STRESS RESIST RIGIDITY
IN IN IN-KIP LBS/IN**2 KIP LBS/IN KIP-IN**2
***** ********** ********** ********** ********** ********** **********
.00 .251E+00 .100E+03 . 114E+03 .502E+02 .OOOE+OO .256E+09
10.00 .230E+00 .605E+03 .225E+03 .507E+02 .OOOE+OO .256E+09
20.00 .209E+00 . 112E+04 .337E+03 .507E+02 .620E+03 .256E+09
30.00 .189E+00 .160E+04 .442E+03 .449E+02 .643E+03 .256E+09
40.00 • 170E+00 .202E+04 .534E+03 .384E+02 .663E+03 .256E+09
50.00 .151E+00 .237E+04 • 611E+03 .316E+02 .680E+03 .256E+09
60.00 .133E+00 .266E+04 .673E+03 .248E+02 .695E+03 .256E+09
70.00 • 117E+00 .287E+04 . 719E+03 .178E+02 .706E+03 .256E+09
80.00 .101E+00 .302E+04 .751E+03 . 112E+02 .507E+03 .256E+09
90.00 .865E-01 .310E+04 . 770E+03 .621E+01 .486E+03 .256E+09
100.00 . 733E-01 .314E+04 .778E+03 .149E+01 .456E+03 .256E+09
110.00 .613E-01 . 314E+04 • 777E+03 -.288E+01 .418E+03 .256E+09
120.00 .505E-01 .309E+04 .767E+03 -.684E+01 .375E+03 .256E+09
130.00 .409E-01 .300E+04 .748E+03 -.104E+02 .328E+03 .256E+09
140.00 .325E-01 .289E+04 .722E+03 - . 134E+02 .281E+03 .256E+09
150.00 .253E-01 .274E+04 .690E+03 -.160E+02 .233E+03 .256E+09
160.00 . 191E-01 .257E+04 .653E+03 -.181E+02 .187E+03 .256E+09
170.00 .139E-01 .238E+04 .612E+03 -.197E+02 .145E+03 .256E+09
180.00 .965E-02 .218E+04 .567E+03 -.210E+02 .106E+03 .256E+09
190.00 .624E-02 .196E+04 .520E+03 -.219E+02 .725E+02 .256E+09
200.00 .360E-02 .174E+04 . 472E+03 -.226E+02 . 113E+03 .256E+09
210.00 .164E-02 .151E+04 .422E+03 -.236E+02 .872E+02 .256E+09
220.00 .263E-03 .127E+04 .369E+03 -.243E+02 .475E+02 .256E+09
230.00 -.614E-03 .102E+04 .316E+03 -.241E+02 -.629E+02 .256E+09
240.00 -.109E-02 .787E+03 . 264E+03 -.234E+02 -.762E+02 .256E+09
250.00 -.126E-02 .558E+03 .214E+03 -.226E+02 -.799E+02 .256E+09
260.00 -.121E-02 .336E+03 .166E+03 -.208E+02 -.482E+03 .256E+09
270.00 -.102E-02 .152E+03 .126E+03 -.160E+02 -.476E+03 .256E+09
280.00 -.781E-03 .161E+02 .961E+02 -.113E+02 -.457E+03 .256E+09
290.00 -.530E-03 -.744E+02 .109E+03 -.688E+01 -.425E+03 .256E+09
300.00 -.308E-03 -.122E+03 . 119E+03 -.283E+01 -.380E+03 .223E+09
310.00 - .140E-03 -.132E+03 . 131E+03 .690E+00 -.320E+03 .191E+09
320.00 -.400E-04 - . 110E+03 .125E+03 .352E+01 -.239E+03 .191E+09
330.00 .261E-05 -.643E+02 • 111E+03 .479E+01 .129E+03 .191E+09
340.00 .111E-04 -.235E+02 .995E+02 .321E+01 .184E+03 .191E+09
350.00 .669E-05 -.167E+00 .926E+02 .149E+01 .165E+03 .191E+09
360.00 .166E-05 . 711E+01 . 947E+02 .822E-01 • 119E+03 .191E+09
370.00 -.132E-07 .296E+01 .935E+02 -.533E+00 -.363E+02 .191E+09

158
 380.00 -.206E-07 -.184E+00 .926E+02 -.894E-01 -.425E+02 .191E+09
390.00 .262E-10 -.731E-03 .926E+02 .156E-01 .866E+01 .191E+09
400.00 -.704E-16 .153E-08 .926E+02 -.200E-04 -.1l2E-01 .191E+09
410.00 -.467E-15 .763E-09 .926E+02 -.650E-10 -.414E-08 .191E+09
420.00 -.455E-15 .249E-09 .926E+02 -.380E-10 -.405E-08 .191E+09
430.00 -.304E-15 -.1l0E-10 .926E+02 -.162E-10 -.271E-08 .191E+09
440.00 -.153E-15 -.984E-10 .926E+02 -.339E-ll -.137E-08 .191E+09
450.00 -.505E-16 -.971E-1O .926E+02 .219E-ll -.455E-09 .191E+09
460.00 .188E-17 -.653E-1O .926E+02 .342E-ll .138E-10 .191E+09
470.00 .200E-16 -.334E-10 .926E+02 . 271E-ll .177E-09 .191E+09
480.00 .202E-16 -.122E-10 .926E+02 .153E-ll .180E-09 .191E+09
490.00 . 137E-16 -.221E-ll .926E+02 .554E-12 .123E-09 .191E+09
500.00 .578E-17 .OOOE+OO .926E+02 .OOOE+OO .52SE-10 .191E+09
COMPUTED LATERAL FORCE AT PILE HEAD = .SOOOOE+02 KIP
COMPUTED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .100OOE+03 IN-KIP
COMPUTED SLOPE AT PILE HEAD = -.20834E-02
THE OVERALL MOMENT IMBALANCE = .756E-09 IN-KIP
THE OVERALL LATERAL FORCE IMBALANCE = .lS2E-06 LBS

OUTPUT SUMMARY
PILE HEAD DEFLECTION = .2S1E+00 IN
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT = .31SE+04 IN-KIP
MAXIMUM TOTAL STRESS = .779E+03 LBS/IN**2
NO. OF ITERATIONS = 14
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ERROR = .499E-OS IN

SUM MAR Y TAB L E

*************************

LATERAL BOUNDARY AXIAL MAX. MAX.

LOAD CONDITION LOAD YT ST MOMENT STRESS
(KIP) BC2 (KIP) (IN) (IN/IN) (IN-KIP) (LBS/IN**2)

.500E+02 .100E+03 .100E+03 .2S1E+OO -.208E-02 .31SE+04 • 779E+03

159
EXAMPLE 3, PILES IN A SLOPING ABUTMENT

The third example is illustrated in Fig. 5.2 and is included

to show the use of the program for analysis of a 36-0.D. drilled
shaft in a sloping abutment. The pile length is 500 in and the
diameter is 36 inches. The soil stratum is a medium-dense sand
layer underlaid by a stiff clay. The slope of the abutment is 20
degree from a horizontal surface.

The input and the output are shown in the following pages.
The deflection at the pile head for this case is 0.402 in, which
is about 20 percent higher than that (0.335 in) if the ground were
a flat plane. A parametric study, with different slope angles in
each run, indicates that the deflection of piles increases with an
increase in the slope angle (Fig. 5.3).

It should be noted that the slope angle cannot be greater

than the internal friction angle ~ if the soil in the slope is
cohesionless material. If a slope has a factor of safety below
the standard requirement, it may create a driving force instead of
a resisting force on the pile. For such a situation, analyses for
slope stability with piles in place should be conducted. If a
driving force from the slope is possible, the user should input
the driving force as a distributed load on the pile in making the
design.

The input and output data are shown in the following pages.

161
Preceding page blank
 Sand
160
in. • - 34 deg.
'Y - 0.069 Ib/cu in.

Stiff Clay
c - 13.9 Ib/sq in.
320
in. 'Y - 0.072 Ib/cu in.

Dia - 36 in.
11 2
EI - 2.56 X 10 Ib-in.

Figure 5.2. Data for Example 3.

162
 Yt Ue~sus Slope Angle
I.',-----------------------------------------~
. . . . .
............... .............. ...............:.......
~ ~ ········~···············:·····2···············1

1.5 •••••••••••• : •••••••••••••• L........ • • • T• ·~ .••.• :· • • • • 1

. 1.4 ............... : ...............:....

: : : : I
. ...... :...............:............... :.............. ·~···············I
c
•v
1.2 ••••••••••••• :..........................' ••••••••••••••••••••••••••. : . : ••••••••••••J
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ··········. ···················1
1.1 ............... ~ ...............:............... ~ ...... ·········i··············j···············!···············1
............... ~ ............. ..:. .............. :.............. .:... ............ ~ .............. ';' .............. .
. . . . .

11

Sll" Antle <.e!.)

Figure 5.3. Pile-head deflection Yt versus slope angle.

163
 :INPUT SCREENS FOR EXAMPLE 3

Preceding page blank

 F i l e . Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an eXisting file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Read
New
Save.
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

167
Preceding page blank
 File Analysis Mult Option
Read
New
I
~r---------~-------------------------------------------------------~

~------------------- New File Name ---------------------~

I EXAMPLE. IN)
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

r---
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

168
 File Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data f~r computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title ~~~------­
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

169
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE 3 PILES IN A SLOPING ABUTMENT

A l:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE 3 PILES IN A SLOPING ABUTMENT

~ Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

170
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3

Editing Pile Dimensions

Number of increments «= 300) •••••.•••••••.••••••• 100

Distance from top of pile to ground surface - inches 20.0
Length of pile ••••••••.•••••••••••.••••••••• inches 400.00
Pile modulus ••••••.•••••••••••••.••.•••••••• psi 3100000
Slope of ground surface (degrees) •.••••••••.••.••• 20.0000

\ l:DEF:Num 100
Move Cell ? Help - I Edit Screen---- F8 Continue I

'l-Help Alt-X-Exit

171
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN3

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
inches inches inches**4 inches:!
1
2
* 0.00 36.000 82500.0000 1080.0000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

\ l:DEF:Num 0.00000
Move Cell - - ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue _ - L__~

'l-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mu1t Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

172
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3
Editing Soil Layer Information
Layer Criteria X-top X-bot k
inches inches lb/in3
*
1
2
*3
4 20.00
180.00
180.00
500.00
60.00
1000.00
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
~--------------------------- p-y Curve Criteria --------------------------~
*1 = Soft Clay Criteria *3 = Stiff Clay Above Watertable
*2 = Stiff Clay Below Watertable t4 = Sand
*5 = Interp. Between Input Curves *6 = Vuggy Limestone
A l:DEF:Num 4
---- Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3

Editing Effective Unit Weight Information

Point Depth Unit weight
inches lb/in3
*
1
2
20.00
180.00
0.069
0.069
3 180.00 0.072
4 500.00 0.072
5
6
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 20.00000

~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I---

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

173
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3

Editing Shear Strength Information

Layer Depth c <II E50
inches psi deg. 50\ of c
* 1 20.00 0.000 34.00
@

0.0000
2 180.00 0.000 34.00 0.0000
3 180.00 13.900 0.00 0.0050
4 500.00 13.900 0.00 0.0050
5
6
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 20.00000
~ Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
OUtput Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

174
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN3

Editing Loading Information

Distributed lateral loading (yin) ? ............... n

Is loading cyclic (yin) ? ••••••••••••••••••••••••• n
Boundary condition code (KBC) ......•..•........... 1

KBC =1 for shear and moment (free head)

KBC =2 for shear and slope (fixed head)
KBC =3 for shear and rotational restraint (partially fixed)
KBC =4 for deflection and moment
A l:DEF:Lab n
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN3

Editing Pile-head Loading
KOP Shear Moment Axial Load
pounds in-lbs pounds
1 40000.00 600000.000 200000.00

KOP=O if only a summary output for this load is to be printed

=1 if complete output is desired for this load

A l:DEF:Num 1
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

175
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3

Maximum number of iterations allowed for analysis 100

Tolerance on solution convergence, inches 0.000010
Value of deflection considered to be excessive, inches 360.0000
Computation using internal-generated cracked/uncracked EI: N

A l:DEF:Num 100

~ Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue ----I----~

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

176
 File ~nalysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help ~lt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EX»tPLE.IN3

OUtput Printing Options

*** Lateral Load Analysis ***
Printing Increment (1 for every node, 2 for every other node, etc) 2
Print deflection, moment, shear over full length of pile (yIn) Y
Print p-y curves for verification Y

~ l:DEF:Num 2
~ Move Cell - ? Help - I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue
F1-Help ~lt-X-Exit

177
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3

Enter depths for which p-y curves are to be calculated for verification:
Point Depth inches
1 50.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 50.00000

~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu I 1I

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

178
 File~ Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data f~r computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

~

Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

179
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN3
~r---------~'------------------------------------------------------------'
Read
New
Save
Ir----------------
EXAMPLE.IN3
Save File Name --------------~

Quit to DOS
Main Menu
I

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

180
OUTPUT RESULTS FOR EXAMPLE 3
EXAMPLE 3 PILES IN A SLOPING ABUTMENT

UNITS--ENGL

*************************************************************
PILE DEFLECTION, BENDING MOMENT, SHEAR & SOIL RESISTANCE
*************************************************************

I N PUT I N FOR MAT ION

*********************************

THE LOADING IS STATIC

PILE GEOMETRY AND PROPERTIES

PILE LENGTH = 400.00 IN
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF PILE
1 SECTION(S)
= .310E+04 KIP/IN**2

X DIAMETER MOMENT OF AREA

INERTIA
IN IN IN**4 IN**2
.00
36.000 .825E+OS .108E+04
400.00

SOILS INFORMATION
X-COORDINATE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = 20.00 IN
SLOPE ANGLE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = 20.00 DEG.
2 LAYER(S) OF SOIL
LAYER 1
THE LAYER IS A SAND
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 20.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 180.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .600E+02 LBS/IN**3

183

Preceding page blank

 LAYER 2
THE LAYER IS A STIFF CLAY ABOVE THE WATER TABLE
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 180.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 500.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .100E+04 LBS/IN**3

DISTRIBUTION OF EFFECTIVE UNIT WEIGHT WITH DEPTH

4 POINTS
X,IN WEIGHT,LBS/IN**3
20.00 .69E-01
180.00 .69E-01
180.00 • 72E-01
500.00 • 72E-01
DISTRIBUTION OF STRENGTH PARAMETERS WITH DEPTH
4 POINTS
X,IN C,LBS/IN**2 PHI,DEGREES ESO
20.00 .OOOE+OO 34.000
180.00 .OOOE+OO 34.000
180.00 .139E+02 .000 .SOOE-02
500.00 .139E+02 .000 .SOOE-02

FINITE DIFFERENCE PARAMETERS

NUMBER OF PILE INCREMENTS = 100
TOLERANCE ON DETERMINATION OF DEFLECTIONS = .100E-04 IN
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ITERATIONS ALLOWED FOR PILE ANALYSIS = 100
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = .36E+03 IN

INPUT CODES
OUTPT = 1
KCYCL = 1
KBC
KPYOP =
= 1
1
INC = 2

EXAMPLE 3 PILES IN A SLOPING ABUTMENT

UNITS--ENGL

OUTPUT INFORMATION
***********************************

184
GENERATED P-Y CURVES
THE NUMBER OF CURVE IS = 1
THE NUMBER OF POINTS ON EACH CURVE = 17
DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM PHI GAMMA A B
IN IN LBS/IN**3
30.00 36.00 34.0 .7E-01 2.23 1.64
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.050 90.000
.100 180.000
.150 228.027
.200 247.984
.250 264.660
.300 279.114
.350 291.948
.400 303.543
.450 314.151
.500 323.954
.550 333.085
.600 341.646
1.350 466.197
37.350 466.197
73.350 466.197
109.350 466.197

***

PILE LOADING CONDITION

LATERAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .400E+02 KIP
APPLIED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .600E+03 IN-KIP
AXIAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .200E+03 KIP

185
 X DEFLECTION MOMENT TOTAL SHEAR SOIL FLEXURAL
STRESS RESIST RIGIDITY
IN IN IN-KIP LBS/IN**2 KIP LBS/IN KIP-IN**2
***** ********** ********** ********** ********** ********** **********
.00 .403E+00 .600E+03 .316E+03 .406E+02 .OOOE+OO .256E+09
8.00 .379E+00 .925E+03 .387E+03 .400E+02 .OOOE+OO .256E+09
16.00 .355E+00 .125E+04 .458E+03 .400E+02 .OOOE+OO .256E+09
24.00 .332E+00 .157E+04 .529E+03 .399E+02 .335E+02 .256E+09
32.00 .308E+00 .190E+04 .599E+03 .394E+02 .105E+03 .256E+09
40.00 .286E+00 .221E+04 .668E+03 .383E+02 • 177E+03 .256E+09
48.00 .264E+00 .252E+04 .734E+03 .365E+02 .250E+03 .256E+09
56.00 .242E+00 .280E+04 .797E+03 .343E+02 .317E+03 .256E+09
64.00 .222E+00 .307E+04 .856E+03 .315E+02 .378E+03 .256E+09
72.00 .202E+00 .332E+04 .909E+03 .283E+02 .428E+03 .256E+09
80.00 .183E+00 .353E+04 .956E+03 .247E+02 . 471E+03 .256E+09
88.00 .164E+00 .372E+04 .996E+03 .208E+02 .503E+03 .256E+09
96.00 .147E+00 .387E+04 .103E+04 .166E+02 .525E+03 .256E+09
104.00 .131E+00 .399E+04 .106E+04 .124E+02 .538E+03 .256E+09
112.00 . 116E+00 .407E+04 .107E+04 .807E+01 .537E+03 .256E+09
120.00 .101E+00 .412E+04 .109E+04 .383E+01 .522E+03 .256E+09
128.00 .879E-01 .414E+04 .109E+04 -.236E+00 .492E+03 .256E+09
136.00 .757E-01 .413E+04 .109E+04 -.407E+01 .465E+03 .256E+09
144.00 .645E-01 .408E+04 .108E+04 -.763E+01 .425E+03 .256E+09
152.00 .543E-01 .401E+04 .106E+04 -.108E+02 .375E+03 .256E+09
160.00 .451E-01 • 391E+04 .104E+04 -.136E+02 .317E+03 .256E+09
168.00 .369E-01 .380E+04 .101E+04 -.159E+02 • 277E+03 .256E+09
176.00 .297E-01 .366E+04 .984E+03 -.181E+02 .257E+03 .256E+09
184.00 .233E-01 .351E+04 .950E+03 -.212E+02 .426E+03 .256E+09
192.00 .179E-01 .333E+04 .911E+03 -.245E+02 .411E+03 .256E+09
200.00 .132E-01 .312E+04 .865E+03 -.277E+02 .392E+03 .256E+09
208.00 .937E-02 • 288E+04 .814E+03 -.308E+02 .371E+03 .256E+09
216.00 .624E-02 .263E+04 .758E+03 -.337E+02 .344E+03 .256E+09
224.00 .376E-02 .235E+04 .697E+03 -.363E+02 .312E+03 .256E+09
232.00 .188E-02 .205E+04 .632E+03 -.386E+02 .269E+03 .256E+09
240.00 .502E-03 • 173E+04 .563E+03 -.405E+02 .198E+03 .256E+09
248.00 -.440E-03 .141E+04 .492E+03 -.395E+02 -.399E+03 .256E+09
256.00 -.103E-02 .1l0E+04 .426E+03 -.359E+02 -.493E+03 .256E+09
264.00 - .134E-02 .833E+03 .367E+03 -.318E+02 -.527E+03 .256E+09
272.00 -.145E-02 .596E+03 .315E+03 -.275E+02 -.536E+03 .256E+09
280.00 -.140E-02 .393E+03 .271E+03 -.232E+02 -.532E+03 .256E+09
288.00 -.126E-02 .224E+03 .234E+03 -.190E+02 -.518E+03 .256E+09
296.00 -.106E-02 .876E+02 .204E+03 -.150E+02 -.496E+03 .256E+09
304.00 -.835E-03 -.167E+02 .189E+03 - .111E+02 -.468E+03 • 256E+09
312.00 -.616E-03 -.911E+02 .205E+03 -.753E+01 -.433E+03 .256E+09
320.00 -.419E-03 -.138E+03 .215E+03 -.423E+01 -.394E+03 .256E+09
328.00 -.257E-03 -.159E+03 .220E+03 -.126E+01 -.348E+03 .256E+09
336.00 - .133E-03 -.159E+03 .220E+03 • 131E+01 -.296E+03 .256E+09
344.00 -.497E-04 -.139E+03 .216E+03 .342E+01 -.231E+03 .256E+09
352.00 -.698E-06 -.105E+03 .208E+03 .478E+01 -.808E+02 .256E+09
360.00 .220E-04 -.677E+02 .200E+03 .424E+01 .126E+03 .256E+09
368.00 .277E-04 -.379E+02 .193E+03 .319E+01 .136E+03 .256E+09

186
 376.00 .237E-04 -.168E+02 .189E+03 .211E+01 .133E+03 .256E+09
384.00 .154E-04 -.408E+01 .186E+03 .109E+01 .122E+03 . 256E+09
392.00 .599E-05 .902E+00 .185E+03 .207E+00 . 982E+02 .256E+09
400.00 -.332E-05 .OOOE+OO .185E+03 .OOOE+OO - .1l6E+03 .256E+09
COMPUTED LATERAL FORCE AT PILE HEAD = .40000E+02 KIP
COMPUTED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .60000E+03 IN-KIP
COMPUTED SLOPE AT PILE HEAD = -.30108E-02
THE OVERALL MOMENT IMBALANCE = .996E-07 IN-KIP
THE OVERALL LATERAL FORCE IMBALANCE = -.174E-05 LBS

OUTPUT SUMMARY
PILE HEAD DEFLECTION = .403E+00 IN
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT = .414E+04 IN-KIP
MAXIMUM TOTAL STRESS = .109E+04 LBS/IN**2
NO. OF ITERATIONS = 18
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ERROR = .809E-05 IN

SUM MAR Y TAB L E

*************************

LATERAL BOUNDARY AXIAL MAX. MAX.

LOAD CONDITION LOAD 'iT ST MOMENT STRESS
(KIP) BC2 (KIP) (IN) (IN/IN) (IN-KIP) (LBS/IN**2
.400E+02 .600E+03 .200E+03 .403E+00 -.301E-02 . 414E+04 .109E+04

187
EXAMPLE 4, USER INPUT p-y CURVES

This example is included to illustrate a case in which the p-

y curves are specified externally by the user. The head of the
pile will be assumed to be unrestrained against rotation (free-
head case) with no moment. A lateral load of 5 kips will be used
to generate data for preparing a load-deflection curve. The p-y
curves shown in Fig. 5.4 will be used. The output for every other
mode is shown on the following pages.

The program interpolates linearly between points on a p-y

curve and between p-y curves. In this example, the deepest p-y
curve is given at 188 inches. For any nodes that extend below the
depth of the deepest p-y curve, the program uses the deepest p-y
curve for computation.

The input and output data are shown on the following pages.

189
Preceding page blank
 I' = 100,O()O lbs
x

1
x
---------+'JI}-------- x .. 60 in.

I
SOFT CLAY

x - 240 in.

·LOOSE SAND
I
x - 360 in.

MEDIml CLAY

Input P-y Curves for

Example Problem 4

600
Pile Properties:

* 16" O.D. Pipe Pile

in. and below
* E - 29xl0 6 PZi
* ...C
*
I - 1047 in. between x * 0
and x - 180 in.
I - 720 in.4 between x .. 180
--
.&J
-<
......
i88 in.

and x .. 720 in. Co

* Length - 720 in. (76 in.

0
0 4.0
Y. in

Figure 5.4. Data for Example 4.

190
INPUT SCREENS FOR EXAMPLE 4
 F i l e " Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The sele9tion of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data f~r computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

193
Preceding page blank
 File Analysis Mult Option
-----~--------~----------------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
I~---------------
EXAMPLE.IN4
New File Name

Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

r---
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

194
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title ..
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

I
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE NO 4 USER INPUT P-Y CURVES

A l:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE NO 4 USER INPUT P-Y CURVES

~ Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- F8 Continue - - - -
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

195
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Pile Dimensions

Number of increments «= 300) ••••••••••••••••••••• 120

Distance from top of pile to ground surface - inches 60.0
Length of pile •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• inches 720.00
Pile modulus .............•.......••..••...•. psi 29000000
Slope of ground surface (degrees) ••••••••••••••••• 0.0000

A 1:DEF:Num. 120
""'-- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

196
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN 4

Editing Pile Section properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
II inches inches inches**4 inches 3
1 0.00 16.000 1050.0000 35.9000
2 180.00 16.000 720.0000 23.9000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~----
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

197
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4
Editing Soil Layer Information
Layer Criteria X-top X-bot k
I I inches inches lb/in3
1 5 60.00 720.00 50.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
r---------------------------
11 = Soft Clay Criteria
p-y Curve Criteria --------------------------~
13 =
Stiff Clay Above Watertable
*2 =
Stiff Clay Below Watertable 14 Sand =
IS = Interp. Between Input Curves 16 =
Vugqy Limestone
A l:DEF:Num 5
~ Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --_~I--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

198
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

Depth of Input p-y Curves
Point Depth
inches
*
1
2
60.00000
76.00000
3 92.00000
4 108.00000
5 140.00000
6 188.00000
7 214.00000
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 60.00000000
Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

199
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

p-y Curve *1 of 7 at 60.00 inches
Point Deflection Soil Resistance
inches pounds/inches
*
1
2
0.00000
0.20000
0.00000
66.10000
3 0.40000 83.20000
4 0.80000 105.00000
5 1.20000 120.00000
6 6.00000 0.00000
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
---- Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I---
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

p-y Curve *2 of 7 at 76.00 inches
Point Deflection Soil Resistance
inches pounds/inches
*
1
2
0.00000
0.20000
0.00000
79.80000
3 0.40000 100.00000
4 0.80000 127.00000
5 1.20000 145.00000
6 6.00000 15.00000
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
---- Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue ___~I_ _J
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

200
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

p-y Curve *3 of 7 at 92.00 inches
Point Deflection Soil Resistance
inches pounds/inches
"
1
2
0.00000
0.20000
0.00000
93.30000
3 0.40000 117.00000
4 O.BOOOO l4B.00000
5 1.20000 169.00000
6 6.00000 34.00000
7
B
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- FB Continue ___~__- J
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

p-y Curve *4 of 7 at 10B.00 inches
Point Deflection Soil Resistance
inches pounds/inches
*
1
2
0.00000
0.20000
0.00000
107.00000
3 0.40000 135.00000
4 O.BOOOO 170.00000
5 1.20000 194.00000
6 6.00000 61.00000
7
B
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
----- Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- FB Continue ---~--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

201
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

p-y Curve *5 of 7 at 140.00 inches
Point Deflection Soil Resistance
inches pounds/inches
*
1
2
0.00000
0.20000
0.00000
134.00000
3 0.40000 169.00000
4 O.SOOOO 213.00000
5 1.20000 243.00000
6 6.00000 123.00000
7
S
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
~ Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- FS Continue --~---~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

p-y Curve *6 of 7 at lSS.00 inches
Point Deflection Soil Resistance
inches pounds/inches
*
1
2
0.00000
0.20000
0.00000
175.00000
3 0.40000 221.00000
4 O.SOOOO 27S.00000
5 1.20000 31S.00000
6 6.00000 264.00000
7
S
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
---- Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- FS Continue ---*---~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

202
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Load-Transfer Data

p-y Curve *7 of 7 at 214.00 inches
Point Deflection Soil Resistance
inches pounds/inches
*
1
2
0.00000
0.20000
0.00000
19S.00000
3 0.40000 250.00000
4 O.SOOOO 315.00000
5 1.20000 360.00000
6 6.00000 360.00000
7
S
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
~ Move Cell ---? Help --- / Edit Screen---- FS Continue --~--~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mu1t Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
output Tables
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

203
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN 4

Editing Loading Information

Distributed lateral loading (yin) ? ••••••••••••••• n

Is loading cyclic (yin) ? ••••••••••••••••••••••••• n
Boundary condition code (KBC) ••••••••••.•••••••••• 1

KBC = 1 for shear and moment (free head)

KBC = 2 for shear and slope (fixed head)
KBC = 3 for shear and rotational restraint (partially fixed)
KBC = 4 for deflection and moment
A 1:DEF:Lab n
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~-----'
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Editing Pile-head Loading
KOP Shear Moment Axial Load
pounds in-lbs pounds
1 5000.00 0.000 100000.00

KOP=O if only a summary output for this load is to be printed

=1 if complete output is desired for this load

A l:DEF:Num 1
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- I Edi t Screen-- Fa Continue --~I------~
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

204
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

Maximum number of iterations allowed for analysis 100

Tolerance on solution convergence, inches 0.000100
Value of deflection considered to be excessive, inches : 100.0000
Computation using internal-generated cracked/uncracked EI: N

A l:DEF:Num 100
Help --- / Edit Screen- Fa Continue _____
' __4
---- Move Cell --- ?
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

205
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN4

OUtput Printing Options

*** Lateral Load Analysis ***
Printing Increment (1 for every node, 2 for every other node, etc) 3
Print deflection, moment, shear over full length of pile (yin) Y
Print p-y curves for verification N

A l:DEF:Num 3
~ Move Cell - ? Help - I Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~----
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

206
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data f.r computing th. response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the.pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

207
 File Analysis Mult Option
- Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN4

r---~--------~-------------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
Save
I EXAMPLE.IN4 Save File Name --------------~

Main Menu J

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

208
OUTPUT RESULTS FOR EXAMPLE 4
EXAMPLE NO 4 USER INPUT P-Y CURVES

UNITS--ENGL

*************************************************************
PILE DEFLECTION, BENDING MOMENT, SHEAR & SOIL RESISTANCE
*************************************************************

I N PUT INFORMATION
*********************************

THE LOADING IS STATIC

PILE GEOMETRY AND PROPERTIES

PILE LENGTH = 720.00 IN
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF PILE
2 SECTION(S)
= .290E+OS KIP/IN**2

X DIAMETER MOMENT OF AREA

INERTIA
IN IN IN**4 IN**2
.00
16.000 .10SE+04 .3S9E+02
180.00
16.000 • 720E+03 .239E+02
720.00

SOILS INFORMATION
X-COORDINATE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = 60.00 IN
SLOPE ANGLE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = .00 DEG.
1 LAYER(S) OF SOIL
LAYER 1
THE LAYER RESPONSE IS DEFINED BY INPUT P-Y CURVES
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 60.00 IN

211
Preceding page blank
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 720.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k = .500E+02 LBS/IN**3

INPUT P-Y CURVES 7 CURVES, 6 POINTS ON EACH

X,IN Y,IN P,LBS/IN
60.00 .00 .00
.20 66.10
.40 83.20
.80 105.00
1.20 120.00
6.00 .00
X,IN Y,IN P,LBS/IN
76.00 .00 .00
.20 79.80
.40 100.00
.80 127.00
1.20 145.00
6.00 15.00
X,IN Y,IN P,LBS/IN
92.00 .00 .00
.20 93.30
.40 117.00
.80 148.00
1.20 169.00
6.00 34.00
X,IN Y,IN P,LBS/IN
108.00 .00 .00
.20 107.00
.40 135.00
.80 170.00
1.20 194.00
6.00 61.00
X,IN Y,IN P,LBS/IN
140.00 .00 .00
.20 134.00
.40 169.00
.80 213.00
1.20 243.00
6.00 123.00
X,IN y,IN P,LBS/IN
188.00 .00 .00
.20 175.00
.40 221.00
.80 278.00

212
 1.20 318.00
6.00 264.00
X,IN Y,IN P,LBS/IN
214.00 .00 .00
.20 198.00
.40 250.00
.80 315.00
1.20 360.00
6.00 360.00

FINITE DIFFERENCE PARAMETERS

NUMBER OF PILE INCREMENTS = 120
TOLERANCE ON DETERMINATION OF DEFLECTIONS = .100E-03 IN
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ITERATIONS ALLOWED FOR PILE ANALYSIS = 100
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = .10E+03 IN

INPUT CODES
OUTPT = 1
KCYCL = 1
KBC = 1
KPYOP = 0
INC = 3

EXAMPLE NO 4 USER INPUT P-Y CURVES

UNITS--ENGL

OUTPUT INFORMATION
***********************************

***

PILE LOADING CONDITION

LATERAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD
APPLIED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD
=
=
.500E+Ol KIP
.OOOE+OO IN-KIP
AXIAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .100E+03 KIP

213
 X DEFLECTION MOMENT TOTAL SHEAR SOIL FLEXURAL
STRESS RESIST RIGIDITY
IN IN IN-KIP LBS/IN**2 KIP LBS/IN KIP-IN*"'2
***** ********** ********** ********** ********** ********** **********
.00 .453E+00 .OOOE+OO .279E+04 • 532E+01 .OOOE+OO .305E+08
18.00 .396E+00 .957E+02 .351E+04 .500E+01 .OOOE+OO .305E+OS
36.00 .340E+00 .191E+03 .424E+04 .500E+01 .OOOE+OO .305E+OS
54.00 .286E+00 .287E+03 .497E+04 .500E+01 .OOOE+OO .305E+08
72.00 .235E+00 .374E+03 .563E+04 .3S7E+01 .798E+02 .305E+08
90.00 • 188E+00 .435E+03 .610E+04 .235E+01 .862E+02 .305E+OS
108.00 • 146E+00 .468E+03 .635E+04 • 869E+00 .780E+02 .305E+OS
126.00 .109E+00 .475E+03 .640E+04 -.435E+00 .663E+02 .305E+OS
144.00 .762E-01 .460E+03 .629E+04 -.151E+01 .524E+02 .305E+08
162.00 .488E-01 .428E+03 .605E+04 -.231E+01 .373E+02 .305E+08
180.00 .259E-01 .384E+03 • 571E+04 -.284E+01 .218E+02 .257E+08
198.00 .795E-02 .331E+03 .7S7E+04 -.310E+01 .730E+01 .209E+OS
216.00 -.488E-02 .276E+03 • 725E+04 -.312E+01 .484E+01 .209E+08
234.00 - • 134E-01 .222E+03 .665E+04 -.295E+01 • 133E+02 .209E+OS
252.00 -.185E-01 • 172E+03 .609E+04 -.267E+01 .183E+02 .209E+08
270.00 -.209E-01 .127E+03 .560E+04 -.231E+01 .207E+02 .209E+08
2SS.00 -.214E-01 • 890E+02 .517E+04 -.193E+01 .212E+02 .209E+OS
306.00 -.204E-01 • 576E+02 .482E+04 -.156E+01 .202E+02 .209E+OS
324.00 -.186E-0l .325E+02 .455E+04 -.121E+01 .184E+02 .209E+08
342.00 -.162E-01 .134E+02 .433E+04 -.S98E+00 .161E+02 .209E+OS
360.00 -.137E-01 -.516E+00 .419E+04 -.632E+00 .135E+02 .209E+OS
37S.00 -.lllE-Ol -.101E+02 .430E+04 -.4llE+00 .1l0E+02 .209E+08
396.00 -.S66E-02 -.161E+02 • 436E+04 -.236E+00 .858E+01 .209E+OS
414.00 -.649E-02 -.192E+02 • 440E+04 -.101E+00 .642E+Ol .209E+OS
432.00 -.461E-02 -.203E+02 • 441E+04 -.256E-02 • 457E+Ol .209E+08
450.00 -.305E-02 -.198E+02 • 440E+04 .653E-Ol .302E+Ol .209E+08
46S.00 -.179E-02 -.lS4E+02 .439E+04 .10SE+00 .177E+Ol .209E+OS
4S6.00 -.820E-03 -.163E+02 .437E+04 .131E+00 .8llE+00 .209E+OS
504.00 -.993E-04 -.139E+02 • 434E+04 .139E+00 .981E-Ol .209E+OS
522.00 .406E-03 -.1l5E+02 • 431E+04 .136E+00 .402E+00 .209E+OS
540.00 .732E-03 -.9l3E+Ol .429E+04 .126E+00 • 725E+00 .209E+08
558.00 .9l7E-03 -.702E+Ol • 426E+04 .1l1E+00 .908E+00 .209E+08
576.00 .993E-03 -.5l9E+Ol • 424E+04 .935E-Ol .983E+00 .209E+08
594.00 .987E-03 -.366E+Ol • 422E+04 .7S8E-Ol • 977E+00 .209E+08
612.00 .92SE-03 -.24SE+Ol • 421E+04 .S87E-Ol .9l6E+00 .209E+08
630.00 .824E-03 -.lS3E+Ol .420E+04 .431E-Ol .8l6E+OO .209E+08
648.00 .699E-03 -.S66E+00 • 419E+04 .29SE-Ol .692E+00 .209E+OS
666.00 .S6lE-03 -.427E+00 • 419E+04 .182E-Ol .SSSE+OO .209E+OS
684.00 .4lSE-03 -.168E+00 .4l9E+04 .9S2E-02 .4llE+00 .209E+OS
702.00 .267E-03 -.4l0E-Ol .4l8E+04 .344E-02 .26SE+00 .209E+08
720.00 .1l8E-03 .OOOE+OO .4l8E+04 .OOOE+OO .1l7E+00 .209E+OS
COMPUTED LATERAL FORCE AT PILE HEAD = .SOOOOE+Ol KIP

214
 COMPUTED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOOOE+OO IN-KIP
COMPUTED SLOPE AT PILE HEAD = -.31736E-02
THE OVERALL MOMENT IMBALANCE = -.162E-08 IN-KIP
THE OVERALL LATERAL FORCE IMBALANCE = .117E-07 LBS

OUTPUT SUMMARY
PILE HEAD DEFLECTION = .453E+OO IN
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT = .475E+03 IN-KIP
MAXIMUM TOTAL STRESS = .826E+04 LBS/IN**2
NO. OF ITERATIONS = 6
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ERROR = .881E-04 IN

SUMMARY TABLE
*************************

LATERAL BOUNDARY AXIAL MAX. MAX.

LOAD CONDITION LOAD YT ST MOMENT STRESS
(KIP) BC2 (KIP) (IN) (IN/IN) (IN-KIP) (LBS/IN**2)

.500E+Ol .OOOE+OO .100E+03 .453E+OO -.317E-02 .475E+03 .826E+04

215
EXAMPLE 5, COMPOTE OLTXMATE BENDXNG MOMENT FOR BORED PXLES

Example 5 is included to illustrate the functions of Program

COM624P for computing the ultimate bending moment and an
interaction diagram. A total of eight axial loads are specified
for the program to compute the ultimate bending moment at each
axial load and to construct the interaction diagram (ultimate
bending moment versus axial load). Only the tables of output for
axial load of 0 kips, 100 kips, and 500 kips are shown in the
following pages.

The ultimate bending moment of a reinforced-concrete section

is taken at a maximum strain of concrete of 0.003 based on the ACI
code. It should be noted that the flexural rigidity (EI),
corresponding to the ultimate bending moment, is significantly
lower than that of the uncracked EI value. Therefore, the user
should also pay attention to the variation of EI versus moment as
shown in the first two columns in the output summary. In general,
the moment distribution is not much affected by the EI used in the
computation. However, if the deflection is more critical f~r the
design, then careful interpretation of EI should be done.

Three ranges of EI magnitude can be found in the output. The

first range of EI magnitude is associated with the uncracked
stage. The concrete is uncracked and the EI is more-or-less
constant and is equal to the calculated EI for the gross section.
The second range of EI magnitude is for the cracked stage. A
significant decrease in the EI value takes place as cracks
continue propagating. The third range of EI magnitude is for the
cracked and large strain stage. The EI value is further reduced
because the stress-strain curve as shown in Fig. 4.1 of Part II of
this manual is softened at large strain.

The input and output data are shown in the following pages.

217
Preceding page blank
 INPUT SCREENS FOR EXAMPLE 5

Preceding page blank

 File ~ Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

r---
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

221

Preceding page blank

 File Analysis Mult Option
-----~--------~-----------------------------------------------------------,
Read
New
Ir---------------
EXAMPLE. INS
New File Name ----------------~

Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

r---
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

222
 File Analysis Mult~ Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data f~r computing the' response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title ..........- - -
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

223
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. INS

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE S COMPUTE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT FOR BORED PILES

A l:DEF:Lab EXAMPLE 5 COMPUTE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT FOR BORED PILES

~ Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- Fa : Continue --_~I--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape -+--+-
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

224
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. INS

Identification number of the shape of cross section

of the pile:
1: Rectangular or square~
2: Circular (without shell or core)~
3: Circular (with shell but without core)~
4: Circular (with shell and core)~
S: Circular steel pipe~
Enter the number: 2

A 1:DEF:Num 2
"-- Move Cell ? Help - I Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~----~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads ..
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

225
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. INS

Enter axial loads for cross section design:

Point Loads pounds
1 0.00
2 10000.00
3 100000.00
4 500000.00
5 750000.00
6 1000000.00
7 1500000.00
a 2000000.00
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000

~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue ---j~--~

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials~--~-­
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

226
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. INS

Enter strength parameters of materials

Cylinder strength of concrete psi 4000.00000

Yield strength of reinforcement psi 60000.00000
Yield strength of shell or core psi 0.00000
Modulus of elasticity of steel psi 29000000.00000

A I:DEF:Num 4000.00000000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~--~
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section~----­
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

227
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. INS

Enter cross-section dimension

-----------------------------

Width of section (rectangular section only) inches 0.00000

Depth of section (rectangular section only) inches 0.00000
Outer diameter (circular section only) inches 30.00000
Outer diameter of core (circular section only) inches 0.00000
Thickness of shell (circular section only) inches 0.00000
Thickness of core (circular section only) inches 0.00000

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~--~
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

228
 File Analysis Mult Option B:EXAMPLE.IN5

Rebar Arrangement

Size of the rebar (enter the bar number, 3, 5, 8, 9 ••• ) 8

Number of reinforcing bars 12
Number of rows of reinforcing bars (rectangular section only) o
Cover of rebar (from center of rebar to outer edge 3.0000
of concrete) inches

A l:DEF:Num 8
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~I-----
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu II

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

229
 File ~ Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data for computing the response of the pile
and soll, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

- Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

230
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. INS
~~--------~-------------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
Save
I EXAMPLE. INS
~--------------- Save File Name --------------~

Quit to DOSI
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

231
 OUTPUT RESULTS FOR EXAMPLE 5

Preceding page blank

,~J
EXAMPLE 5 COMPUTE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT FOR BORED PILES

*************************************************************
ULTIMATE BENDING RESISTANCE AND FLEXURAL RIGIDITY
*************************************************************
DIAMETER = 30.00 IN
CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH = 4.000000 KIP/IN**2
REBAR YIELD STRENGTH = 60.000000 KIP/IN**2
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF STEEL = 29000.000000 KIP/IN**2
NUMBER OF REINFORCING BARS = 12
NUMBER OF ROWS OF REINFORCING BARS = 7
COVER THICKNESS =
3.000 IN
SQUASH LOAD CAPACITY = 2939.89 KIPS
ROW AREA OF DISTANCE TO
NUMBER REINFORCEMENT CENTROIDAL AXIS
IN**2 IN
1 .790000 12.0000
2 1.580000 10.3923
3 1.580000 6.0000
4 1.580000 .0000
5 1. 580000 -6.0000
6 1.580000 -10.3923
7 .790000 -12.0000

OUTPUT RESULTS FOR AN AXIAL LOAD = .00 KIPS

*****************************************************

MOMENT EI PHI MAX STR N AXIS

IN-KIP KIP-IN**2 l/IN IN/IN IN
164.369 .16437E+09 .000001 .00002 15.0477
813.938 .16279E+09 .000005 .00008 15.0473
1450.856 .16121E+09 .000009 .00014 15.0470
1450.856 • 11160E+09 .000013 .00011 8.2641
1450.856 .85344E+08 .000017 .00014 8.2758
1450.856 .69088E+08 .000021 .00017 8.2877
1450.856 .58034E+08 .000025 .00021 8.2998
1450.856 .50030E+08 .000029 .00024 8.3120
1450.856 .43965E+08 .000033 .00027 8.3241
1542.059 • 41677E+08 .000037 .00031 8.3367

235
Preceding page blank
 1706.145 .41613E+08 .000041 .00034 8.3490
1869.770 .41550E+08 .000045 .00038 8.3619
2032.827 .41486E+08 .000049 .00041 8.3747
2195.364 .41422E+08 .000053 .00044 8.3877
3396.051 .40916E+08 .000083 .00070 8.4898
4557.698 .40334E+08 .000113 .00097 8.5752
5181. 602 .36235E+08 .000143 .00120 8.4079
5551.161 .32088E+08 .000173 .00141 8.1675
5731. 058 .28232E+08 .000203 .00161 7.9192
5896.307 .25306E+08 .000233 .00180 7.7198
6051.316 .23009E+08 .000263 .00199 7.5807
6143.448 .20967E+08 .000293 .00218 7.4550
6173.590 .19113E+08 .000323 .00235 7.2786
6201. 067 • 17567E+08 .000353 .00252 7.1394
6226.547 .16257E+08 .000383 .00269 7.0284
6253.610 .15142E+08 .000413 .00288 6.9714
6274.235 .14163E+08 .000443 .00305 6.8853
6293.935 • 13306E+08 .000473 .00322 6.8144
6312.940 .12551E+08 .000503 .00340 6.7549
6331.056 • 11878E+08 .000533 .00357 6.7038
6348.535 . 11276E+08 .000563 .00375 6.6613
6359.241 .10724E+08 .000593 .00394 6.6402

THE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT AT A CONCRETE STRAIN OF 0.003

IS : .627E+04 IN-KIP

OUTPUT RESULTS FOR AN AXIAL LOAD = 100.00 KIPS

*****************************************************
MOMENT EI PHI MAX STR N AXIS
IN-KIP KIP-IN**2 l/IN IN/IN IN
162.006 .16201E+09 .000001 .00005 50.6153
808.512 • 16170E+09 .000005 .00011 22.2220
1444.742 .16053E+09 .000009 .00017 19.0790
1444.742 • 11113E+09 .000013 .00019 14.9310
1444.742 .84985E+08 .000017 .00023 13.6948
1520.720 .72415E+08 .000021 .00027 12.8775
1691. 928 • 67677E+08 .000025 .00031 12.2856
1860.528 .64156E+08 .000029 .00034 11. 8438
2028.040 .61456E+08 .000033 .00038 11.5001
2191. 405 • 59227E+08 .000037 .00042 11.2183
2355.083 • 57441E+08 .000041 .00045 10.9999
2517.698 .55949E+08 .000045 .00049 10.8075
2678.916 • 54672E+08 .000049 .00052 10.6459
2839.518 .53576E+08 .000053 .00056 10.5106
4022.045 .48458E+08 .000083 .00083 9.9455
5163.315 .45693E+08 .000113 .00110 9.7123

236
 5932.108 .41483E+08 .000143 .00135 9.4648
6379.425 .36875E+08 .000173 .00159 9.1707
6569.130 .32360E+08 .000203 .00180 8.8503
6723.582 .28857E+08 .000233 .00200 8.5933
6868.083 • 26114E+08 .000263 .00222 8.4326
6997.694 .23883E+08 .000293 .00243 8.2930
7067.918 .21882E+08 .000323 .00263 8.1401
7081. 734 .20062E+08 .000353 .00282 8.0000
7120.547 .18592E+08 .000383 .00302 7.8743
7140.321 • 17289E+08 .000413 .00320 7.7537
7158.454 .16159E+08 .000443 .00339 7.6537
7168.455 .15155E+08 .000473 .00359 7.5871
7176.483 • 14267E+08 .000503 .00379 7.5333
7176.483 .13464E+08 .000533 .00400 7.4999

THE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT AT A CONCRETE STRAIN OF 0.003

IS : .712E+04 IN-KIP

OUTPUT RESULTS FOR AN AXIAL LOAD = 500.00 KIPS

*****************************************************
MOMENT EI PHI MAX STR N AXIS
IN-KIP KIP-IN**2 l/IN IN/IN IN
150.462 .15046E+09 .000001 .00020 *******
752.095 .15042E+09 .000005 .00026 52.0128
1353.050 .15034E+09 .000009 .00032 35.6773
1953.446 • 15027E+09 .000013 .00038 29.4320
2549.110 • 14995E+09 .000017 .00044 26.1480
3137.984 .14943E+09 .000021 .00051 24.1300
3243.175 .12973E+09 .000025 .00055 22.0952
3542.862 .12217E+09 .000029 .00060 20.8238
3808.285 • 11540E+09 .000033 .00065 19.8069
4051. 712 .10951E+09 .000037 .00070 18.9774
4273.498 .10423E+09 .000041 .00075 18.2747
4482.946 .99621E+08 .000045 .00080 17.6794
4682.184 .95555E+08 .000049 .00084 17.1674
4873.092 .91945E+08 .000053 .00089 16.7220
6133.245 .73895E+08 .000083 .00121 14.6076
7229.911 .63982E+08 .000113 .00153 13.5570
8225.903 .57524E+08 .000143 .00186 12.9841
8857.891 • 51202E+08 .000173 .00217 12.5170
9201. 317 • 45327E+08 .000203 .00246 12.1343
9481. 273 .40692E+08 .000233 .00276 11.8621
9562.766 .36360E+08 .000263 .00305 11.5895
9637.997 .32894E+08 .000293 .00334 11.4096
9678.995 .29966E+08 .000323 .00364 11. 2737
9692.204 .27457E+08 .000353 .00396 11.2071

THE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT AT A CONCRETE STRAIN OF 0.003

IS: .955E+04 IN-KIP

237
 Curvature (0.0001'5)

0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 ~.OO 5.00 6.00 7.00

10.0

9.0 ........ .........:......... : .........:......... ~ ....... .

,. 8.0 .. .... .........:......... ~ ........ ',' .........:. ....... ........ ,. ........ . . ...... .................. I
·• : : t

8...... 7.0
··········~~·
·l~~··
·J~····
? .
..
.. =··~················_····1
··l==:
" . .......
. .,.
. ~

,. 6.0 .............. . ........:- ........ ,........ ,...... ..\

...:Ie•
I
~ I
5.0 .... .. ........ -:- . ....... ....... ..:- ...... .. ..••.... ......... ........ ......... :.. .. . ... I
. . .. . .. I
...
~ ~ ~ ~

I ··
~ ·· .
..~ ~.O
·· ..
.................:......... ; .........:........ . ..................................... ;........ ..1
.c:
....

,• 3.0 ........ .........:......... :.........:- ....... .

·
··
··
..
.. ..
.
...
........ ......... ........ ......... ! ....... .
~

··
···
~

..
...
~

..
..
..
..
.. ······1I
! · ·· . . . ...
2.0 .................;. ........ ; .........:. ....... . . ....... ,: ......... .... .... ......... ; ....... .
~ ~
·· ... .
· ...
··· ... . .
·· .. ..
1.0 ........ .........:......... :.........:........ . .........:- ........ ; .........:......... : ....... .
··· ... ... ·· . .
. .
·· .. .. ··· .,
. ,
,
...
·· .. · .
. .
.
· .
·
·
.
.
,
0.0
·0 • tOO C:PLOTDATA Cntl-P to Print Screen

Bending Mo~ent VS. Curvature

238
 ~t (Inch-Kips) (1000's)

0.0 2.0 ".0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0

20.0 I)
:
I
18.0 .................:......... ; .........;........ . I
I

" 16.0 .................·:......... .; ..........:........ . ....... -:......... ......... : ..... .

~

I
·•
C)
.... ................ _................. _....... . ..............................................
I
,I
§ 1".0

.
C)
C)

....
12.0 ....: ... .... ........ .........:......... : .........:........ .
···
··
..
.
..
...
........ ; ................... : ..... .
··
· ...
i
. i
I
··· ..
........:........ ......... ,.........:. ....... II
:
"• 10.0
:
.... .................:......... : ..........:........ . ~
...¥
~
:
I
.... .................:......... : .........:........ . I
........ ~ ........ ~ ......... ; .........:. .. . .. .. I
N
•
8.0
: . : . I
&.

....
~ 6.0
·
.................:......... ! ..........:........ .
·· .. ..
........;........ ;......... :........ ········1
I

...III ·· .. .. ···
· ...
.
.. ......·; ........ ,......... .; ............... .
!
,
.... ; .... '. ...

~\ ..
".0
:
· .
2.0 .... ........
':.
........ ·········r········~·········r\····· ........ : ........ -: ......... : ....... .
·· .. .. .. \
I

0.0
I
·0 .. 100 C:PLOTDATA Cntl-P to Print SCI'een

EI VB. Bending Moment

239
 "anent (I nc:h-K ips) (1000's)

6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 it .0 12.0 13.0

20.0
:~:.:.:.: .

18.0
···;Ii··
: ...........~.::::
..
r·············.. I,!

16.0
········:········r·······l·········:·~·····T·······:·········1·······;·········:···· I
"
·8• ........ ~ ........ t........ :........ .:. ........ j' .......~ ........ j...... ···t········ j......... :..... i
.
.., 1-4.0

~ ~ ~: ~ ~ ~
........ !.........:......... :.........:......... ~ ..... :... ~ ....... ~ ......... ~ .........:......... :" .......:. .. .. .
I
.1
12.0

.."•
A
:II: 10.0
: : . :
~
: :: :
........ ;.........:......... ;.........:......... :.........:....... :.........:........ :......... ;: .........:.......... 1\
. : : . : : : .
!
....
'C
•
0 8.0
. . . .I
........ ; ........ .;. ........ ; .........:......... .; ......... ; ....... .; ......... ; ........ .; ......... ; .........:...... .

..
..I

...•X 6.0
:
:
:
:
: :
: :
:
:
:
: :
:
:
:
:
: :
: :
:
........; ..... _..........: ............ T················;··············,········I
!
I
G:
-4.0
r·······T······r······1"""·····r·····"]""·······1'········r·· ...... ,
2.0
···r······r·······r················T······T·····T······T······.... ·······j········j
0.0
C:PLOTDATA cntl-f" to Print Screen

Interaction Diagram

240
EXAMPLE 6, ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETB PILBS

This example is presented to illustrate the capability of

Program COM624P to perform analyses that can yield results of
direct benefit to the designer of a reinforced-concrete pile. The
pile is 30-inches in diameter and 30 ft in length. The pile is
embedded in a uniform dense sand with an internal friction angle
of 38 degrees. In general, with input information provided for
reinforcement in the same data file, the program will compute the
ultimate bending moment as the first step. Loadings and
preliminary data on piles are selected, and the program yields
values of pile deflection, moment, shear, and soil resistance as
the second step.

The user can then compare the maximum bending moment computed
in the second step with the ultimate bending moment in the first
step for an allowable factor of safety. The properties of the
pile can then be changed, if necessary or desirable, and further
computations made to achieve the final selection of the properties
of the pile.

As described in Example 5, the EI values used for each pile

have a significant effect on the deflection of the pile. The
relationship between moment and EI is computed during the first
step. Therefore, the user can ask the program to take the moment-
EI variation directly into the computation. The user may also
manually input the justified EI values for different sections,
based on the curve of bending moment versus depth obtained
earlier. In this example, the option for automatic iterations
using internally-generated, cracked/uncracked EI values was given
to the computer for the final solution.

241
 The procedure that is illustrated is, of course, only one
aspect of the design of a pile but it is certainly an important
one.

The input and output data are shown on the following pages.

242
:tNPOT SCREENS FOR EXAMPLE 6
 File-+ Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The selection of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data fer computing the response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

r-
Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

245

Preceding page blank

 File Analysis Mult Option
~~--------~-----------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
~-------------- --------------~
I EXAMPLE.IN6 New File Name

Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

- Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

246
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title ..
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter title for this data file (up to 72 characters long)

EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

A 1: DEF: Lab EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

~ Move Cell --- ? : Help --- / : Edit Screen---- FB : Continue --_~I--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

247
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Dimensions

Number of increments «= 300) ••••••••••••••••••••• 100

Distance from top of pile to ground surface - inches 0.0
Length of pile .•••.......•.....•.......•...• inches 360.00
Pile modulus ................................ psi 3200000
Slope of ground surface (degrees) ••••••••••••••••• 0.0000

A l:DEF:Num 100
~ Move Cell - ? Help - I Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~----
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

248
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile Section Properties

Section Top Depth Diameter Mom. of Inert. Area
inches inches inches**4 inches 2
*
1
2
0.00 30.000 39761.0000 707.0000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
To access pile property library leave pile diameter blank.

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
~ Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --_~I--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

249
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6
Editing Soil Layer Information
Layer Criteria X-top X-bot k
inches inches lb/in3
*
1
2
*
4
3
0.00
360.00
360.00
540.00
90.00
500.00
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
~--------------------------- p-y Curve Criteria --------------------------~
*1 = Soft Clay Criteria *3 = Stiff clay Above Watertable
*2 = Stiff Clay Below Watertable *4 = Sand
*5 = Interp. Between Input Curves *6 = Vuggy Limestone
A 1:DEF:Num 4
~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Effective Unit Weight Information

Point Depth Unit Weight
inches lb/in3
*
1
2
0.00
360.00
0.069
0.069
3 360.00 0.034
4 540.00 0.034
5
6
7
8
9
10

A 1:DEF:Num 0.00000

~ Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue --~----'

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

250
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6

Editing Shear Strength Information

Layer Depth c <II E50
inches psi deg. 50\ of c
* 1 0.00 0.000 38.00
@

0.0000
2 360.00 0.000 38.00 0.0000
3 360.00 10.000 0.00 0.0050
4 540.00 10.000 0.00 0.0050
5
6
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000
I
---- Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edi t Screen-- F8 Continue
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

251
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN

Editing Loading Information

Distributed lateral loading (yin) ? •..•••••..••... n

Is loading cyclic (yin) ? ••.••.•..••••.••.••••••.• n
Boundary condition code (KBC) ••••••••••••••••••••• 1

KBC = 1 for shear and moment (free head)

KBC = 2 for shear and slope '(fixed head)
KBC = 3 for shear and rotational restraint (partially fixed)
KBC = 4 for deflection and moment
A l:DEF:Lab n
~ Move Cell - ? Help - I Edi t Screen-- F8 Continue ___ i~ ___

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Editing Pile-head Loading
KOP Shear Moment Axial Load
pounds in-lbs pounds
1 20000.00 0.000 50000.00
1 40000.00 0.000 50000.00

KOP=O if only a summary output for this load is to be printed

=1 if complete output is desired for this load

A l:DEF:Num 1
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - I Edit Screen-- F8 Continue --~--~
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

252
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

1. Maximum number of iterations allowed for analysis 100

2. Tolerance on solution convergence, inches 0.000010
3. Value of deflection considered to be excessive, inches 147.0000
4. Computation using internally-generated cracked EI (YIN N
Note: If the above answer is Y, remeber to enter the same
axial load and other parameters such as arrangement
of rebar, concrete and rebar strength in the "MULT"
menu later.

A l:DEF:Num 100

- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen----- F8 Continue

F1-He1p Alt-X-Exit

253
 File Analysis Mult Option
Title
Pile Properties
Soil Properties
Lateral p-y Data
Data for Loading
Computation Control
Output Tables
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

OUtput Printing Options

*** Lateral Load Analysis ***
Printing Increment (1 for every node, 2 for every other node, etc) 1
Print deflection, moment, shear over full length of pile (yIn) Y
Print p-y curves for verification Y

A 1:DEF:Num 1
~ Move Cell - ? Help - I Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --~I----~
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

254
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter depths for which p-y curves are to be calculated for verification:
Point Depth inches
1 20.00
2 60.00
3 100.00
4 150.00
5
6
7
8
9
10

A l:DEF:Num 20.00000
"-- Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen- F8 Continue __...1_ __
F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape"'--+-
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

255
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Identification number of the shape of cross section

of the pile:
1: Rectangular or square;
2: Circular (without shell or core);
3: Circular (with shell but without core);
4: Circular (with shell and core);
5: Circular steel pipe;

Enter the number: 2

A l:DEF:Num 2
- Move Cell ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue ----~----~
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

.-------------------------------.------------------------~-----------------------~
Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads ..
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

256
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter axial loads for cross section design:

Point Loads pounds
1 50000.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10

A 1:DEF:Num 50000.00000
---- Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- Fa Continue I

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials~---r-------­
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

F1-Help Alt-X-Exit

257
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter strength parameters of materials

Cylinder strength of concrete psi 3500.00000

Yield strength of reinforcement psi 60000.00000
Yield strength of shell or core psi 0.00000
Modulus of elasticity of steel psi 29000000.00000

A l:DEF:Num 3500.00000000
~ Move Cell - ? Help - / Edit Screen- F8 '-,.,j
Continue -_......
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
-
Cross Section Shape
AXial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

258
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Enter cross-section dimension

Width of section (rectangular section only) inches 0.00000

Depth of section (rectangular section only) inches 0.00000
Outer diameter (circular section only) inches 30.00000
Outer diameter of core (circular section only) inches 0.00000
Thickness of shell (circular section only) inches 0.00000
Thickness of core (circular section only) inches 0.00000

A l:DEF:Num 0.00000000
~ Move Cell --- ? Help - / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue
FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement~-------+---­
Main Menu

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

259
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE. IN6

Rebar Arrangement

Size of the rebar (enter the bar number, 3, 5, 8, 9 ••• ) 8

Number of reinforcing bars 12
Number of rows of reinforcing bars (rectangular section only) o
Cover of rebar (from center of rebar to outer edge 3.0000
of concrete) inches

A l:DEF:Num 8
---- Move Cell --- ? Help --- / Edit Screen---- F8 Continue --_~I---
Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6

Title
Cross Section Shape
Axial Loads
Strength of Materials
Dimension of Cross Section
Rebar Arrangement
Main Menu 4

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

260
 File~ Analysis Mult Option
C624EDIT 2.0, Edit Variables:
This program is a preprocessor developed especially for users
for preparation of input for the computer program COM624P. The
main menu for this program is displayed as a bar at the top
row of the screen. The main menu has four choices: FILE,
ANALYSIS, MULT, and OPTION.
The selection of the FILE menu allows the user to access a pull-
down menu for file operations such as reading in an existing file,
creating a new data file, checking files in the directory, and
similar operations. The sele~tion of the ANALYSIS menu allows the
user to enter required data f.r computing the' response of the pile
and soil, such as distributions of deflection, bending moment,
shear, and soil resistance as a function of length along the pile.
The selection of the MULT menu allows the user to enter data
of a selected pile size for computing the ultimate bending moment
and other design-related information.
The OPTION menu is used for screen setting and it may not be needed
for most computer systems.

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

File Analysis Mult Option

---- Read
New
Save
Directory
Change dir
Quit to DOS
Main Menu

Fl-Help Alt-X-Exit

261
 File Analysis Mult Option EXAMPLE.IN6
----~--------~-------------------------------------------------------~
Read
New
Save
~-------------- --------------~
I EXAMPLE.IN6 Save File Name

Quit to DOS I
Main Menu I

FI-Help Alt-X-Exit

262
OUTPUT RESULTS FOR EXAMPLE 6
EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

*************************************************************
ULTIMATE BENDING RESISTANCE AND FLEXURAL RIGIDITY
*************************************************************

DIAMETER = 30.00 IN
CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH = 3.500000 KIP/IN**2
REBAR YIELD STRENGTH = 60.000000 KIP/IN**2
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF STEEL = 29000.000000 KIP/IN**2
NUMBER OF REINFORCING BARS = 12
NUMBER OF ROWS OF REINFORCING BARS = 7
COVER THICKNESS =
3.000 IN
SQUASH LOAD CAPACITY =2643.50 KIP
ROW AREA OF DISTANCE TO
NUMBER REINFORCEMENT CENTROIDAL AXIS
IN**2 IN
1 .790000 12.0000
2 1.580000 10.3923
3 1.580000 6.0000
4 1.580000 .0000
5 1.580000 -6.0000
6 1.580000 -10.3923
7 .790000 -12.0000

OUTPUT RESULTS FOR AN AXIAL LOAD =

50.00 KIP
*****************************************************
MOMENT EI PHI MAX STR N AXIS
IN-KIP KIP-IN**2 l/IN IN/IN IN
153.941 .15394E+09 .000001 .00003 33.870
765.633 .15313E+09 .000005 .00009 18.860
1364.857 .15165E+09 .000009 .00015 17.192
1364.857 .10499E+09 .000013 .00016 12.334
1364.857 .80286E+08 .000017 .00020 11.553
1364.857 • 64993E+08 .000021 .00023 11.048
1364.857 • 54594E+08 .000025 .00027 10.696
1517.223 • 52318E+08 .000029 .00030 10.444

265

Preceding page blank

 1678.489 .50863E+08 .000033 .00034 10.238
1839.116 .49706E+08 .000037 .00037 10.079
1999.618 • 48771E+08 .000041 .00041 9.965
2158.825 .47974E+08 .000045 .00044 9.859
2317.381 .47293E+08 .000049 .00048 9.772
2475.348 .46705E+08 .000053 .00051 9.701
3639.372 .43848E+08 .000083 .00078 9.441
4762.959 .42150E+08 .000113 .00106 9.375
5467.619 .38235E+08 .000143 .00131 9.170
5896.697 .34085E+08 .000173 .00155 8.955
6057.286 .29839E+08 .000203 .00175 8.636
6206.912 .26639E+08 .000233 .00197 8.437
6340.834 .24110E+08 .000263 .00218 8.274
6466.427 .22070E+08 .000293 .00239 8.161
6519.455 .20184E+08 .000323 .00259 8.011
6547.419 .18548E+08 .000353 .00278 7.887
6568.075 . 17149E+08 .000383 .00297 7.753
6587.674 .15951E+08 .000413 .00316 7.644
6606.533 • 14913E+08 .000443 .00335 7.552
6606.533 .13967E+08 .000473 .00355 7.500
6631. 914 .13185E+08 .000503 .00376 7.480
6639.605 .12457E+08 .000533 .00396 7.434

THE ULTIMATE BENDING MOMENT AT A CONCRETE STRAIN OF 0.003

IS .657E+04 IN-KIP

EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

UNITS--ENGL

*************************************************************
PILE DEFLECTION, BENDING MOMENT, SHEAR & SOIL RESISTANCE
*************************************************************

I N PUT I N FOR MAT ION

*********************************

THE LOADING IS STATIC

PILE GEOMETRY AND PROPERTIES

266
 PILE LENGTH = 360.00 IN
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF PILE
1 SECTION(S)
= .320E+04 KIP/IN**2

X DIAMETER MOMENT OF AREA

INERTIA
IN IN IN**4 IN**2
.00
30.000 • 398E+05 .707E+03
360.00

SOILS INFORMATION
X-COORDINATE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = .00 IN
SLOPE ANGLE AT THE GROUND SURFACE = .00 DEG.
2 LAYER(S) OF SOIL
LAYER 1
THE LAYER IS A SAND
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = .00 IN
X AT THE BO'rl'OM OF THE LAYER
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k
=
=
360.00 IN
.900E+02 LBS/IN**3
LAYER 2
THE LAYER IS A STIFF CLAY ABOVE THE WATER TABLE
X AT THE TOP OF THE LAYER = 360.00 IN
X AT THE BOTTOM OF THE LAYER = 540.00 IN
VARIATION OF SOIL MODULUS, k =
.500E+03 LBS/IN**3

DISTRIBUTION OF EFFECTIVE UNIT WEIGHT WITH DEPTH

4 POINTS
X,IN WEIGHT,LBS/IN**3
.00 .69E-01
360.00 .69E-01
360.00 • 34E-01
540.00 • 34E-01
DISTRIBUTION OF STRENGTH PARAMETERS WITH DEPTH
4 POINTS
X,IN C,LBS/IN**2 PHI,DEGREES E50
.00 .OOOE+OO 38.000
360.00 .OOOE+OO 38.000
360.00 .100E+02 .000 .500E-02
540.00 .100E+02 .000 .500E-02

267
FINITE DIFFERENCE PARAMETERS
NUMBER OF PILE INCREMENTS = 100
TOLERANCE ON DETERMINATION OF DEFLECTIONS = .100E-04 IN
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ITERATIONS ALLOWED FOR PILE ANALYSIS = 100
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = .15E+03 IN

INPUT CODES
OUTPT = 1
KCYCL = 1
KBC = 1
KPYOP = 1
INC = 1

EXAMPLE 6 ANALYSES RELATED TO DESIGN OF CONCRETE PILES

UNITS--ENGL

OUT PUT I N FOR MAT ION

***********************************

GENERATED P-Y CURVES

THE NUMBER OF CURVE IS = 4

THE NUMBER OF POINTS ON EACH CURVE = 17

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM PHI GAMMA A B
IN IN LBS/IN**3
20.00 30.00 38.0 .7E-01 2.36 1. 73
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.042 75.000
.083 150.000
.125 225.000
.167 300.000
.208 365.158
.250 384.822
.292 402.273
.333 418.027
.375 432.435
.417 445.743
.458 458.134
.500 469.747
1.125 638.676
31.125 638.676
61.125 638.676
91.125 638.676

268
DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM PHI GAMMA A B
IN IN LBS/IN**3
60.00 30.00 38.0 .7E-01 1. 48 1.05
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.042 225.000
.083 450.000
.125 675.000
.167 900.000
.208 1125.000
.250 1216.512
.292 1279.527
.333 1336.746
.375 1389.336
.417 1438.131
.458 1483.745
.500 1526.650
1.125 2151.850
31.125 2151.850
61.125 2151.850
91.125 2151.850

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM PHI GAMMA A B

IN IN LBS/IN**3
100.00 30.00 38.0 .7E-0l 1.01 .65
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.042 375.000
.083 750.000
.125 1125.000
.167 1401.127
.208 1545.320
.250 1674.083
.292 1791.286
.333 1899.424
.375 2000.215
.417 2094.899
.458 2184.406
.500 2269.455
1.125 3514.745
31.125 3514.745
61.125 3514.745
91.125 3514.745

DEPTH BELOW GS DIAM PHI GAMMA A B

IN IN LBS/IN**3

269
 150.00 30.00 38.0 .7E-01 .88 .50
Y P
IN LBS/IN
.000 .000
.042 562.500
.083 1125.000
.125 1558.341
.167 1856.202
.208 2125.918
.250 2375.137
.292 2608.509
.333 2829.120
.375 3039.150
.417 3240.206
.458 3433.519
.500 3620.052
1.125 6371. 292
31.125 6371. 292
61.125 6371. 292
91.125 6371. 292

***

PILE LOADING CONDITION

LATERAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .200E+02 KIP
APPLIED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOE+OO IN-KIP
AXIAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .500E+02 KIP

X DEFLECTION MOMENT TOTAL SHEAR SOIL FLEXURAL

STRESS RESIST RIGIDITY
IN IN IN-KIP LBS/IN**2 KIP LBS/IN KIP-IN**2
***** ********** ********** ********** ********** ********** **********
.00 • 110E+00 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .201E+02 .OOOE+OO .153E+09
3.60 .106E+00 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .200E+02 .345E+02 .153E+09
7.20 .103E+00 .144E+03 .125E+03 • 198E+02 .665E+02 .153E+09
10.80 .989E-01 .215E+03 .152E+03 • 195E+02 .961E+02 .153E+09
14.40 .951E-01 .284E+03 • 178E+03 • 191E+02 .123E+03 .153E+09
18.00 • 914E-01 .352E+03 .204E+03 • 186E+02 • 148E+03 .153E+09
21.60 • 877E-01 • 419E+03 • 229E+03 • 180E+02 • 171E+03 .153E+09
25.20 • 841E-01 • 482E+03 .253E+03 .174E+02 .191E+03 .153E+09

270
 28.80 .805E-Ol .544E+03 .276E+03 .166E+02 .209E+03 .153E+09
32.40 .769E-Ol .603E+03 .298E+03 .159E+02 .224E+03 .153E+09
36.00 .734E-Ol .658E+03 .319E+03 .150E+02 .238E+03 .153E+09
39.60 .700E-Ol .711E+03 .339E+03 .141E+02 .249E+03 .153E+09
43.20 .666E-Ol .761E+03 .358E+03 . 132E+02 .259E+03 .153E+09
46.80 .633E-Ol .807E+03 .375E+03 .123E+02 .266E+03 .153E+09
50.40 .600E-0l .849E+03 .391E+03 .113E+02 . 272E+03 .153E+09
54.00 .568E-Ol .889E+03 .406E+03 .103E+02 .276E+03 .153E+09
57.60 .537E-Ol • 924E+03 .419E+03 .933E+Ol .278E+03 .153E+09
61.20 .507E-0l .956E+03 .431E+03 .833E+Ol .279E+03 .153E+09
64.80 • 477E-Ol .984E+03 .442E+03 .733E+Ol .278E+03 .153E+09
68.40 .448E-Ol .101E+04 .451E+03 .633E+Ol .276E+03 .153E+09
72.00 .421E-Ol .103E+04 .459E+03 .534E+Ol .273E+03 .152E+09
75.60 .394E-Ol .105E+04 .466E+03 .437E+Ol .268E+03 .152E+09
79.20 .368E-Ol .106E+04 . 471E+03 .342E+Ol .262E+03 .152E+09
82.80 .343E-Ol .107E+04 .475E+03 .248E+Ol .255E+03 .152E+09
86.40 .3l8E-Ol .108E+04 .478E+03 .158E+Ol .247E+03 .152E+09
90.00 .295E-Ol .10SE+04 .480E+03 .704E+00 .239E+03 .152E+09
93.60 .273E-Ol .109E+04 .4S0E+03 -.139E+00 .230E+03 .152E+09
97.20 .251E-Ol .108E+04 .4S0E+03 -.94SE+00 .220E+03 .152E+09
100.80 .231E-Ol .10SE+04 .478E+03 -.l72E+Ol .209E+03 .152E+09
104.40 • 211E-Ol .107E+04 .475E+03 -.245E+Ol .19SE+03 .152E+09
10S.00 .192E-Ol .106E+04 . 471E+03 -.3l5E+Ol .lS7E+03 .152E+09
111.60 .174E-Ol .105E+04 .466E+03 -.380E+Ol .175E+03 .152E+09
115.20 .157E-Ol .103E+04 .461E+03 -.441E+Ol .163E+03 .152E+09
l1S.S0 .141E-Ol .102E+04 .455E+03 -.497E+Ol .151E+03 .153E+09
122.40 .126E-Ol .999E+03 .447E+03 -.550E+Ol .139E+03 .153E+09
126.00 • 112E-01 .97SE+03 .440E+03 -.597E+01 .127E+03 .153E+09
129.60 .984E-02 .956E+03 .431E+03 -.641E+Ol • 115E+03 .153E+09
133.20 .S57E-02 .932E+03 .422E+03 -.6S0E+Ol .103E+03 .153E+09
l36.S0 .738E-02 .907E+03 .4l3E+03 -.715E+01 .909E+02 .153E+09
140.40 .627E-02 .SSlE+03 .403E+03 -.745E+Ol .792E+02 .153E+09
144.00 .523E-02 .853E+03 .393E+03 -.772E+01 .67SE+02 .153E+09
147.60 .426E-02 .825E+03 .3S2E+03 -.794E+Ol .566E+02 .153E+09
151. 20 .337E-02 .796E+03 .371E+03 - . 813E+Ol .458E+02 .153E+09
l54.S0 .254E-02 .767E+03 .360E+03 -.827E+01 .354E+02 .153E+09
158.40 .177E-02 .737E+03 .349E+03 -.S38E+Ol • 253E+02 .153E+09
162.00 .107E-02 .706E+03 .337E+03 -.846E+Ol .156E+02 .153E+09
165.60 .430E-03 .676E+03 .326E+03 -.850E+01 .641E+Ol .153E+09
169.20 -.154E-03 • 645E+03 .314E+03 -.850E+01 -.235E+01 .153E+09
172.80 -.684E-03 .6l5E+03 .303E+03 -.848E+01 -.106E+02 .153E+09
176.40 -.116E-02 .5S4E+03 .291E+03 -.S43E+01 -.184E+02 .153E+09
lSO.OO -.159E-02 .554E+03 .2S0E+03 -.835E+01 -.25SE+02 .153E+09
183.60 -.197E-02 .524E+03 .26SE+03 -.S24E+01 -.326E+02 .153E+09
187.20 -.231E-02 .495E+03 • 257E+03 -.811E+01 -.389E+02 .153E+09
190.S0 -.260E-02 . 466E+03 .246E+03 -.796E+01 -.447E+02 .153E+09
194.40 -.286E-02 .437E+03 .236E+03 -.779E+01 -.500E+02 .153E+09
198.00 -.30SE-02 .410E+03 .225E+03 -.760E+01 -.549E+02 .153E+09
201. 60 -.326E-02 .3S3E+03 .215E+03 -.740E+01 -.592E+02 .153E+09
205.20 -.342E-02 • 357E+03 .205E+03 -.718E+01 -.631E+02 .153E+09
20S.80 -.354E-02 .331E+03 .196E+03 -.695E+01 -.665E+02 .153E+09
212.40 -.363E-02 .307E+03 .186E+03 -.670E+01 -.694E+02 .153E+09

271
216.00 -.370E-02 .283E+03 . 177E+03 -.645E+01 -.719E+02 .153E+09
219.60 -.374E-02 .260E+03 .169E+03 -.618E+01 -.740E+02 .153E+09
223.20 -.376E-02 .238E+03 .161E+03 -.592E+01 -.756E+02 .153E+09
226.80 -.376E-02 .218E+03 .153E+03 -.564E+01 -.769E+02 . 153E+09
230.40 -.375E-02 .198E+03 .145E+03 -.536E+01 -.777E+02 .153E+09
234.00 -.371E-02 .179E+03 .138E+03 -.508E+01 -.782E+02 .153E+09
237.60 -.367E-02 .161E+03 . 131E+03 -.480E+01 -.784E+02 .153E+09
241. 20 -.360E-02 .144E+03 .125E+03 -.452E+01 -.782E+02 .153E+09
244.80 -.353E-02 .129E+03 • 119E+03 -.424E+01 -.777E+02 .153E+09
248.40 -.344E-02 • 114E+03 • 114E+03 -.396E+01 -.770E+02 .153E+09
252.00 -.335E-02 .100E+03 .108E+03 -.368E+01 -.759E+02 .153E+09
255.60 -.324E-02 .873E+02 .104E+03 -.341E+01 -.746E+02 .153E+09
259.20 -.313E-02 .755E+02 .992E+02 -.315E+01 -.731E+02 .153E+09
262.80 -.302E-02 .646E+02 .951E+02 -.289E+01 -.713E+02 .153E+09
266.40 -.289E-02 .547E+02 .913E+02 -.263E+01 -.694E+02 .153E+09
270.00 -.277E-02 .456E+02 .879E+02 -.239E+01 -.672E+02 .153E+09
273.60 -.263E-02 .375E+02 . 849E+02 -.215E+01 -.649E+02 . 153E+09
277.20 -.250E-02 .301E+02 .821E+02 -.192E+01 -.624E+02 .153E+09
280.80 -.236E-02 .236E+02 .796E+02 -.170E+01 -.597E+02 .153E+09
284.40 -.222E-02 .179E+02 . 775E+02 -.149E+01 -.569E+02 .153E+09
288.00 -.208E-02 .129E+02 .756E+02 -.129E+01 -.540E+02 .153E+09
291. 60 -.194E-02 .857E+01 .740E+02 -.110E+01 -.510E+02 .153E+09
295.20 -.180E-02 .492E+01 . 726E+02 -.925E+00 -.478E+02 .153E+09
298.80 -.166E-02 .190E+01 .714E+02 -.758E+00 -.445E+02 .153E+09
302.40 -.151E-02 -.552E+00 .709E+02 -.604E+00 -.412E+02 .153E+09
306.00 -.137E-02 -.247E+01 • 717E+02 -'.462E+00 -.378E+02 .153E+09
309.60 -.123E-02 -.389E+01 • 722E+02 -.332E+00 -.342E+02 .153E+09
313.20 -.109E-02 -.487E+01 • 726E+02 -.216E+00 -.306E+02 .153E+09
316.80 -.944E-03 -.546E+01 • 728E+02 -.112E+00 -.269E+02 .153E+09
320.40 -.802E-03 -.570E+01 • 729E+02 -.222E-01 -.231E+02 .153E+09
324.00 -.661E-03 -.563E+01 .728E+02 .542E-01 -.193E+02 .153E+09
327.60 -.521E-03 -.532E+01 .727E+02 • 117E+00 -.154E+02 .153E+09
331. 20 -.381E-03 -.481E+01 • 725E+02 .165E+00 -.113E+02 .153E+09
334.80 -.241E-03 -.415E+01 • 723E+02 • 198E+00 -.726E+01 .153E+09
338.40 -.102E-03 -.340E+01 .720E+02 • 217E+00 -.310E+01 .153E+09
342.00 .374E-04 -.260E+01 • 717E+02 .220E+00 • 115E+01 .153E+09
345.60 .176E-03 -.183E+01 • 714E+02 .208E+00 .548E+01 .153E+09
349.20 .315E-03 -.112E+01 • 711E+02 • 181E+00 .990E+01 .153E+09
352.80 .453E-03 -.539E+00 .709E+02 • 137E+00 .144E+02 .153E+09
356.40 .592E-03 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .OOOE+OO • 190E+02 .153E+09
360.00 .730E-03 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .OOOE+OO • 237E+02 .153E+09
COMPUTED LATERAL FORCE AT PILE HEAD = .20000E+02 KIP
COMPUTED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOOOE+OO IN-KIP
COMPUTED SLOPE AT PILE HEAD = -.10473E-02
THE OVERALL MOMENT IMBALANCE = -.813E-08 IN-KIP
THE OVERALL LATERAL FORCE IMBALANCE = .129E-06 LBS

OUTPUT SUMMARY

272
 PILE HEAD DEFLECTION = .1l0E+00 IN
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT = .1l2E+04 IN-KIP
MAXIMUM TOTAL STRESS = .493E+03 LBS/IN**2
NO. OF ITERATIONS = 6
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ERROR = .461E-07 IN

***

PILE LOADING CONDITION

LATERAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .400E+02 KIP
APPLIED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOE+OO IN-KIP
AXIAL LOAD AT PILE HEAD = .500E+02 KIP

X DEFLECTION MOMENT TOTAL SHEAR SOIL FLEXURAL

STRESS RESIST RIGIDITY
IN IN IN-KIP LBS/IN**2 KIP LBS/IN KIP-IN**2
***** ********** ********** ********** ********** ********** **********
.00 .337E+00 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .402E+02 .OOOE+OO .153E+09
3.60 .323E+00 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .401E+02 .608E+02 .153E+09
7.20 .309E+00 .289E+03 .180E+03 .396E+02 .128E+03 .153E+09
10.80 .296E+00 .431E+03 .233E+03 .390E+02 .199E+03 .153E+09
14.40 • 282E+00 .570E+03 • 286E+03 .381E+02 • 272E+03 .153E+09
18.00 .269E+00 .707E+03 .337E+03 .370E+02 .348E+03 .153E+09
21.60 .255E+00 .838E+03 .387E+03 .356E+02 .423E+03 .153E+09
25.20 • 242E+00 • 964E+03 .435E+03 .340E+02 • 497E+03 .153E+09
28.80 .228E+00 .108E+04 • 480E+03 .320E+02 .568E+03 .152E+09
32.40 .215E+00 .120E+04 • 522E+03 .299E+02 .628E+03 • 152E+09
36.00 .202E+00 .130E+04 .561E+03 .276E+02 .. 655E+03 .152E+09
39.60 .189E+00 .140E+04 • 597E+03 .252E+02 .674E+03 • 541E+08
43.20 .176E+00 .148E+04 .630E+03 .227E+02 .686E+03 .528E+08
46.80 .164E+00 • 156E+04 .660E+03 .203E+02 • 691E+03 .519E+08
50.40 • 152E+00 .163E+04 . • 686E+03 .• 178E+02 • 690E+03 .513E+08
54.00 .141E+00 .169E+04 .708E+03 .153E+02 .684E+03 .508E+08
57.60 .130E+00 .174E+04 • 728E+03 .129E+02 • 672E+03 .504E+08
61.20 .1l9E+00 .178E+04 .744E+03 .105E+02 .655E+03 .501E+08
64.80 .109E+00 .182E+04 .757E+03 .815E+Ol • 634E+03 .498E+08
68.40 .991E-Ol .184E+04 .766E+03 .591E+Ol .610E+03 .496E+08
72.00 .899E-Ol .186E+04 • 773E+03 • 377E+Ol .582E+03 .495E+08

273
 75.60 . Sl1E-Ol .lS7E+04 . 777E+03 .172E+Ol .552E+03 .495E+OS
79.20 .729E-Ol .lS7E+04 • 77SE+03 -.205E+00 .520E+03 .494E+OS
S2.S0 .651E-Ol .lS7E+04 . 777E+03 -.201E+Ol .4S5E+03 .495E+OS
S6.40 .579E-Ol .lS6E+04 .773E+03 -.370E+Ol .450E+03 .495E+OS
90.00 .511E-Ol .lS5E+04 .767E+03 -.525E+Ol .414E+03 .496E+OS
93.60 .44SE-Ol .lS2E+04 .759E+03 -.66SE+Ol .37SE+03 .497E+OS
97.20 .390E-Ol .lSOE+04 .749E+03 -.797E+Ol .341E+03 .499E+OS
100.SO .337E-Ol .177E+04 .737E+03 -.9l4E+Ol .305E+03 .501E+OS
104.40 .2SSE-Ol .173E+04 .724E+03 -.102E+02 .270E+03 .503E+OS
10S.00 .243E-Ol .169E+04 .710E+03 - • 111E+02 .236E+03 .506E+OS
111. 60 .203E-Ol .165E+04 .694E+03 - • 119E+02 .204E+03 .509E+OS
115.20 .167E-Ol .161E+04 .67SE+03 -.126E+02 .173E+03 .513E+OS
l1S.SO .135E-Ol .156E+04 .660E+03 - .131E+02 .145E+03 .517E+OS
122.40 .10SE-Ol .151E+04 .642E+03 -.136E+02 .119E+03 .521E+OS
126.00 .S35E-02 .147E+04 .624E+03 -.140E+02 .946E+02 .527E+OS
129.60 .629E-02 .141E+04 .604E+03 -.143E+02 .734E+02 .534E+OS
133.20 .458E-02 .136E+04 .585E+03 -.145E+02 .550E+02 .542E+OS
136.S0 .320E-02 .131E+04 .565E+03 -.147E+02 .394E+02 .152E+09
140.40 .193E-02 .126E+04 .545E+03 -.148E+02 .244E+02 .152E+09
144.00 .765E-03 .120E+04 .525E+03 -.149E+02 .991E+01 .152E+09
147.60 -.297E-03 • 115E+04 .505E+03 -.149E+02 -.395E+01 .152E+09
151. 20 -.126E-02 .110E+04 .484E+03 -.148E+02 -.172E+02 .152E+09
154.80 -.213E-02 .104E+04 .464E+03 -.148E+02 -.297E+02 .152E+09
158.40 -.291E-02 .990E+03 .444E+03 -.146E+02 -.4l5E+02 .152E+09
162.00 -.361E-02 .938E+03 .425E+03 -.145E+02 -.526E+02 .153E+09
165.60 -.423E-02 .886E+03 .405E+03 -.142E+02 -.630E+02 .153E+09
169.20 -.477E-02 .S35E+03 .386E+03 - .140E+02 -.727E+02 .153E+09
172.80 -.524E-02 .7S6E+03 .367E+03 -.137E+02 -.815E+02 .153E+09
176.40 -.565E-02 .737E+03 .349E+03 -.134E+02 -.897E+02 .153E+09
180.00 -.599E-02 • 689E+03 .331E+03 -.131E+02 -.971E+02 .153E+09
lS3.60 -.628E-02 .643E+03 .313E+03 -.127E+02 -.104E+03 .153E+09
187.20 -.651E-02 .597E+03 .296E+03 -.123E+02 -.110E+03 .153E+09
190.80 -.669E-02 .554E+03 • 280E+03 - • 119E+02 -.115E+03 .153E+09
194.40 -.682E-02 • 512E+03 .264E+03 - • 115E+02 -.119E+03 .153E+09
198.00 -.691E-02 • 471E+03 • 248E+03 -.111E+02 -.123E+03 .153E+09
201. 60 -.696E-02 .432E+03 .234E+03 -.106E+02 -.126E+03 .153E+09
205.20 -.697E-02 .394E+03 .219E+03 -.102E+02 -.129E+03 .153E+09
208.80 -.695E-02 .359E+03 .206E+03 -.970E+01 -.131E+03 .153E+09
212.40 -.690E-02 .324E+03 .193E+03 -.923E+01 -.132E+03 .153E+09
216.00 -.6S2E-02 .292E+03 .181E+03 -.875E+01 -.133E+03 .153E+09
219.60 -.672E-02 .261E+03 .169E+03 -.827E+01 -.133E+03 .153E+09
223.20 -.660E-02 .233E+03 .158E+03 -.780E+01 -.132E+03 .153E+09
226.80 -.645E-02 .205E+03 .148E+03 -.732E+01 -.132E+03 .153E+09
230.40 -.629E-02 .180E+03 .139E+03 -.685E+01 -.130E+03 .153E+09
234.00 -.611E-02 .156E+03 .130E+03 -.638E+01 -.129E+03 .153E+09
237.60 -.592E-02 .134E+03 .121E+03 -.592E+01 -.127E+03 .153E+0~
241. 20 -.572E-02 .113E+03 .1l3E+03 -.547E+01 -.124E+03 .153E+09
244.S0 -.551E-02 • 944E+02 .106E+03 -.503E+01 -.121E+03 .153E+09
248.40 -.529E-02 .770E+02 .998E+02 -.460E+01 -.1l8E+03 .153E+09
252.00 -.506E-02 • 612E+02 .938E+02 -.418E+01 -.1l5E+03 .153E+OS
255.60 -.483E-02 .469E+02 .884E+02 -.377E+01 -.1l1E+03 .153E+09
259.20 -.460E-02 .340E+02 .836E+02 -.338E+01 -.107E+03 .153E+09

274
 262.80 -.436E-02 .225E+02 .792E+02 -.300E+01 -.103E+03 .153E+09
266.40 -.412E-02 .124E+02 .754E+02 -.264E+01 -.988E+02 .153E+09
270.00 -.388E-02 .353E+01 • 721E+02 -.229E+01 -.943E+02 .153E+09
273.60 -.364E-02 -.412E+01 • 723E+02 -.196E+01 -.896E+02 .153E+09
277.20 -.340E-02 -.106E+02 . 747E+02 -.165E+01 -.848E+02 .153E+09
280.80 -.316E-02 -.160E+02 .768E+02 - .135E+01 -.798E+02 .153E+09
284.40 -.292E-02 -.203E+02 .784E+02 -.107E+01 -.747E+02 .153E+09
288.00 -.268E-02 -.237E+02 .797E+02 -.812E+00 -.695E+02 .153E+09
291.60 -.245E-02 -.262E+02 .806E+02 -.57lE+00 -.642E+02 .153E+09
295.20 -.222E-02 -.279E+02 • 812E+02 -.349E+00 -.589E+02 .153E+09
298.80 -.199E-02 -.287E+02 .816E+02 -.147E+00 -.534E+02 .153E+09
302.40 -.176E-02 -.289E+02 .816E+02 .348E-01 -.478E+02 .153E+09
306.00 -.153E-02 -.285E+02 .815E+02 • 197E+00 -.422E+02 .153E+09
309.60 -.131E-02 -.276E+02 .811E+02 .339E+00 -.365E+02 .153E+09
313.20 -.109E-02 -.261E+02 .806E+02 • 459E+00 -.307E+02 .153E+09
316.80 -.87lE-03 -.243E+02 .799E+02 .559E+00 -.248E+02 .153E+09
320.40 -.654E-03 -.221E+02 .791E+02 .638E+00 -.189E+02 .153E+09
324.00 -.440E-03 -.197E+02 .782E+02 .695E+00 -.128E+02 .153E+09
327.60 -.227E-03 -.17lE+02 • 772E+02 .730E+00 -.670E+01 .153E+09
331. 20 -.161E-04 -.145E+02 .762E+02 .743E+00 -.480E+00 .153E+09
334.80 .194E-03 -.1l8E+02 .752E+02 .734E+00 .584E+01 .153E+09
338.40 .403E-03 -.919E+01 .742E+02 .701E+00 .123E+02 .153E+09
342.00 .611E-03 -.676E+01 .733E+02 .645E+00 • 188E+02 .153E+09
345.60 .819E-03 -.457E+01 • 724E+02 .565E+00 .255E+02 .153E+09
349.20 .103E-02 -.27lE+01 .7l7E+02 .461E+00 .323E+02 .153E+09
352.80 .123E-02 -.127E+01 .7l2E+02 .333E+00 .392E+02 .153E+09
356.40 .144E-02 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .OOOE+OO .462E+02 .153E+09
360.00 .165E-02 .OOOE+OO .707E+02 .OOOE+OO .534E+02 .153E+09
COMPUTED LATERAL FORCE AT PILE HEAD = .40000E+02 KIP
COMPUTED MOMENT AT PILE HEAD = .OOOOOE+OO IN-KIP
COMPUTED SLOPE AT PILE HEAD = -.37926E-02
THE OVERALL MOMENT IMBALANCE = .5l9E-08 IN-KIP
THE OVERALL LATERAL FORCE IMBALANCE = .885E-07 LBS

OUTPUT SUMMARY
PILE HEAD DEFLECTION = .337E+00 IN
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT = .217E+04 IN-KIP
MAXIMUM TOTAL STRESS = .890E+03 LBS/IN**2
NO. OF ITERATIONS = 13
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION ERROR = .435E-05 IN

SUMMARY TAB L E
*************************
LATERAL BOUNDARY AXIAL MAX. MAX.
LOAD CONDITION LOAD YT ST MOMENT STRESS
(KIP) BC2 (KIP) (IN) (IN/IN) (IN-KIP) (LBS/IN**2)
.200E+02 .OOOE+OO .500E+02 .1lOE+OO -.105E-02 .1l2E+04 .493E+03
.400E+02 .OOOE+OO .500E+02 • 337E+OO -.379E-02 • 217E+04 .890E+03

275
 Def" lect ion (I nches :)

-0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60

0.0
/~
· l :
D.S .. " .........~..... fl..~ .. / ..··<r ...... ......... ........ ........ .
: l ~ ......
•: • . .<
l .0-. ..
t .0 .... ·········f·/'·<···j·········f········· ......................... .
,.. i ~ ~
..ItI t.5 .... ...... ...I · -· . ....... .. I
o
...o
...,. 2.0 .. " ........ . ........ ........
~ ':' . . . . . . .. ......... ........ ........ .
.....
ItI
II 2.5 ...................................................................
~ · .
U
......,.C 3.0 . ................................................................. .

3.5 ....................................................................
·· ..

4.0 · . .
.....................................................................
· . .

4.5 ·
.... ................... .
: ............................................ .
· ... .
··· . ...

5.0

Deflection vs. Depth

276
 MOMent <: Inch-Kips) (1000's)

-1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0

0.0

: >._-.. : ..---------...~
0.5 ..
.... :....~..~..~ .:.... ~. . . . .... ~~--. r,",<,,~.\...
-',
·
:\
: , )
1.0 .............:......... i.........:.( ...... ~ .. >. .,(:' ...................,
)' :. . . I
l'·.

~
U'I 1.5 .... ,/<,:,,<:'<~. ........ ......... 1
o
o'PI :.....::~:: l' .l
......../ :

..... 2.0 . . .. . ....... .:..... . 'i~::~:'f: ...... ..:... ...... ~ . .. . . . . .. ........ . ....... .
·· IJ.
r. . .
: /': : :
2.5 ........... ··:·t~· ..... :.........:......... :......................... .
rlI : ~. :
3.0 · .
.........................................•.......................... .
· . .

....~
Q. ·· .. .
II 3.5 ••••
· . .
•••••••••••••• •••••••••••••• •••••••••• 1 ••••••••••••••••••••••••••

4.0 · ..
.... ...................•................... ,. ......................... .
" .

4.5 . .
.............:- ........ : ........ -: ......... ; ......................... .
· .

5.0

Bending Moment vs. Depth

277
 Curvature (0.0001's)

1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.ClJ

IIII III I I I I I I III I I I I IIIII11 I I II I 1.1 I I I II I I I I II I II I II! i l l I ';

8.0 ............................................................ .
A-

g
•
7.0
..
Q
V

A- 6.0

...:I.:I
I
5.0
&.
.."~ 4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

Bending Moment vs. Curvature

278
 "OIWnt (I nch-K ips) (1000's)

0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 ".0 5.0 6.0 7.0

20 • 0 I,
M"'1"T"T""'TT"ITTTT"I"T'T'"T"T'TT"T'"T"T'"r.I'"rn""TT"'lI"T'T"TTT'T"I"'TT'T'T"I"T'T'"T"T'T'IT"T'"T"..-r.rn""T'T~"""""'"T"T'''''''''''''''1

18.0

16.0 ··1
"
• i

I.
•••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••• 1
1".0

12.0
"
"
..¥•
Ia
10.0
i!
I

til
•
8.0
i
1
. 6.0 ......................... 1
!
.."
1&1 ~~~~~~j:~~~~~~~~~~~.
.. ................. ·:......... ·1i
............................................,........ ....... ........ ....
: I
".0
. I
2.0 .................:........ . .............................................. . ........ !
\ ,
0.0

EI vs. Bending Moment

279
 COM624P
LATERALLY LOADED PILE ANALYSIS PROGRAM
FOR THE MICROCOMPUTER
Version 2.0

Part II: Background

Preceding page blank

 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

The documentation for Computer Program COM624P consists of

three documents: Part I, Users Guide; Part II Engineering
Background; and Part III, Systems Maintenance.

The information shown in this document is limited to that

needed for the operation of the computer program and to a brief
introduction of the nature of the method of analysis. The user is
referred to two documents published by the Federal Highway
Administration for a relatively complete treatment of the topic
(FHWA-IP-84-11 and FHWA/RD-85/106). A study of those publications
and some of the papers that are cited therein will be necessary
for the engineer to make proper use of COM624P. This program does
not provide an "automatic" solution to the problem of the pile
under lateral loading; rather, decisions of an experienced
engineer are required in the selection of appropriate input and in
the analysis of output of the program.

NATURE OF THE PROBLEM

The analysis of a pile under lateral loading is a problem in

soil-structure interaction; that is, the deflection of the pile is
dependent on the soil response and the soil response is a function
of pile deflection. Thus, the problem cannot be solved by the
equations of static equilibrium, but a differential equation must
be solved to obtain the deflection of the pile. Iteration must be
employed because the soil response is a nonlinear function of pile
deflection and of position along the length of the pile.

283

Preceding page blank

Definition of Soil Response

The definition of soil response is given in Fig. 1.1. Figure

l.la is an elevation view of a section of a pile with the depth
identified at which the soil response is investigated. Figure 1.lb
gives the distribution of unit stresses around the pile after its
installation and before load is applied; if the pile has been
installed without bending, there is no unbalanced force acting.
If the pile is caused to deflect through a distance Yl
(exaggerated here for clarity of presentation), the unit stresses
may be as shown in Fig. 1.lc. The unit stress has decreased on
the back side of the pile and has increased on the front side.
The unbalanced force is now PI, in units of force per unit of
length along the pile, and can be found by integrating the unit
stresses.

A nonlinear relationship exists between p and y because, at

some deflect ion y, the soil response p will reach a limit and
remain constant, or perhaps decrease, with further deflection.
The nonlinear curve relating the soil response and the pile
deflection is termed a p-y curve. A family of p-y curves can be
generated by methods discussed later and it is evident that the
curves can vary in any arbitrary manner along the length of the
pile.

Definition of Soil Modulus

The soil modulus, as employed in the solution of the

laterally-loaded pile, is defined as p divided by y, has the units
of force per length squared, and is given the symbol Es. Thus, Es
can be characterized as a nonlinear spring whose stiffness is
'largest with small deflection and decreases as the deflection of
the pile increases.

284
 Ground Surface
• y

A A
1
xl

I
_1
I
I I

(D)

(b) (c)

Figure 1.1. .Definition of p and y (after Reese, 1983).

285
 The left-hand portion of Fig. 1.2 shows the upper portion of
a pile with three p-y curves in conceptual form. The curves are
plotted in the second and fourth quadrants because the soil
response is opposite in sign to pile deflection. The pile is
assumed to be subjected to a lateral load Pt at its top. Dashed
lines are drawn to show the possible deflection of the pile under
two different loadings with the curvature in the deflection being
ignored for ease in presentation. For each of the p-y curves,
dotted lines are drawn to the intersection of the deflection with
the p-y curve. The slope of these dotted lines indicates the
magnitude of the soil modulus Es at each of the particular points
along the pile and at each particular deflection of the pile.

The right-hand portion of the sketch shows a plot of Es as a

function of distance x along the pile. As may be seen, Es is some
arbitrary function of x and y for any particular lateral load Pt
at the top of the pile. The figure suggests that: a solution of
the problem cannot in general be based on some presumed variation
of Es as a function of x; that Es is not a property of the soil
but is merely a fitting function to be determined; that the
ability to formulate p-y curves is essential to a solution; that
iteration will invariably be necessary; and that a computer
program is essential.

A method of analysis employed in some engineering offices

starts with the selection of a depth below the groundline at which
the pile is assumed to be fixed against rotation. No soil is
assumed to exist along the pile above that point; thus, the pile
in soil is replaced by a cantilever beam, and solving for
deflection and bending moment proceeds by using the ordinary
equations of mechanics. If, by chance, the depth to the point of
'fixity was selected correctly, the computed maximum bending moment
would agree with the actual maximum moment, but the distribution
of bending moment along the pile would certainly be incorrect.

286
 E
P 1 2 s
t

x
y , 0 +
\I)
.....
.....
0.
0>
c:
.....0
.-- Loading 1

co
\I)
u
y c: 0 +
co
.....
U)
..-4
Cl

o +

Loading 2
/\
Assumed positjons
of axis of deflected
pile

Figure 1.2. Concept of determination of soil modulus

as a function of distance along pile.

287
Furthermore, the selection of a point of fixity (such that both
the maximum deflection and the maximum bending both were computed
correctly) would be a virtual impossibility. Thus, no guidelines
can be developed for selecting a point of fixity that would allow
the response of a pile to be computed accurately. This discussion
is for the purpose of reinforcing the desirability of using the p-
y method of analysis as presented herein.

DESIGN BY FACTORING THE LOAD

A pile under lateral load, and some amount of axial load as

well, must be selected so that it has an appropriate factor of
safety against collapse due to bending and against excessive
deflection. If a curve were to be developed for bending moment or
deflection, the curve would be nonlinear with respect to the
lateral load. Thus, the preferred method of design of the pile is
to find the factored load that will cause the pile to "fail." The
factor is selected so as to provide an appropriate factor of
safety with respect to load. If the allowable-stress approach is
used, the load that produced the allowable stress could be
increased only a small percentage and failure might occur because
of the response of the nonlinear p-y curves.

The load-factor approach requires that the cross section of

the pile be analyzed to determine the ultimate moment that will
cause the development of a plastic hinge. Such values are
tabulated for structural shapes, and computer programs are
available to analyze composite sections, such as a reinforced-
concrete section. The determination of some magnitude of
deflection that will cause a failure is less straightforward.
There may be some structures that are sensitive to deflection for
,a site-specific reason, and the load-factor method can be used to
reduce the load that results in excessive deflection to a safe
lateral load.

288
 Another type of failure can be investigated by COM624P. The
equation that is programmed and described later defines the
behavior of a beam-column so that one of the input parameters is
axial load. Some piles may extend some distance above the
groundline so that buckling may be a problem. The failure of the
pile in buckling can be investigated by holding the factored
lateral load constant and by increasing the axial load in
increments until the deflection becomes excessive. It is important
that the axial load be increased in small increments because the
procedure that is employed behaves erratically at loads above the
buckling load.

NATURE OF LOAD:ING

In respect to lateral loading, four kinds of loads are

encountered in practice: short-term, repeated, sustained, and
seismic or dynamic. The engineer must select the soil-response
curves to be used in a particular design by giving careful
consideration to the nature of the loading.

Static; Loading

Short-term or static loading is frequently employed in a

field test in order to obtain the response of a soil that can be
correlated with the engineering properties of the soil. The p-y
curves for static loading, thus, are a sort of "backbone" response
by which the response of a pile to other sorts of loading can be
judged. In some instances, the static p-y curves can be used in
design. Methods of predicting p-y curves for static loading are
presented later.

289
Cyclic Loading

Many structures are subjected to cyclic or repeated lateral

loads. Wind gusts are an example. Other examples are traffic loads
on curved bridges, braking loads, current and wave loads, and ice
loads. The p-y curves that are proposed for cyclic loading are
presented in a later section of this report. The proposals are
strongly based on field experiments. Only a limited number of such
experiments have been performed and the judgment of an experienced
engineer is needed in ascertaining the magnitude of the load factor
that is appropriate. In some instances, field load tests at the
specific site are indicated.

Sustained Loading

Retaining walls, bulkheads, and bridge abutments are subjected

to sustained load~g. A pile in granular soil or heavily
overconsolidated clay can be expected to undergq only a small
amount of additional deflection, or perhaps none, depending on the
magnitude of the unit stresses that exist around the pile. On the
other hand, if the pile is installed in normally consolidated or
lightly overconsolidated clay, the time-related deflection due to
consolidation and creep may be significant. In concept, an analysis
could be accomplished by stretching the y-values on the p-y curves
an amount to accommodate the time-related displacement. However,
no analytical method has been proposed for making the adjustments
in the p-y curves.

The procedure that is suggested is to refer to any information

that may be found in the technical literature; for example to the
papers by Neukirchner and Nixon (1987), and Neukirchner (1987).
~lso, the computer program can be utilized to obtain an estimate
under the working load of the lateral stresses against the soil.
The theory of consolidation can be employed to gain some insight

290
into the possible additional, time-related deflection of the pile.
In this connection, some consideration must be given to the time-
related changes in the soil stresses.

An alternative procedure in important cases is to install a

test pile and subject it to sustained loading. The length of time
the load can be maintained would be limited, of course; however,
the additional deflection will decay exponentially so that it
would be possible to make an extrapolation to estimate the final
amount of additional deflection.

DYPamiS or Saismis Lgadipg

There may be instances in the design of piles where the

lateral loading arises from vibration as from oscillating
machinery. Because the deflections of a pile would, in general,
be quite small due to the vibration, a constant value of soil
modulus as a function of deflection could be selected. The reader
is referred to technical literature on soil dynamics for guidance.
With regard to the response of the pile, inertia effects cannot be
ignored as is possible with static or with most cyclic loads.

A discussion of the design of a pile to sustain lateral

loading that could be generated by an earthquake is beyond the
scope of this report. The design may be made by a pseudo-static
method or, if a rational method is to be employed, the analysis
would start with an estimation of the free-field motion of the
surface soils at the site.

291
INTERACTION OF THE PILES WITH THE SUPERSTRUCTURE

As shown later, the user of the program can select a variety

of sets of boundary conditions at the top of the pile. The
conditions of equilibrium and compatibility are satisfied by the
appropriate selection. If a pile extends upward to support a road
sign, the two boundary conditions consist of a shear and a moment.
If a pile extends upward to form a part of the superstructure, the
two boundary conditions consist of a shear and a rotational
restraint. In order to select the proper magnitude of the
rotational restraint, iteration between the pile foundation and
the superstructure is usually necessary.

If a pile extends upward and is embedded in a concrete mat

such as the base of a retaining wall, an acceptable solution in
some cases is to assume that the pile head is fully fixed against
rotation. The second boundary condition, the shear, may be
selected by dividing the total lateral load of the wall by the
number of piles. There may be occasions when the deflection at the
pile head is one of the known boundary conditions. For example, a
bridge may be constructed in such a way that the lateral
deflection of the pile head is limited to a known amount.

In any case, the engineer must make a careful study of the

manner in which the piles interact with the entire structure so
that the proper input to the program can be selected. A number of
trials may be necessary on occasion.

292
INFLUENCE OF PILE LENGTH

The length of the pile that is employed in the analyses by

computer is an important consideration. An examination of the
output for the solution of the behavior of a long pile will show
that the deflection oscillates back and forth about the axis of
the lower portion of the pile so that there are a large number of
points of zero deflection. If the length of the pile is
arbitrarily shortened so that there are only two or three points
of zero deflection, a comparison of the two sets of results will
show that there is no difference in the groundline deflection or
in the magnitude of the maximum moment. As a matter of fact,
there is no discernible difference in the two solutions for the
portion of the pile above the first point of zero deflection.
Therefore, the engineer may wish to shorten the length of a pile
that is being analyzed in order to save computer time. This can
be done by examining the results of the first run to discover the
number of points of zero deflection. The length of the pile can
then be shortened so that there are two or three points of zero
deflection.

On the other hand, if the total length of a pile is not

selected on the basis of axial loading but only on lateral
loading, it will be desirable to make a series of computer runs
with variation in the penetration of the pile. As shown in Fig.
1.3, a critical penetration will be found. At penetrations less
than the critical, the top of the pile will experience additional
deflection because the bottom of the pile is deflecting. The pile
is undergoing a "fence-posting" action, a condition that is
generally undesirable.

293
 Groundline
Deflection

Crifical Penefration

Pile Penetrat ion

Figure 1.3. Influence of pile penetration on

groundline deflection.

PILE GROUPS ONDER LATERAL LOADING

Single piles can be employed to support an overhead sign but

most piles are installed in groups. Two problems must be
addressed with respect to pile groups: the loss of efficiency due
to close spacing, and the distribution of the load from the
superstructure to each of the supporting piles.

The second of these problems can be solved rationally if the

three nonlinear stiffnesses at the pile head; for axial load, for
lateral load, and for moment; can be defined. The result is the
vertical displacement, lateral displacement, and rotation of the
superstructure ana the corresponding movements at each of the pile
heads. The response of each of the piles is computed. The
solution is as accurate as the pile head stiffnesses can be
determined.

The problem of the interaction between groups of closely

spaced piles cannot be solved with the same assurance as can the
one described above. The theory of elasticity has been employed
to develop interaction factors, but experiments have shown that

294
these factors can be seriously in error. Other methods have been
suggested but research has not yet developed sufficient
information to allow an engineer to make a confident prediction.
The behavior of piles in groups is discussed in the two FHWA
publications on laterally loaded piles mentioned earlier (FHWA,
1984; FHWA, 1986).

VERIFICATION OF ACCURACY OF THE COMPUTER OUTPUT

Chapter 5 of this report is concerned in some detail with the

verification of the results of the computations. An important
consideration is that the results should be considered as
questionable until the engineer has done an independent study,
however brief, to verify the solution.

The computer will produce results in a short period of time

that would take weeks, or much longer , with the calculator.
Deflection, rotation, bending moment, shear, and .soil resistance
are given point by point along the length of a pile, and the
equations of equilibrium and compatibility are automatically
satisfied. A series of loads can be input and the computer will
rapidly produce pile-head deflection and maximum bending moment as
a function of load. If desired, the results can be readily
displayed in graphical form.

The versatility and utility of the computer program are so

impressive that it is difficult not to accept the results as
correct; however, the engineer is well advised to question the
results and to adopt some routine means for verification. The
methods that are indicated in Chapter 5 should prove helpful and
the engineer may devise other methods that are applicable to local
situations.

295
 CHAPTER 2. BASIC THEORY OF COMPUTATION

THE DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION

The standard differential equation for the deflection of a

beam as presented in textbooks on mechanics provides the basis for
the analysis of most of the cases of piles under lateral loading.
The only adjustment that is needed to the basic equation is to
replace the distributed load p with the soil modulus Es times the
pile deflection y (with a negative sign).

However, if the axial load is relatively large or if an

unsupported portion of the pile extends above the groundline, the
inclusion of the effect of the axial load in the differential
equation is necessary. The beam-column equation that is derived
can be used to investigate buckling and, for cases where the axial
load is applied at the groundline, will allow the additional
lateral deflection due to axial loading to be computed.

The derivation of the beam-column was done by Hetenyi (1946).

The pile is assumed to be replaced by a bar and a segment, bounded
by two horizontals a distance of dx apart, has been cut from the
bar as shown in Fig. 2.1. The segment has been displaced due to
lateral loading and a pair of vertical compressive forces P x are
acting at the center of gravity of the end cross sections of the
bar.

The equilibrium of moments (ignoring second-order terms)

leads to the equation:

(M + dM) - M + Pxdy - Vvdx = 0 (2.1 )

or

297

Preceding page blank

 'J

Ta
'J

+
M

da

1
'J • dy P.

p. -E. 'J
a

Figure 2.1. Element for beam-column (after Hetenyi, 1946).

298
 dM s!Y.
dx + P x dx - Vv = o. (2.2)

Differentiating Eq. 2.2 with respect to x, the following equation

is obtained:

dVv = (2.3)
dx O.

The following identities are noted:

d 4y
EI (2.4)
dx 4 '

dVy
= p, and (2.5)
dx

p = -EsY. (2.6)

And making the indicated substitutions, Eq. 2.3 becomes:

d 4y d2y
EI dx 4 + Px dx 2 + EsY = O. (2.7)

The direction of the shearing force Vv is shown in Fig. 2.1.

The shearing force in the plane normal to the deflection line can
be obtained as:

Vn = Vv cos S - P x sin S. (2.8)

gy
Because S is usually small, cos S = 1 and sin S = tan S = dx·
Thus, Eq. 2.9 is obtained:

= Vv - P x dx·
s!Y. (2.9)

299
Vn will mostly be used in computations but Vv can be computed from
Eq. 2.9 where dy/dx is equal to the rotation S.

The following assumptions are made in deriving the

differential equation:

- the pile has a longitudinal plane of symmetry; loads and

reactions lie in that plane,

- the modulus of elasticity of the pile material is the same

for tension and compression,

- transverse deflections of the pile are small,

- the pile is not subjected to dynamic loading, and

- deflections due to shearing stresses are negligible.

The sign conventions that are employed are shown in Fig. 2.2.
For ease of understanding, the sign conventions are presented for
a beam that is oriented like a pile. A solution of the
differential equation yields values of y as a function of x. A
family of curves can then be obtained as shown in Fig. 2.3 by
using the following basic equations:

d 3y
EI dx 3 = V (2.10 )

d 2y
EI dx 2 = M, and (2.11 )

gy (2.12 )
dx = S,

,where

300
 Pb
Load Shear Moment Slope Deflection
Diavram Diavram Diavram Diavram Diaoram
~

_L
~
'f Y

...
4 0 -~ i~
POlitive
Load
---
Politive
Shear
.J
Politive
Moment
It
+
Politive
Slope
Jl

Positive
Deflection
(a) (b) ( c) Cd) (.)

Figure 2.2. Sign conventions.

,
- ~

Figure 2.3. Form of the results obtained from a complete solution.

301
 V shear,
M = bending moment of the pile, and
S = slope of the elastic curve.

SOLUTION TO THE GOVERNING DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION

Equation 2.7 is rewritten and shown as Eq. 2.13. The term W,

which is exactly similar to p, is added to allow a distributed
load to be placed along the pile as, for example, when the pile
extends above the groundline and is subjected to a distributed
load from water currents or wind. The term k is substituted for
Es for ease in writing the equations.

d 2M d 2y
2 + Px 2 + ky - W = 0 (2 • 13)
dx dx

Equation 2.13 can be solved readily by using finite-

difference techniques. The deflection of the pile by finite
deflections is shown in Fig. 2.4. The finite difference
expressions for the first two terms of Eq. 2.13 at point mare:

+ Ym (4Rm + Rm-1 + Rm+1)

+ Ym+1 (-2Rm - 2Rm+1) + Ym+2 Rm+1 ] :41 (2.14)

P x (Ym-1 - 2Ym + Ym+1)

I (2.15)
h2

where

302
 --------------. Y

Ym+1

Figure 2.4. Representation of deflected pile.

303
 Rm flexural rigidity at point (m), that is,

Equations 2.14 and 2.15 are substituted for terms in Eq. 2.13
and the resulting equation for Point m along the pile and Eq. 2.17
results.

Ym-2 Rm-1 + Ym-1 (-2Rm-1 - 2Rm + px h2 ) + Ym (Rm-1 + 4Rm

+ Ym+1 (-2Rm - 2Rm+1 + pxh2 )

(2.17)

The axial force P x which produces compression is assumed to

be positive. Also, P x acts through the axis of the pile; thus, P x
causes no moment at the top of the pile.

Applying the boundary conditions at the bottom of the pile,

the solution to the differential equation in difference form can
proceed (GIeser, 1953).

Using the notation shown in Fig. 2.5, the two boundary

conditions at the bottom of the pile (point 0) are zero bending
moment,

(~2)
dx 0
= 0, (2.18 )

and zero shear,

(2.19)

304
 -2

-I

-0
I I
I I
I I
r-I--I
I I
II
LJ-_2

Figure 2.5. Points at bottom of pile.

305
For simplicity it is assumed that:

(2.20)

These boundary conditions are, in finite difference form,

y-1 - 2yO + Y1 = 0, and (2.21)

2
P h ) + Y2,
- ~ (2.22)
RO

respectively. Substituting these boundary conditions in finite

difference form in Eq. 2.17 where m is equal to zero, and
rearranging terms, results in the following equations:

YO = aOY1 - bOY2 + dO, (2.23)

ao = RO + R1 + kOh4 - 2P x h 2 '
(2.24)

RO + R1
bO = 2 ' and (2.25)
RO + R1 + kOh 4 - 2P x h

(2.26)

Equation 2.17 can be expressed for all values of m other than

o and the top of the pile by the following relationships:

Ym = a mYm+1 - b mYm+2 + d m, (2.27)

306
 -2bm-1Rm-1+am-2bm-1Rm-1+2Rm-2bm-1Rm+2Rm+1-Pxh2 (1-b m-1)
cm
(2.28)

= ~ and (2.29)
cm '

Wmh 4 -dm_1 (am-2Rm-1-2Rm-1-2Rm+Pxh2) -dm-2 Rm-1

cm
(2.30)

where

The top of the pile (m=t) is shown in Fig. 2.6. Four sets of
boundary conditions are considered. These are designated as Cases
1 through 4.

1. The lateral load (Pt) and the moment (Mt) at the top
of the pile are known.

2. The lateral load (Pt) and the slope of the elastic

curve (St) at the top of the pile are known.

3. The lateral load (Pt) and the rotational-restraint

constant (Mt/St) at the top of the pile are known.

4. The moment (Mt) and the deflection (Yt) at the top

of the pile are known.

For convenience in establishing expressions for these

boundary conditions, the following constants are defined:

307
 r,-t+2
, I
I I
I I
Il-t+1
I I
I I
'-t

-t-I

-t-2

Figure 2.6. Points at top of pile.

308
 Jl = 2hS t , (2.32)

Mt h2
J2 = , (2.33)
Rt

2Pth3
J3 = , (2.34)
Rt

~~, and (2.35)

J4 = 2R
t St

_pxh2
E = (2.36)
Rt

The boundary conditions for Case 1 are shown by the sketches

in Fig. 2.7. The difference equations for the top of the pile are
as shown in Eqs. 2.37 and 2.38.

Support for an
overhead sign

arm Yt + 2
/.
Yt + 1
.,
1/
Mmwl-- groundl i ne
Yt
Pt - ......~~ ..t-----~ .. .1
I,
I,
h
Yt - 1
Yt - T

Note: Pt and Mt are known; they are shown in the positive sense in
the sketches.

Figure 2.7. Case 1 of boundary conditions at top of pile.

309
 ~
2h 3 (Yt-2 - 2Yt-l + 2Yt+l - Yt+2)

~
+ 2h (Yt-l - Yt+l) = Pt, and (2.37)

(2.38)

After substitutions the difference equations for the deflection at

the top of the pile and at the two imaginary points above the top
of the pile are:

Yt (2.39)

J2 + GIYt - dt-l
Yt+l = , and (2.40)
G2

Yt+2 =
atYt+l - Yt + dt
, (2.41)
bt

where

(2.42)

+ dt -1 (2 + E - at - 2 ) - dt - 2, (2.43)

(2.44)

= 1 - bt-1, (2.45)

310
 (2.46)

= -at-2 b t-l + 2bt-l + 2 + E (1 + bt-l) (2.47)

The boundary conditions for Case 2 are shown by the sketches

in Fig. 2.8. The difference equations for the boundary conditions
are given by Eq. 2.37 given earlier and Eq. 2.48 shown below.

Yt-l - Yt+l = Jl (2.48)

.. . ..... .
..' .•....
• :·tJ ....
.'.....
' .. ".
. ......."
'
~
'6: . ~
. . , .'
...:...... :"'"
I.. ,I,
I I
1.1
Yt + 2

Yt + 1
I:...·~·
IV' ."
••• ~
.....
~
v : ,I Yt
I

1
Yt - 1 h

Yt - 2 IT

Note: P and St are known; they are shown in the positive sense.
t

Figure 2.8. Case 2 of boundary conditions at top of pile.

The resulting difference equations for the deflections at the

three points at the top of the pile are:

Q4
Yt = Q3'
(2.49)

at-1Yt - Jl + dt-l
Yt+l = G4
, and (2.50)

311
 at Yt+l - Yt + dt (2.51)
Yt+2 bt

where

H2 a t-l at a t-l
Q3 = HI + + ...L, (2.52)
G4 bt 4G bt

at (Jl- d t-l)-G4 d t + b t d t-l H2

bt G4

+ d t -l (2 + E-at-2) - dt-2, and (2.53)

= 1 + bt-l. (2.54 )

and the other constants are as previously defined.

The boundary conditions for Case 3 are shown by the sketches

in Fig. 2.9. The difference equations for the boundary conditions
are Eq. 2.37 given earlier and Eq. 2.55 shown below.

Yt-l - 2Yt + Yt+l

Yt-l - Yt+l
= J4 (2 .55)

The resulting difference equations for the deflections at the

three points at the top of the pile are:

(2.56)

312
 Pile extends and
in effect becomes
a column in
1'---- superstructure
Yt + 2
l~
,'
P
groundline t Yt
..L
Yt - 1 h
Yt - 2 T

Note: Pt and Mt/S t are known; they are s.hown in the pas i ti ve
sense in the sketches

Figure 2.9. Case 3 of boundary conditions at top of pile.

= Yt(Gl+J4 a t-l) - dt-l(1-J4) = dt-l (1-J4)

Yt+l G2 + J4 G4 H3Yt - G2 + J4 G4' and
(2.57)

1
Yt+2 = bt (atYt+l - Yt + d t ) , (2.58)

where

(2.59)

The other constants have been previously defined.

313
 The boundary conditions for Case 4 are shown by the sketches
in Fig. 2.10. The difference equations are given by Eq. 2.38 given
earlier and by Eq. 2.60 given below.

Yt Yt (2 • 60)

Using the above equations with a family of p-y curves,

iteration is carried out until the solution converges to
appropriate values of k at all points along the pile. Thus, the
behavior of a pile under lateral load may be obtained by using
COM624P.

Yt + 2
Bridge abutment that
moves laterally Yt + 1

groundline
.l.
h
Pile-head moment is
known; may be zero Yt - 2 T

Note: M and Y are known; they are shown in the positive

t t
sense in the sketches

Figure 2.10. Case 4 of boundary conditions at top of pile.

314
 CHAPTER 3. SO:!L RESPONSE CURVES (p-y CURVES)

:!NTRODUCT:!ON

As noted earlier, the soil response is characterized as a set

of discrete mechanisms such that the soil response at a point is
not dependent on pile deflection elsewhere, thus, a continuum is
not perfectly modeled. However, the recommendations for
predicting p-y curves, as presented herein, are based on full-
scale experiments in which the continuum effect was explicitly
implemented. Furthermore, a small amount of unpublished
experimental data suggests that the soil response at a point is
unaffected by those changes in deflected shape that can be
achieved by altering the rotational restraint at the pile head by
any practical amount.

The three factors that have the most influence on a p-y curve
are the soil properties, the pile geometry, and the nature of
loading. The correlations that have been developed for predicting
soil response have been based on the best estimate of the
properties of the in-situ soil with no adjustment for the effects
on soil properties of the method of installation. The logic
supporting this approach is that the effects of pile installation
on soil properties are principally confined to a zone of soil
close to the pile wall, while a mass of soil of several diameters
from the pile is stressed as lateral deflection occurs. There are
instances, of course, where the method of pile installation must
be considered; for example, if a pile is jetted into place, a
considerable volume of soil could be removed with a significant
effect on the soil response.

The principal dimension of a pile affecting the soil response

is its diameter. All of the recommendations for developing p-y

315
curves include a term for the diameter of the pile; if the cross
section of the pile is not circular, the width of the pile
perpendicular to the direction of loading is usually taken as the
diameter.

USE OF SOIL MODELS '1'0 DETERMINE SOIL BEHAVIOR

Some writers have made use of the theory of elasticity to

develop expressions for p as a function of y, but the approach has
been of limited use. Soil behavior can be modeled by the theory
of elasticity only for very small strains. The limit-equilibrium
approach applies at large strains and is employed herein to
develop some useful expressions.

Soil Models for Saturated Clay

The assumed model for estimating the ultimate soil resistance

near the ground surface is shown in Fig. 3.1 (Reese, 1958). The
force Fp is

Fp cabH [tan a + (l+K) cot a] + ~ 1bH2 + caH2 sec a

(3.1 )

where

ca = average drained shear strength,

K a reduction factor to be multiplied by c a to yield the

average sliding stress between the pile and the stiff
clay, and

y average unit weight of soil.

(the other terms are defined in the figure)

316
 x
H

.
~/
b A
( a)

(b)

Figure 3.1. Assumed passive wedge-type failure for clay:

(a) shape of wedge (b) forces acting on wedge
(after Reese, 1958).

317
The angle a is taken as 45 degrees and K is assumed equal to zero.
Differentiation of the resulting expression with respect to H
yields an expression for the ultimate soil resistance as follows.

(3.2)

It can be reasoned that at some distance below the ground

surface the soil must flow around the deflected pile. The model
for such movement is shown in Fig. 3.2a. If it is assumed that
blocks 1, 2, 4, and 5 fail by shear and that block 3 develops
resistance by sliding, the stress conditions are represented by
Fig. 3.2b. By examining a free body of a section of the pile,
Fig. 3.2c, one can conclude that:

11cb. (3.3)

Equations 3.2 and 3.3 are, of course, approximate but they do

indicate the general form of the expressions that give the
ultimate soil resistance along the pile. The equations can be
solved simultaneously to find the depth at which the failure would
change from the wedge-type to the flow-around type.

Soi1 Mocie1s for Sand

The soil model for computing the ultimate resistance near the
ground surface is shown in Fig. 3.3a (Reese, Cox, and Koop, 1974).
The total lateral force Fpt (Fig. 3. 3c) may be computed by
subtracting the active force Fa' computed using Rankine theory,
from the passive force Fp, computed from the model. The force Fp
is computed by assuming that the Mohr-Coulomb failure condition is
satisfied on planes ADE, BCF, and AEFB. The directions of the
forces are shown in Fig. 3.3b. No frictional force is assumed to

318
 r °5
•
, °2
t I c I t

-- I I
°4 ~ 4 .... 4 1"4
3
°3
-+ .L
I
.:. -+ ~ °3

°5 I c I
--~-T
f I
,...I
b 5
°6 I
I
1 -.
- °1

T
t ..
MOVEMENT
(a)

~
c
°
t I..
2c
°5 °6

.1
I.. ~
° 6 - °1
0:::
lOc

(b)
cb
2
~

cb
2
(c)
Figure 3.2. Assumed lateral flow-around type of failure for clay:
(a) section through pile (b) Mohr-Coulomb diagram
(c) forces acting on Pile 4.5.

319
 B

Direction of
Pile Movement

(a)

Pile of Diameter b
Fp

I
F
FP --~.. ....l>l.. ....f - - - - F
a
(b)

(c)

Figure 3.3. Assumed passive wedge-type failure:

(a) general shape of wedge (b) forces of wedge (c) forces on pile
(after Reese, et al, 1974).

320
be acting on the face of the pile. The equation for Fpt is as
follows:

KoH tan~ sin~ tan~ ~ H )

= 'VB 2 [ + -2 + -3 tan~ tana
3 tan (~-~) cosa tan (~-~)
KoH tan~ K b]
+ 3 (tan~ sin~ - tana) - ~ (3.4)

where

KO = coefficient of earth pressure at-rest, and

Ka = minimum coefficient of active earth pressure.

The ultimate soil resistance per unit length of the pile is

obtained by differentiating Eq. 3.4.

KoH tan~ sin~ tan~

(Pu) sa = 'VB [ + (b + H tan~ tana)
tan (~-~) cosa tan (~-~)

+ KoH tan~ (tan~ sin~ - tana) - Kab ] (3.5)

Bowman (1958) suggested values of a from ~/3 to ~/2 for loose sand
and up to ~ for dense sand. The value of ~ is approximated as
follows:

~= 45 + ~ (3.6)

The model for computing the ultimate soil resistance at some

distance below the ground surface is shown in Fig. 3. 4a. The
stress 01, at the back of the pile must be equal to or larger than
the minimum active earth pressure; if not, the soil could fail by

321
 ..
f t

MOVEMENT

(a)

~~~~ _ _ _ _L -_ _ ~ ____________ ~ ________________________ ~___ a

(b)

Figure 3.4. Assumed mode of soil failure by lateral flow around the
pile: (a) section through the pile (b) Mohr-Coulomb diagram
representing states of stress of soil flowing around a pile.

322
slumping. This assumption is based on two-dimensional behavior,
of course, and is subject to some uncertainty. However, the
assumption should be adequate for the present purpose. Assuming
the states of stress shown in Fig. 3. 4b, the ultimate soil
resistance for horizontal flow around the pile is

(3.7)

As in the case for clay, Eqs. 3.6 and 3. 7 are quite

approximate but they serve a useful purpose in indicating the
form, if not the magnitude, of the ultimate soil resistance. The
two equations can be solved simultaneously to find the approximate
depth at which the soil failure changes from the wedge type to the
flow-around type.

RECOMMENDATXONS Foa p-y cuans Foa CLAYS

Three major experimental programs were performed for piles in

clays to yield the criteria which follow. In each case the piles
were subjected to short-term static loads and to repeated (cyclic)
loads. The experimental program is described briefly in the
paragraphs that follow; a step-by-step procedure is given for
computing the p-y curves, recommendations are given for obtaining
the necessary data on soil properties, and example curves are
presented.

Respopse of Soft Clal' beloy the Water Table

Field Experimepts

Matlock (1970) performed lateral load tests employing a steel

pipe pile that was 12.75 inches in diameter and 42 ft long. It
was driven into clays near Lake Austin that had a shear strength

323
of about 800 lb/ft2. The pile was recovered, taken to Sabine
Pass, Texas,
and driven into clay with a shear strength that
averaged about 300 lb/ft 2 in the significant upper zone.

aecommendations for Computing p-y Curves

The following procedure is for short-term static loading and

is illustrated by Fig. 3.Sa.

1. Obtain the best possible estimate of the variation of

undrained shear strength c and submerged unit weight Y'
with depth. Also obtain the values of £50, the strain
corresponding to one-half the maximum principal stress
difference. If no stress-strain curves are available,
typical values of £50 are given in the following table.

TABLE 3.1. REPRESENTATIVE VALUES OF £50

Consistency of Clay £50

Soft 0.020
Medium 0.010
Stiff 0.005

2. Compute the ultimate soil resistance per unit length of

pile, using the smaller of the values given by the
equations below.

Pu (3.8)

Pu = 9cb (3.9)

where

Y' = average effective unit weight from ground surface

to p-y curve,

324
 1.0

l 0.5
~~)= 0.5 (#SO)~
Pu
I
,
I
I
0
o 1.0 8.0 (a)

.L
YSO

1.0
For x ~ xr, (depth where flow
I around failure governs)
0.72

l 0.5
Pu

I x
I lao 72 xr

0
I (b)
0 1 3 15
.L
Y50

Figure 3.5. Characteristic shapes of the p-y curves for soft clay
below water surface: (a) static loading (b) cyclic loading
(after Matlock, 1970).

325
 x = depth from ground surface to p-y curve,

c = shear strength at depth x, and

b = width of pile.

Matlock (1970) stated that the value of J was determined

experimentally to be 0.5 for a soft clay and about 0.25
for a medium clay. A value of 0.5 is frequently used
for J. The value of Pu is computed at each depth where
a p-y curve is desired, based on shear strength at that
depth.

3. Compute the deflection, Y50, at one-half the ultimate

soil resistance from the following equation:

Y50 = 2.5 £50 b . (3.10)

4. Points describing the p-y curve are now computed from

the following relationship.

1
L
Pu
o. 5 (-.::L)
Y50
"3 (3.11)

The value of p remains constant beyond y = 8Y50'

The following procedure is for cyclic loading and is

illustrated in Fig. 3.5b.

1. Construct the p-y curve in the same manner as for short-

term static loading for values of p less than 0.72pu'

2. Solve Eqs. 3.8 and 3.9 simultaneously to find the depth,

x r ' where the transition occurs. If the unit weight and
shear strength are constant in the upper zone, then

326
 6cb
(3.12)
(jib + Jc)

If the unit weight and shear strength vary with depth,

the value of xr should be computed with the soil
properties at the depth where the p-y curve is desired.
3. If the depth to the p-y curve is greater than or equal
to x r ' then p is equal to 0.72pu for all values of y
greater than 3Y50.

4 If the depth to the p-y curve is less than x r ' then the
value of p decreases from O. 72pu at y = 3Y50 to the
value given by the following expression at y = 15Y50.

p = O. 72pu (~)
xr
(3.13)

The value of p remains constant beyond y = 15Y50.

SosommOPded Soi1 Tosts

For determining the various shear strengths of the soil

required in the p-y construction, Matlock (1970) recommended the
following tests in order of preference:

1. in-situ vane-shear tests with parallel sampling for soil

identification,

2. unconsolidated-undrained triaxial compression tests

having a confining stress equal to the overburden
pressure with c being defined as half the total maximum
principal-stress difference,

3. miniature vane tests of samples in tubes, and

4. unconfined compression tests.

327
 Tests must also be performed to determine the unit weight of
the soil.

Response of Stiff Clay below the Water Surface

Field Experiments

Reese, Cox, and Koop (1975) performed lateral-load tests

employing steel-pipe piles that were 24 inches in diameter and 50
ft long. The piles were driven into stiff clay at a site near
Manor, Texas. The clay had an undrained shear strength ranging
from about 1 ton/ft 2 at the ground surface to about 3 ton/ft 2 at a
depth of 12 feet.

ReCOmmendations for Computing p-y Curves

The following procedure is for short-term static loading and

is illustrated by Fig. 3.6.

1. Obtain values for undrained soil shear strength c, soil

submerged unit weight 1', and pile diameter b.

2. Compute the average undrained soil shear strength c a

over the depth x.

3. Compute the ultimate soil resistance per unit length of

pile, using the smaller of the values given by the
equations below:

Pct = 2c a b + l'bx + 2.83 cax, and (3.14)

Pcd = 11cb. (3.15)

4. Choose the appropriate value of As from Fig. 3.7 for the

particular nondimensional depth.

328
 STATIC

P - O.OSSPc
offset

• _ O.062Spc
III
U
c: YS O
...
."
III
....III
:!
....o
~

en

~SO - EsOb
I
I
I
I
I

o
Deflection, y (in.)

Figure 3.6. Characteristic shape of p-y curve for static loading in

stiff clay below the water surface
(after Reese, et al, 1975).

329
 A

o 0.2 0.4 0.6

0.8 1.0
o--------~~-------r--------~--------T_------~

Figure 3.7. Values of constants As and Ac

(after Reese, et aI, 1975).

330
 5. Establish the initial straight-line portion of the p-y
curve,

p = (kx)y (3.16)

Use the appropriate value of ks or kc from Table 3.2

for k.

TABLE 3.2. REPRESENTATIVE VALUES OF k FOR STIFF CLAYS

Average Undrained Shear Strength*

ton/ft 2

0,5-1

ks (Static) lb/in 3 500 1000 2000

kc (Cyclic) lb/in 3 200 400 800

*The average shear strength should be computed from the shear strength of the
soil to a depth of 5 pile diameters. It should be defined as half the total
maximum principal stress difference in an unconsolidated undrained triaxial
test.

6. Compute the following:

Y50 = E50 b (3.17)

Use an appropriate value of E50 from results of

laboratory tests or, in the absence of laboratory tests,
from Table 3.3.

TABLE 3.3. REPRESENTATIVE VALUES OF £50 FOR STIFF CLAYS

Average Undrained Shear Strength

ton/ft 2

0,5-1

£50 (in/in) 0.007 0.005 0.004

331
7. Establish the first parabolic portion of the P-Y curve,
using the following equation and obtaining Pc from Eqs.
3.14 or 3.1S.

p = O,SPc (-Y-)O.s (3.18)

YSO

Equation 3.18 should define the portion of the P-Y

curve from the point of the intersection with Eq. 3.16
to a point where y is equal to AsYSO (see note in Step
10) .

8. Establish the second parabolic portion of the p-y curve,

(~)O. S (i. - ASYSO)1. 2S (3.19)

p = O.SPc YSO - O.OSSPc \ AsYSO .

Equation 3.19 should define the portion of the P-Y

curve from the point where Y is equal to AsYSO to a
point where Y is equal to 6AsYSO (see note in Step 10) .

9. Establish the next straight-line portion of the P-Y

curve,

P = 0.SPc( 6A s)
o. S - 0.411pc -
0.062S
Pc (y-6A s YSO)'
YSO
(3.20)

Equation 3.20 should define the portion of the P-Y

curve from the point where Y is equal to 6AsYSO to a
point where Y is equal to 18AsYSO (see note in Step 10) .

10. Establish the final straight-line portion of the P-Y

curve,

(3.21)

p = Pc ( 1 . 22 S..../ As - O. 7 SAs - O. 411) . (3.22)

332
 Equation 3.22 should define the portion of the p-y
curve from the point where y is equal to 18As Y50 and for
all larger values of Y (see following note) .
Note: The step-by-step procedure is outlined, and Fig.
3.6 is drawn, as if there is an intersection between
Eqs. 3.16 and 3.18. However, there may be no
intersection of Eq. 3.16 with any of the other equations
defining the p-y curve. Equation 3.16 defines the p-y
curve until it intersects with one of the other
equations or, if no intersection occurs, Eq. 3.16
defines the complete p-y curve.

The following procedure is for cyclic loading and is

illustrated in Fig. 3.8.

1. Steps 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 are the same as for the static

case.

4. Choose the appropriate value of Ac from Fig. 3.7 for the

particular nondimensional depth.

Compute the following:

yp = 4.1 Ac Y50. (3.23)

7. Establish the parabolic portion of the p-y curve,

p = A"pc [1 - Y - 0.45 Yp
0.45 Yp
2.5].
(3.24)

Equation 3.24 should define the portion of the p-y

curve from the point of the intersection with Eq. 3.16
to where Y is equal to 0.6yp (see note in step 9).

8. Establish the next straight-line portion of the p-y

curve,

333
 CYCLIC

.:
... Acl' c
.....
~
~
......

.
1:1-

CII
u 0. 085P c
C E
...
II se:
...
Il Y50
"
~
...
~

0
III

o 1.8yp

Deflee:tion, y (in.)

Figure 3.8. Characteristic shape of p-y curve for cyclic loading in

stiff clay below water surface (after Reese, et al, 1975).

334
 0.085
p = O. 936 Acp c - Pc (y - O. 6 yp) . (3.25)
Y50

Equation 3.25 should define the portion of the p-y

curve from the point where y is equal to 0.6yp to the
point where y is equal to 1.8yp (see note in step 9).

9. Establish the final straight-line portion of the p-y

curve,

p = 0.936 AcPc - 0.102 PcYp. (3.26)

Y50
Equation 3.26 should define the portion of the p-y
curve from the point where y is equal to 1.8yp and for
all larger values of y (see following note) .

Note: The step-by-step procedure is outlined, and Fig.

3.8 is drawn, as if there is an intersection between Eq.
3.16 and 3.24. However, there may be no intersection of
those two equations and there may be no intersection of
Eq. 3.16 with any of the other equations defining the p-
y curve. If there is no intersection, the equation
should be employed that gives the smallest value of p
for any value of y.

aeQopypepded 303,1 Teltl

Triaxial compression tests of the unconsolidated-undrained

type with confining pressures conforming to in-situ pressures are
recommended for determining the shear strength of the soil. The
value of £50 should be taken as the strain during the test
corresponding to the stress equal to half the maximum total
principal stress difference. The shear strength, c, should be
interpreted as one-half of the maximum total-stress difference.
Values obtained from the triaxial tests might be somewhat
conservative but would represent more realistic strength values
than other tests. The unit weight of the soil must be determined.

335
Response of Stiff Clay above the Water Table

Field Experiments

A lateral load test was performed at a site in Houston where

the foundation was a drilled shaft, 36 ins in diameter. A 10-inch
diameter pipe, instrumented at intervals along its length with
electrical-resistance-strain gages, was positioned along the axis
of the shaft before concrete was placed. The embedded length of
the shaft was 42 feet. The average undrained shear strength of
the clay in the upper 20 ft was approximately 2,200 Ibs/ft2. The
experiments and their interpretation are discussed in detail by
Welch and Reese (1972) and Reese and Welch (1975).

Recommendations for Computing p-y Curves

The following procedure is for short-term static loading and

is illustrated in Fig. 3.9.

1. Obtain values for undrained shear strength c, soil unit

weight y, and pile diameter b. Also obtain the values
of £50 from stress-strain curves. If no stress-strain
curves are available, use a value from £50 of 0.010 or
0.005 as given in Table 3.1, the larger value being more
conservative.

2. Compute the ultimate soil resistance per unit length of

shaft,pu' using the smaller of the values given by Eqs.
3.8 and 3.9. (In the use of Eq. 3.8 the shear strength
is taken as the average from the ground surface to the
depth being considered and J is taken as 0.5. The unit
weight of the soil should reflect the position of the
water table.)

3. Compute the deflection, Y50' at one-half the ultimate

soil resistance from Eq. 3.10.

336
Figure 3.9. Characteristic shape of p-y curve for static loading in
stiff clay above water surface (after Welch and Reese, 1972).

337
 4. Points describing the p-y curve may be computed from the
relationship below .

..1L (3.27)
Pu

5. Beyond y 16ySO, P is equal to pu for all values of y.

The following procedure is for cyclic loading and is

illustrated in Fig. 3.10.

1. Determine the p-y curve for short-term static loading by

the procedure previously given.

2. Determine the number of times the design lateral load

will be applied to the pile.

3. For several values of p/Pu obtain the value of C, the

parameter describing the effect of repeated loading on
deformation, from a relationship developed by laboratory
tests, (Welch and Reese, 1972), or in the absence of
tests, from the following equation.

(3.28)

4. At the value of p corresponding to the values of p/Pu

selected in step 3, compute new values of y for cyclic
loading from the following equation.

Yc = Ys + YSO . C • logN (3.29)

where

Yc = deflection under N-cycles of load,

Ys = deflection under short-term static load,

338
 Yc '"' Ys + Y50 . C •
log N3
Yc = Ys + YSO • C • I
I
I logN 2
I I
Yc '"' Ys + Yso . c I
I I
1
p
'. I
I
I
I
I I
I I

16ySO 16ySO 50
Yc • + + +
9. 6 (Y )logN1 9.6 (YSO)logN2 9.6(y )log N3
50 50

Figure 3.10. Characteristic shape of p-y curve for cyclic loading

in stiff clay above water surface (after Welch and Reese, 1972).

339
 Yso deflection under short-term static load at one-
half the ultimate resistance, and

N = number of cycles of load application.

s. The p-y curve defines the soil response after N-cycles

of load.

Recommended Soil Tests

Triaxial compression tests of the unconsolidated-undrained

type with confining stresses equal to the overburden pressures at
the elevations from which the samples were taken are recommended
to determine the shear strength. The value of ESO should be taken
as the strain during the test corresponding to the stress equal to
half the maximum total principal stress difference. The undrained
shear strength, c, should be defined as one-half the maximum
total-principal-stress difference. The unit weight of the soil
must also be determined.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR p-y CORVES FOR SAND

As shown below, a major experimental program was conducted on

the behavior of laterally loaded piles in sand below the water
table. The results can be extended to sand above the water table.

Response of Sand below the Water Table

Field Experiments

An extensive series of tests was performed at a site on

Mustang Island, near Corpus Christi (Cox, Reese, and Grubbs,
i 974) • Two steel pipe piles, 24 ins in diameter, were driven into
sand in a manner to simulate the driving of an open-ended pipe,

340
pipe, and were subjected to lateral loading. The embedded length
of the piles was 69 feet. One of the piles was subjected to
short-term loading and the other to repeated loading.
The soil at the site was a uniformly graded, fine sand with
an angle of internal friction of 39 degrees. The submerged unit
weight was 66 lb/ft 3 . The water surface was maintained a few
inches above the mudline throughout the test program.

Recommendations for Cgmputing p-y Curves

The following procedure is for short-term static loading and

for cyclic loading and is illustrated in Fig. 3.11 (Reese, Cox,
and Koop, 1974).

1. Obtain values for the angle of internal friction ~, the

soil unit weight 1, and pile diameter b.

2. Make the following preliminary computations.

a = ~; ~ 45 + ~; Ko = 0.4; and Ka = tan 2 (45 - ~)

(3.30)

3. Compute the ultimate soil resistance per unit length of

pile using the smaller of the values given by the
equations below.

Kox tan~ sin~ tan~

p - yx [ + (b + x tan~ tana)
st - tan (~-~) cosa tan (~-~)

+ Kox tan~ (tan~ sin~ - tana) - Kab ]. (3.31)

Psd = Kabyx (tan8~ - 1) + Kobyx tanC\l tan4~. (3.32)

For the sand below the water table, the submerged unit
weight l' should be used.

341
 X=X2

P p u ___ u
X=XI
m

Yu
Ym I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I X-O
I
b/60 3b/80
y

Figure 3.11. Characteristic shape of a family of p-y curves for

static and cyclic loading in sand (after Reese, et aI, 1974).

342
4. In making the computations in Step 3, find the depth Xt
at which there is an intersection at Eqs. 3.31 and 3.32.
Above this depth use Eq. 3.31. Below this depth use Eq.
3.32.
5. Select a depth at which a p-y curve is desired.
6. Establish Yu as 3b/SO. Compute Pu by the following
equation:

Pu = AsPs or Pu = AcPs. (3.33)

Use the appropriate value of A s or A c from Fig. 3.12

for the particular nondimensional depth, and for either
the static or cyclic case. Use the appropriate equation
for Ps' Eq. 3.31 or Eq. 3.32, by referring to the
computation in step 4.

7. Establish Ym as b/60. Compute Pm by the following

equation:

Pm = BsPs or Pm = BcPs. (3.34)

Use the appropriate value of Bs or Bc from Fig. 3.13

for the particular nondimensional depth, and for either
the static or cyclic case. Use the appropriate equation
for Ps' The two straight-line portions of the p-y
curve, beyond the point where y is equal to b/60, can
now be established.

S. Establish the initial straight-line portion of the p-y

curve,

p = (kx)y. (3.35)

Use the appropriate value of k from Tables 3.4 or 3.5.

343
 A
o 1.0 2.0

AC (CYCLIC)
1.0

A (STATIC)
s

2.0

x 3.0
b

4.0

x
b '> 5. 0 • 7:-0. 88
5.0

6.0 ~ ______________L -______________ ~ ________________ ~

Figure 3.12. Values of coefficients A c and As

(after Reese, et aI, 1974).

344
 B
o

1.0

2.0

x
b 3.0

4.0

I x
'> 5.0, Bc - 0.55

5.0
I b
Bs - 0.5
I
I
6.0
I

Figure 3.13. Values of coefficient B for soil resistance

versus depth (after Reese, et al, 1974).

345
 TABLE 3.4. REPRESENTATIVE VALUES OF k FOR SUBMERGED SAND
(Static and Cyclic Loading)

Relative Density Loose Medium Dense

Recommended k (lb/in 3 ) 20 60 125

TABLE 3.5. REPRESENTATIVE VALUES OF k FOR SAND ABOVE WATER TABLE

(Static and Cyclic Loading)

Relative Density Loose Medium Dense

Recommended k (lb/in 3 ) 25 90 225

9. Establish the parabolic section of the p-y curve,

p = C Y lin (3.36)

Fit the parabola between points k and m as follows:

a. Get the slope of line between points m and u by,

Pu - Pm
m = (3.37)
Yu - Ym

b. Obtain the power of the parabolic section by,

(3.38)

c. Obtain the coefficient C as follows:

C _ Pm
(3.39)
Yrn 1/n '

346
 d. Determine point k as,

Yk = (C)
-kx
n/n-1
. (3.40)

e. Compute appropriate number of points on the parabola

by using Eq. 3.36.

Note: The step-by-step procedure is outlined, and Fig.

3.11 is drawn, as if there is an intersection between the
initial straight-line portion of the p-y curve and the
parabolic portion of the curve at point k. However, in
some instances there may be no intersection with the
parabola. Equation 3.35 defines the p-y curve until there
is an intersection with another branch of the p-y curve or
if no intersection occurs, Eq. 3.35 defines the complete
p-y curve. This completes the development of the p-y
curve for the desired depth. Any number of curves can be
developed by repeating the above steps for each desired
depth.

aecommended Soil Tests

Triaxial compression tests are recommended for obtaining the

angle of internal friction of the sand. Confining pressures
should be used which are close or equal to those at the depths
being considered in the analysis. Tests must be performed to
determine the unit weight of the sand.

Besponse of Sand aboye the Water Table

The procedure in the previous section can be used for sand

above the water table if appropriate adjustments are made in the
unit weight and angle of internal friction of the sand. Some
small-scale experiments were performed by Parker and Reese (1971)
and recommendations for p-y curves for dry sand were developed
from the experiments. The results from the Parker and Reese

347
experiments should be useful as a check of solutions made using
results from the test program using full-scale piles.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR p-y CURVES FOR VUGGY LIMESTONE

rie1d Experiments

Very little information is available on the behavior of piles

that have been installed in rock. Some other type of foundation
would normally be used. However, a study was made of the behavior
of an instrumented drilled shaft that was installed in vuggy
limestone in the Florida Keys (Reese and Nyman, 1978). The test
was performed for the purpose of gaining information for the
design of foundations for highway bridges.

Difficulty was encountered in obtaining properties of the

intact rock. Cores broke during excavation and penetrometer tests
were misleading (because of the vugs) or could not be run. Tests
were made on two cores from the site. The small discontinuities
in the outside surface of the specimens were covered with a thin
layer of gypsum cement in an effort to minimize stress
concentrations. The ends of the specimens were cut with a rock
saw and lapped flat and parallel. The specimens were 5.88 ins in
diameter and with heights of 11.88 ins for Specimen 1 and 10.44
ins for Specimen 2. The undrained shear strength of the specimens
were taken as one-half the unconfined compressive strength and
were 17.4 and 13.6 T/sq ft for Specimens 1 and 2, respectively.

The rock at the site was also investigated by in-situ-grout-

plug tests under the direction of Dr. John Schmertmann (1977). A
5.5-inch diameter hole was drilled into the limestone, a high
,strength steel bar was placed to the bottom of the hole, and a
grout plug was cast over the lower end of the bar. The bar was

348
pulled until failure occurred and the grout was examined to see
that failure occurred at the interface of the grout and limestone.
Tests were performed at three borings and the following results
were obtained, in T/sq ft; depth into limestone from 2.5 to 5 ft,
23.8, 13.7, and 12.0; depth into limestone from 8 to 10 ft, 18.2,
21.7, and 26.5; depth into limestone from 18 to 20 ft, 13.7 and
10.7. The average of the eight tests was 16.3 T/sq feet.
However, the rock was stronger in the zone where the deflections
of the drilled shaft were most significant and a shear strength of
18 T/sq ft was selected for correlation.

The drilled shaft was 48 inches in diameter and penetrated

43.7 ft into the limestone. The overburden of fill was 14 ft
thick and was cased. The load was applied about 11.5 ft above the
limestone. A maximum horizontal load of 75 tons was applied to
the drilled shaft. The maximum deflection at the point of load
application was 0.71 in and at the top of the rock (bottom of
casing) it was 0.0213 inch. While the curve of load versus
deflection was nonlinear, there was no indication of failure of
the rock.

Recommendations for Computing p-y Curves

A single p-y curve, shown in Fig. 3.14, was proposed for the
design of piles under lateral loading in the Florida Keys. Data
are insufficient to indicate a family of curves to reflect any
increased resistance of the rock.

As shown in the figure, load tests are recommended if

deflection of the rock (and pile) are greater than O. 0004b and
brittle fracture is assumed if the lateral stress (force per unit
length) against the rock becomes greater than the diameter times
the shear strength Su of the rock.

349
 ~ Pe,form proof .... If dlralcllon
I I. In thll ranOI
I 'ull ab ' .. - -
I
..
Assumt b,lttll fracture
In thl. ranOI

I
IIE. a2000· u
I
I
,
'. -0.0004'

Figure 3.14. Recommended p-y curve for design of drilled shafts

in vuggy limestone (after Reese and Nyman, 1978).

350
 The p-y curve shown in Fig. 3.14 should be employed with
considerable caution because of the limited amount of experimental
data and because of the great variability in rock. The behavior
of rock at a site could be very well controlled by joints, cracks,
and secondary structure of rock and not by the strength of intact
specimens.

RBCOMMBNDATIONS POIt. p-y CORVBS POIt. laAYBRBD SOIL

There are numerous cases where the soil near the ground
surface is not homogeneous but is layered. If the layers are in
the zone where the soil would move up and out as a wedge, some
modification is plainly needed in order to compute the ultimate
soil resistance Pu' and consequently modifications are needed in
the p-y curves.

The problem of the layered soil has been given intensive

study by Allen (1985); however, Allen's formulations require the
use of several computer codes. Integrating the methods of Allen
with the methods shown herein must be delayed until a later date
when his research can be put in a readily usable form.

Method of Georgiadi.

The proposal of Georgiadis (1983) was selected for the

purposes of the computer code that is presented here. The method
is based on the determination of the "equivalent" depth of all the
layers existing below the upper layer. The p-y curves of the
upper layer are determined according to the methods presented
herein for homogeneous soils. To compute the p-y curves of the
second layer, the equivalent depth H2 to the top of the second
layer has to be determined by summing the ultimate resistances of

351
the upper layer and equating that value to the summation as if the
upper layer had been composed of the same material as in the
second layer. The values of Pu are computed according to the
equations given earlier. Thus, the following two equations are
solved simultaneously for H2:

fOH1 Pu1 dH, and (3.41)

(3.42)

The equivalent thickness H2 of the upper layer along with the soil
properties of the second layer, are used to compute the p-y curves
for the second layer.

The concepts presented above can be used to get the

equivalent thickness of two or more dissimilar layers of soil
overlying the layer for whom the p-y curves are desired.

Example p-y Curves

The example problem to demonstrate the manner in which the

computer program deals with layered soils is shown in Fig. 3.15.
As seen in the sketch, a pile with a diameter of 24 ins is
embedded in soil consisting of an upper layer of soft clay,
overlying a layer of loose sand, which in turn overlays a layer of
stiff clay. The water table is at the ground surface and the
loading is assumed to be static.

Four p-y curves for the case of layered soil are shown in
,Fig. 3.16. The curve at a depth of 36 ins falls in the upper zone
of soft clay; the curve for the depth of 72 ins falls in the sand

352
 Depth, in.
f W.T.
------~r_T_----------------~~
c = 500 psf
Soft Clay
68 £50 = 0.02
y' = 50 pef
-------
52 Loose Sand ~ = 30 deg
y' = 50 pcf
--------
c = 2000 psf
£50 = 0.005
Stiff Clay
y' = 60 pef
k = 750 pci

240

Static Loading

24"
H

Figure 3.15. Example problem for soil response for layered soils.

353
 Stiff Clay
x = 288 in.

--.
c:
___---- Sti ff C1 ay
x = 144 in.

--
' --
J:)

~ ___________________ Sand

x = 72 in.

~ _____----------------------------SOft Clay
~ x = 36 in.
o 1.0 2.0
y (in.)

Figure 3.16. Example p-y curves for layered soils.

354
just below the soft clay; and the curve for depths of 144 ins and
228 ins in the lower zone of stiff clay.

Following the procedure suggested by Georgiadis (1983), the

p-y curve for soft clay can be computed as if the profile consists
al together of that soil. When deal ing with the sand, an
equivalent depth of sand is found such that the value of the sum
of the ultimate soil resistance for the equivalent sand and the
soft clay are equal at the interface. The equivalent depth of
loose sand to substitute for the effect of the clay was computed
to be 74 inches. Thus, 68 ins of soft clay is replaced by 74 ins
of loose sand, and point B that defines the position of the p-y
curve in the sand is 78 ins below the assumed ground surface that
the actual depth of 72 inches. Figure 3.17 shows a plot of the
sum of the ultimate soil resistances with the equivalent thickness
of the soft clay layer (computed as H2 by use of Eqs. 3.41 and
3.42) as shown as XEQ.

An equivalent depth of stiff clay was found such that the sum
of the ultimate soil resistance for the stiff clay is equal to the
sum of the ultimate soil resistance of the loose sand and soft
clay. That equivalent depth was found to be 45 ins and is
indicated in Fig. 3.17. Thus, the depths to the two p-y curves in
the stiff clay are assumed to be 69 ins and 213 ins rather than
the actual depths of 144 ins and 288 ins (the actual thickness of
120 ins of the two upper-layers was reduced to 45 ins, a reduction
of 75 inches.)

Another point of considerable interest is that the presence

of no free water was used for the stiff clay in the
recommendations for p-y curves for stiff clay. This decision is
based on the assumption that the sand above the stiff clay can
move downward and fill any gap that develops between the clay and

355
Depth, ; n. Sum of ultimate soil resistance x 10 4(lbS)

o , 1 2 3 4 5 6
~
~
~
~
Soft A ~ XEQ = 74 in.
Clay 36 ~
in.
68
- B
Loose
.....-......-.
...... .....-.
.....-. ......
T
XEQ = 45 in •
Sand
.....-. .....
120
- - - - - -...........
Stiff C 144 in.
Clay

in. in.
A 36
B 72 78
C 144 69
D 288 213

D 288 in.

360 i n . - - -

Figure 3.17. Equivalent depths of overlying soil for use

in computing p-y curves for a layered system.

356
the pile. Furthermore, in the stiff-clay experiment where free
water was present, the free water moved upward along the face of
the pile with each cycle of loading. The presence of soft clay
and sand to a depth of 10 ft above the stiff clay is believed to
suppress the hydraulic action of free water even though the sand
did not serve to close the potential gaps in the stiff clay.

MODIFICATIONS TO p-y CORVES FOR SLOPING GROUND

iptroduction

The recommendations for p-y curves presented to this point

are developed for a horizontal ground surface. In order to allow
designs to be made if a pile is installed on a slope,
modifications must be made in the p-y curves. The modifications
involve revisions in the manner in which the ultimate soil
resistance is computed. In this regard, the assumption is made
that the flow-around failure will not be influenced by sloping
ground; therefore, only the equations for the wedge-type failure
need modification.

The solutions presented herein are entirely analytical and

must be considered as preliminary. Additional modifications may
be indicated if it is possible to implement an extensive
laboratory and field study.

ism.tiops for pltimate Resist.pce in Cla¥

The ultimate soil resistance near the ground surface for

saturated clay where the pile was installed in ground with a
horizontal slope was derived by Reese (1958) and was shown in Eq.
3.2.

357
 (3.2)

If the ground surface has a slope angle 9 as shown in Fig. 3.18,

the soil resistance in the front of the pile, following the Reese
approach is:

1
(3.43)
1 + tan 9·

The soil resistance in the back of the pile is:

cos 9
= (2c a b + 'YbH + 2.83 ca H ) ..J2cos (450 + 9)

(3.44)

where

( pu) ca = ultimate soil resistance near ground surface,

ca = average undrained shear strength,

b pile diameter,

y = average unit weight of soil,

H = depth from ground surface to point along pile where

soil resistance is computed, and

9 = angle of slope as measured from the horizontal.

A comparison of Eqs. 3.43 and 3.44 shows that the equations are
'identical except for the terms at the right side of the

358
 P
t ----tl~__,

Figure 3.18. Pile installed in sloping ground.

359
parenthesis. If 9 is equal to zero, the equations become equal to
the original equation.

Ismations for Ultimate Resistance in Sand

The ultimate soil resistance near the ground surface for sand
where the pile was installed in ground with a horizontal slope is:

= [KoH tancpsinf3 + tanf3 (b + H tanf3 tana)

( Pu ) sa yH
tan(f3-cp)cosa tan (f3-cp)

+ Ko H tanf3 (tancp sinf3 - tana) - Ka b ]. (3.5)

If the ground surface has a slope angle 9, the ultimate soil

resistance in the front of the pile is:

= [KOH tancpsinf3
yH tan (f3-cp) cosa

tanf3 ( 2 )
tan (f3-CP) bD2 + H tanf3 tana D2 +

KOH tan~(tan~Sin~tana)(4D~-3Di + 1 }-Kab ].

(3.45)

where

tanf3 tan9
= (3.46)
tanf3 tan9 + l'

360
 °2 = 1 - °1' and (3.47)

cosl3 - ~ cos213-cos2~
Ka = cosl3 (3.48)
cosl3 + " cos213-cos2~
(13 is defined in Fig. 3.3)

The ultimate soil resistance in the back of the pile is:

= YH [ KoH tan~sinl3
(40 3 _
tan (13-~) cosa 3

tanl3 ( 2 )
tan (13-~) b04 + H tanl3 tana 04 +

KoH tan~(tan'Sin~-tanal(4D~-3D~+1 )-Kab ]

(3.49)
where

tan13tan9
= and (3.50)
1 - tanl3tan9'

= 1 + 03. (3.51)

361
 CHAPTER 4. COMPUTATION OF ULTIMATE MOMENT AND
FLEXURAL RIGIDITY OF PILE

INTRODUCTION

ARR1isation

The designer of piles under lateral loading must usually make

computations to ascertain that three factors are within tolerable
limits: combined stress (including bending stress), shear stress,
and pile-head deflection. The flexural rigidity of the pile
(bending stiffness) is an important parameter that influences the
computations (Reese and Wang, 1988).

In general, the flexural rigidity of reinforced concrete with

a specified cross section varies nonlinearly with the applied
bending moment, and a constant EI employed in the p-y analysis for
a concrete pile will result in some degree of inaccuracy in the
computation.

Because the response of a pile is nonlinear with respect to

load (the soil has a nonlinear response), the load-factor approach
is recommended. Therefore, the ultimate bending moment of a
reinforced-concrete member, and of any other type of section being
analyzed, is needed.

The code PMEIX has been developed to yield the ultimate-

moment capacity of a reinforced-concrete or steel-pipe pile, and to
give the bending stiffness of such piles as a function of applied
moment. With this information the designer can make a correct
judgement in the selection of a representative EI value in
accordance with the loading range and can compute the ultimate
lateral load for a given cross-section.

363

Preceding page blank

Significant Assumptions

The program solves for the behavior of a slice from a pile or

from a beam-column. It is of interest to note that the EI of the
concrete member will experience a significant change when cracking
occurs. In the coding used herein, the assumption is made that
the tensile strength of concrete is minimal and that cracking will
be closely spaced when it appears. Actually, such cracks will
initially be spaced at some distance apart and the change in the
EI will not be so drastic. In respect to the cracking of
concrete, therefore, the EI for a beam will change more gradually
than is given by the coding.

The ultimate bending moment of a reinforced-concrete section

is taken at a maximum strain of concrete of 0.003 and is not
affected by the crack spacing. The ultimate bending moment for
steel, because of the large amount of deformation of steel when
stressed to beyond the proportional limit, is taken at a maximum
strain of 0.015 which is five times that of concrete.

STRESS-STRAIN CURVES FOR CONCRETE AND STEEL

Any number of models can be used for the stress-strain curves

for concrete and steel. For the purposes of the computations
presented herein, some relatively simple curves are used.

Figure 4.1 shows the stress-strain curve for concrete. The

following equations apply to the branches of the curve. The value
of f'e is specified by the engineer; the other symbols are defined
below or in the figure.

file 0.85 f'e (4.1)

364
 1rc

Figure 4.1. Stress-strain curve for concrete.

365
 E E
fc = f"c [2- - (-) 2] (4.2)
EO EO

fr = 7.5 (f'c>°·5 (4.3)

Ec = 57,000 (f'C>°·S (4.4)

f'
~
EO = 1.7 (4.5)
Ec

where

Ec = initial modulus of the concrete and the units of Ec, fr

and ftc are psi.

Figure 4.2 shows the stress-strain (a-E) curve for steel and,
as may be seen, there is no limit to the amount of plastic
deformation. The curves for tension and compression are
identical. The yield strength of the steel fy is selected
according to the material being used, and the following equations
apply.

(4.6)

Es= 29,000,000 psi. (4.7)

The models and the equations shown here are employed in the
derivations that are shown subsequently.

366
 £

Figure 4.2. Stress-strain (a-£) curve for steel.

367
CROSS SECTIONS THAT CAN BE ANALYZED

The following types of cross sections can be analyzed:

1. square or rectangular, reinforced concrete,

2. circular, reinforced concrete,

3. circular, reinforced concrete, with steel tubular shell

around concrete,

4. circular, reinforced concrete, with steel tubular shell

and tubular core, and

5. circular, steel tubular shell

The output consists of a set of values for M versus EI for

different axial loads ranging from zero to the axial-load capacity
for the column. The number of load cases in one run is limited to
10.

COMPUTATION PROCEDURE

The flexural behavior of a structural element such as a beam,

column, or a pile subjected to bending is dependent upon its

flexural rigidity, El, where E is the modulus of elasticity of the

material of which it is made and I is the moment of inertia of the

cross section about the axis of bending. In some instances the

values of E and I remain constant for all ranges of stresses to

which the member is subjected, but there are situations where both

E and I vary with changes in stress conditions.

368
 This variation is most pronounced in reinforced concrete

members. Because of nonlinearity in stress-strain relationships,

the value of E varies; and because the concrete in the tensile

zone below the neutral axis becomes ineffective due to cracking,

the value of I is reduced. When a member is made up of a

composite cross section there is no way to calculate directly the

value of E for the member as a whole. Reinforced concrete is a

composite material; other examples are concrete encased in a steel

tube or a steel section encased in concrete.

An element from a beam with an unloaded shape of abcd is

shown by the dashed lines in Fig. 4.3. The beam is subjected to

pure bending and the element changes in shape as shown by the

solid lines. The relative rotation of the sides of the element is

given by the small angle de and the radius of curvature of the

elastic element is signified by the length p. The unit strainEx

along the length of the beam is given by Eq. 4.8.

6
Ex == dx (4.8)

where

6 == deformation at any distance from the neutral axis, and

dx == length of the element.

369
Figure 4.3. Element from a beam with an unloaded shape of abed.

370
From similar triangles

(4.9)

where

~ - distance from neutral axis.

Equation 4.10 is obtained from Eqs. 4.8 and 4.9, as follows:

~
Ex - (4.10)
P

From Hooke's law

ax
Ex - E (4.11)

where

ax - unit stress along the length of the beam, and

E - Young's modulus.

Therefore

ax - (4.12)

From beam theory

MIl (4 .13)
ax - I

where

371
 M = applied moment, and

I = moment of inertia of the section.

From Eqs. 4.12 and 4.13

MI1
-=
E11
I
(4.14)
P

Rewriting Eq. 4.14

1:l = 1. (4.15)
EI p

Continuing with the derivation, it can be seen that dx =pdeand

_1_ de
= dx (4.16)
p

For convenience, the symbol cP is substituted for ax.

de
therefore, from
this substitution and Eqs. 4.15 and 4.16, the following equation
is found.

EI = M (4.17)
cP

A.
Also, because A. = 11 de and Ex = dx then,

EX = cP 11 (4.18)

The computation for a reinforced-concrete section, or a

section consisting partly or entirely of a pile, proceeds by

selecting a value of cP and estimating the position of the neutral

axis. The strain at points along the depth of the beam can be

372
computed by use of Eq. 4.18, which in turn will lead to the forces

in the concrete and steel. In this step, assumptions are made

that the stress-strain curves for concrete and steel are as shown
in Figs. 4.1 and -4.2.

With the magnitude of the forces, both tension and

compression, the equilibrium of the section can be checked, taking

into account the external compressive loading. If the section is

not in equilibrium, a revised position of the neutral axis is

selected and iterations proceed until the neutral axis is found.

The bending moment is found from the forces in the concrete

and steel by taking moments about the centroidal axis of the

section. Thus, the externally-applied, axial load does not enter

the equations. Then, the value of EI is found from Eq. 4.10. The

maximum strain is tabulated and the solution proceeds by

incrementing the value of ~. The computations continue until the

maximum strain selected for failure, in the concrete or in a steel

pipe, is reached or exceeded. Thus, the ultimate moment that can

be sustained by the section can be found.

373
EXAMPLE CALCULATION BY BAND

Figure 4.4 shows the cross section of a beam subjected to

bending moment. The axial load is 200 kips, ~ = .0001 in- 1 , Ec =
4,000 kip/sq in, and Es = 30,000 kips/sq inches. The value of M
and EI are to be found.

Step 1

As the first step, the position of the neutral axis should be

determined by trial, such that the net force on the cross section
equals the applied load of 200 kips. Concrete below the neutral
axis will be neglected if the tensile stress in the concrete is
high enough to cause the concrete to crack. A linear stress-
strain relationship will be assumed here for simplicity.

Strains:
At top fiber of concrete: (.0001) (9.2) = .00092

1st row of bars: (.0001) (6.2) = .00062

2nd row of bars: (.0001) (1.8) = .00018
3rd row of bars: (.0001) (9.8) = .00098
4th row of bars: (.0001) (17.8) = 00178

Forces:
Concrete: [( .00092) (4000/2)] [(20) (9.2)] = 338 kips comp

1st row of bars: 44 kips comp

2nd row of bars: 8 kips tension
3rd row of bars: 46 kips tension
4th row of bars: 127 kips tension

Net forces = 201 kips - OK

374
 20·

=r
3~
0 0
&- C

ge

~
0
10·& BARS
3"

Figure 4.4. Cross section of a beam for example problem.

375
 Step 2

The bending moment due to all these forces about the

centroidal axis of the cross section now is to be found.
Clockwise moments are taken as positive.

Moment due to compression in concrete

338 (15 _ 9.2)

3

+4,033 in-kips.

Trial 1

c = 9 inches.

Strains:

At top fiber of concrete (.0001) (9) = .0009

1st row of bars: (.0001)(6) = .0006

2nd row of bars: (.0001) (2) = .0002
3rd row of bars: (.0001) (10) .001
4th row of bars: (.0001) (18) = .00018

Forces (stress x area):

Concrete: [( .0009) (4000/2)] [(20) (9.0)] = 324 kips comp

1st row of bars: (.0006) (30,000) (3) (.79)

= 43 kips comp
2nd row of bars: (.0002) (30,000) (2) (.79)
= 9 kips tension
3rd row of bars: (.001) (30,000) (2) (.79)
= 47 kips tension
4th row of bars: (.0018) (30,000) (2) (.79)
= 128 kips tension

Net forces = 183 kips comp - no good

376
 Trial 2

c = 9.2 inches.

Moment due to compression in Row 1 bars = (44) (12) = +528 in-kips

Moment due to tension in Row 2 bars = (8) (4) = -32 in-kips
Moment due to tension in Row 3 bars = (46) (4) = +184 in-kips
Moment due to tension in Row 4 bars = (127) (12) = +1524 in-kips
Net moment M = +6237 in-kips

The net moment from the computer solution is 6169 in-kips.

The discrepancy between hard calculation and computer solution can
be further reduced if more trials by hand calculations can be
done.

EI M/~ = 6237/.0001 = 62,370,000 kips-sq inches.

The above method, though simple in cases like rectangular

cross sections, becomes tedious when cross sections with varying
widths are considered. Further, because the actual stress-strain
relationship of concrete is a nonlinear function, for a circular
cross section, the computation of forces will involve double
integration, one for the area and one for the stress. This is not
feasible by hand calculations. However, with the aid of the high-
speed digital computer, the solution has been made possible for
these complicated cases.

377
 CHAPTER 5. VERIFICATION OF ACCURACY OF SOLUTION

The accuracy of the output of any computer run must be

verified because of a compelling and urgent reason. An error in
the output could lead to an incorrect design with unforeseen and
undesirable results.Incidents can be cited with regard to placing
too much reliance on the accuracy of any output. In another
context, the late Dr. Karl Terzaghi wrote about his early
experiences as an engineer in Russia. He looked at the plans for a
major building and by his experience he knew that some reinforced-
concrete beams were too small. As noted earlier, the analysis of a
pile under lateral loading, or lateral and axial loading, requires
the full attention of an experienced engineer.

Verification is necessary for several reasons: the input

boundary conditions and soil properties could be in error; the
particular computer could be operating with an inadequate word
length; some problem could exist with the operating system of the
computer; the number of increments into which the pile is divided
could be improper; and, finally, there could be a "bug" in the
computer program itself. Some teachers of methods of coding the
solution to engineering problems have stated the following truism,
"It is impossible to write a computer code of any length without an
error."

With regard to the accuracy of the coding of COM624P, several

comments can be made: the code was written by a programmer with
extensive experience in writing codes and with an excellent
educational background in mechanics, many parts of the code have
been tested against existing codes, the program was checked
thoroughly before any release, and the program will have been used
by a number of beta sites before any general release. Furthermore,
by agreement with FHWA, ENSOFT will answer questions with the view
of maintaining the code for a considerable period of time.

379
Preceding page blank
Nevertheless, the verification of the output for any problem should
be viewed as an integral part of using the program.

The verification may be accomplished by one of the methods

given herein or, preferably, by means devised specifically by the
engineer for the particular problem that is being addressed. The
following sections of this chapter present specific suggestions for
verification.

SIGNIFICANT FIGURES

The solution of the differential equation is done numerically

by use of difference equations as presented in Chapter 2. The
differences between deflections at adjacent points will disappear
unless a sufficient number of significant figures are carried in
the computations. COM624P is written in double-precision
ari thmetic and, using IBM PC's XT and AT, the word length for
computations is 64 bits, resulting in 15 significant figures.

The first step to be taken by the user of COM624P is to

investigate the operating system of the particular computer being
used to make sure that a sufficient number of significant figures
is being used in the computations. Also, the identical problems
can be run that are solved in Part I, Chapter 5, and the output can
be compared in detail.

SELECTION OF ROMBER OF INCREMENTS

A fundamental aspect of the solution of the differential

equation by difference techniques, as shown in Chapter 2, is the
selection of the number of increments into which the pile is
di vided, or, in effect, the selection of the length of an
increment. The length of the pile that is to be sub-divided is the
embedded length plus the portion above the groundline.

380
 The first step in the selection of the increment is to
eliminate the lower portion of a pile where there may be several
points of zero deflection. As discussed earlier, the groundline
deflection and the maximum bending moment are unaffected if the
length of a pile extends so that there are at least two points of
zero deflection at the bottom of the pile.

With the length of the pile adjusted so that there is not a

large number of points of zero deflection, the engineer may wish to
make a few runs with a relatively large lateral loading with the
pile subdivided into different numbers of increments. The results
for an example of such a study are shown in Fig. 5.1 where computed
values of groundline deflection and maximum bending moment are
plotted. Serious errors were introduced when the number of
increments was less than 50, and virtually the same results were
obtained if the number of increments was 100 or more. Because of
the nonlinearity of the problem and because of the number of
parameters that are involved, the selection of an appropriate
number of increments cannot easily be made automatic. The
engineer-user should study a number of the kinds of problems that
are usually encountered in the local practice and make enough
studies of the sort shown in Fig. 5.1 to be assured of introducing
no errors due to too few increments.

CHECKING AGAINST EXAMPLE PROBLEMS

Six examples of computer output are presented in Part I,

Chapter 5. The engineer may wish to code one or more of those
problems for the particular computer being used. If agreement is
not obtained between the outputs, the operating system of the local
computer needs to be evaluated; it may be necessary to make use of
another computer.

381
 7.5 0.58

7.4 0.57

7.3 0.56
\D
0

., >C
7.2 0.55
"";'
c C 0.54
,,
7.1
. >C
.... I
,
>,
'" 7.0 0.53 I
zE ,
, Yt

6.9 0.52 ~,
6~ M~x
6.8 0.51 .... ---- -o---..o---~------o-------.()

6.7 0.50
50 100 150 200 250
No. of increments

Figure 5.1. Influence of length of increment on pile-head

deflection and maximum bending moment.

382
CHECK OF ECHO-PRINT

The code for COM624P is written so that there is an echo-print

of the input data. A careful check of the echo-print to see that
the coding was correct is necessary for each computer run.

CHECK OF SOIL RESISTANCE

The engineer-user has the option of asking that p-y curves be

printed for various positions along the length of the pile. As
COM624P is being implemented and on occasion thereafter, the user
may have some p-y curves printed for the purpose of checking. The
first step is to check one or more of the curves against the
recommendations shown in Chapter 3. The computations may be
tedious but the assurance of accurate computations is necessary.

The next step in the check is to read off the tabulated value
of deflection from a table of output for one of the p-y curves.
With that value of deflection as an argument, the p-y curve is
consulted and the soil resistance corresponding to the deflection
is interpolated. The soil resistance should agree closely with the
value tabulated in the output. In this connection, the point
should be made that the equations for the p-y curves are employed
for every point that a soil resistance is needed as the computer is
doing the internal computations; however, the soil resistances that
are output for a p-y curve are for discrete deflections. Therefore,
the interpolation mentioned above could be very slightly in error.

The procedures of verification with respect to a specific

computer run will be implemented with respect to Example 1 in Part
I, Chapter 5. With regard to the p-y curves, the values of
ultimate resistance will be computed for the four curves that are
tabulated; the values were computed by calculator to be 778, 1098,
1419, and 1820 lb/in. These values agree with the values that are

383
tabulated. The deflection was checked at which the soil resistance
became constant, or 16 Y50. The value of Y50 was computed to be
0.257 in and 16 Y50 was computed to be 4.12 inches. This value
agrees with the tabulated values.

Next, a check will be made to determine whether or not an

appropriate value of soil resistance was computed. The p-y curve
at a depth of 20 ins and the run for a lateral load of 20,000 lbs
were selected. The deflection at a value of x of 20 ins was 0.101
inch. Employing the equation for the early part of the p-y curve:
p = (0.5) (778) (0.101/0.257)0.25 = 308 lbs/inches. This value
agrees with the value shown in the output for a depth of 20 inches.

CHECK OF MECHANICS

Chesk of Resu1ts of Ana1ysis of Busk1ing Load

As noted earlier, the computation of the buckling load does

not involve the solution of an eigenvalue problem, but is
accomplished by incrementing the axial load until there is
excessive deflection. The computer output can be examined and a
point below the groundline can be found where the moment is zero.
This point can be selected as a hinge and the Euler equation can be
used to check the buckling load for the column that consists of
that portion of the pile from the assumed hinge and above.

Check of Va1ues of Shear and Bending Homent

A plot can be made by hand or with the computer of the values

of soil resistance that are computed for a particular run. The
boundary conditions can be used and the shear can be computed
point-by-point along the pile. The values of shear computed in
this way should agree closely with the values that are tabulated.
Also, the area under the p-x curve can be integrated approximately

384
to obtain a concentrated load that is equivalent to the distributed
load. The equilibrium of the pile in shear can then be checked.
If the pile is subjected to an axial load, the computation will
have some error, but the engineer can reach a reasonable conclusion
about the accuracy of the computer results.

A check of the results for Example 1 with a lateral load of

20,000 lbs is continued by making a plot of the soil resistance, as
shown in Fig. 5.2. The concentrated loads with their estimated
line of action are shown in the figure. The concentrated loads
were found by counting squares. The lines of action were
"eyeballed. " The out-of-balance of the shear is 1,800 lbs; a
satisfactory solution in consideration of the method and that the
effect of axial loading is ignored. The out-of-balance of the
moment, if moments are taken about the top of the pile, is only
9,200 ins-Ibs; again, a satisfactory solution.

Check of peflection

An examination of the tabulation of the values of deflection

for the output being studied shows that a zero slope occurred at a
value of x of about 130 inches. A plot of the moment diagram to a
depth of 130 ins was made, not shown here, and the second area-
moment proposition was employed to compute the deflection at the
top of the pile. A value of 0.15 in was computed, which agrees
well with the value from COM624P.

Relationships Between Computed Values

The tabulated results from the computer of the graphical

results can be checked to see that the equations of mechanics are
satisfied at significant points. The following checks can be made:
the shear must have maximum values where the values of soil
resistance are zero, the moment must have maximum values where the

385
 P.I~/ln
200 100 0 100 200 300
20,OOOIb
T
55 in.

50 ~
.5 30,400lb
144 in.
~
Q.
CD
Q
100

147 in .

13,900lb
..
81 in.

1 200lb
",9001b

250

300

Figure 5.2. Plot of soil resistance for Example 1,

lateral load of 20,000 pounds.

386
values of shear are zero, and the soil resistance must be zero
where the deflection is zero.

An examination of the output for Example 1 in Part I, Chapter

5 shows that the checks that are indicated are satisfied.

CHBCK BY IMPLEMENTING APPR.OXIMATB METHODS OF ANALYSIS

The two publications on laterally loaded piles sponsored by

FHWA (FHWA, 1984; FHWA, 1986) contain sections on two methods of
analysis that yield approximate results. The methods proposed by
Broms, (1964a, 1964b, 1965), allow for the computation of the load
at which the pile will develop a plastic hinge; then the load can
be compared to the comparable load obtained by the computer. The
method is based on the equations of static equilibrium and it is
approximate; nevertheless, the engineer can obtain a crude
evaluation of the accuracy of the computer solution.

The second method of analysis can provide a much closer check

of the computer results. With the p-y curves that are either
tabulated or presented in graphical form by COM624P, the engineer
can use nondimensional curves and check the results of the computer
for any particular run. The bending stiffness of the pile should
be taken as that for the upper section, the boundary conditions
should be used as the lateral loading on the pile at the
groundline, and axial loading must be ignored. Even with the
approximations that are made in the nondimensional method, the
agreement with the computer solutions should be fair to good.

CHECK BY AN ASSOCIATB OR. A COLLEAGUE

One of the emerging methods of verification of engineering

studies is peer review. Such a technique should be advantageous
with respect to the verification of the results of computations

387
with COM624P. If such a procedure were to be implemented, the
review should probably be delayed until the computations had been
completed for a particular design.

CONCLUDING COMMENT

The use of a calculator to make checks of the output of the

computer program is a time-consuming and tedious process. However,
such a procedure pays dividends in preventing errors and will give
the engineer an excellent understanding of the computational
process that is employed in the program. However, after the
engineer gains some experience in analyzing the types of piles in
the kinds of soils that are usually encountered in the local
practice, the correctness of a computer run can readily be judged
on the basis of past experience. Some serious checking is advised,
however, when a new situation is encountered.

388
 CHAPTER 6. FULL-SCALE TESTING OF PILES

INTRODUCTION

The testing of piles in the field under axial loading is a

well-established practice and has been common since piles were
first used. The testing of piles under lateral loading is less
frequent, perhaps because the means of establishing failure of a
pile under lateral load has not become common knowledge. However,
with the availability of the technology presented herein, there
are benefits to be gained from the performance of full-scale tests
of piles under lateral loading. The photograph in Fig. 6.1 is of
a test of a drilled shaft at Los Angeles. The testing arrangement
is as described later in this chapter.

Figure 6.1. Testing of a drilled shaft under

lateral loading, Los Angeles.

There are two general reasons for performing tests of piles

in the field under axial loading: to prove a particular design,
and to gain information to allow for a redesign (Reese, 1978).
These reasons are valid for the test of a pile under lateral

389
loading. Thirdly, in some cases a valuable contribution to the
technical literature can be made.

With regard to a proof test of a pile under lateral load, the

procedure is not straightforward, because the response of the pile
under lateral load is affected strongly by the way the pile is
connected to the superstructure. A single-pile foundation for an
overhead sign, for example, will be subjected to a shear and a
moment. The exact simulation of the pile-head conditions for the
sign structure and for a particular kind of loading is impractical
if not impossible; therefore, analytical procedures must be
employed to interpret the results of virtually any lateral-load
test. Such analytical procedures are presented later in this
chapter. A standard test is described where no internal
instrumentation is used in the pile and where only a relatively
small amount of instrumentation is used above the groundline. The
standard test can be employed to prove any given design and, in
some instances, the standard test can provide information for
redesign.

Some information is given on a comprehensive testing program

where a pile is instrumented internally for the measurement of
bending moment along its length. Precise information on soil
response at a particular site can be gained from such a testing
program, design information will be specific and valuable, and a
contribution to the technical literature can be made. The
comprehensive program is expensive and advisable when the benefits
are worth the cost.

SELECTION or TEST SITE

Site selection is simplified if a test is to be performed in

connection with the design of a particular structure. However,
even in such a case, care should be taken in selecting the precise

390
location of the test pile. In general, the test location should
be where the soil profile reveals the weakest condition. In
evaluating a soil profile, the soils from the ground surface to a
depth equal to five to ten pile diameters are of principal
importance. I f designed on the basis of the results from the
weakest soil, the piles at other places on the construction site
should behave more favorably than the test pile.

The selection of a site where a fully instrumented pile is to

be tested is usually difficult. The principal aim of such a test
is to obtain experimental p-y curves that can be employed in
developing predictions of soil response. Thus, the soil at the
site must be relatively homogeneous and representative of a type
of soil for which predictive equations are needed. For many of
the past experiments, the finding of a suitable site was a major
problem.

After a site has been selected, attention must be given to

the moisture content of the near-surface soils. If cohesive soils
exist at the site and are partially saturated, steps may be taken
to saturate the soils. If the cohesive soils will be submerged
during the life of the structure, the site should be flooded
during the testing period.

The position of the water table and the moisture content are
also important if the soil at the test site is granular. Partial
saturation of sand will result in an apparent cohesion that will
not be present if the sand dries or if it becomes submerged.

INVESTIGATION OF SOIL PROPERTIES

The recommendations for obtaining soil properties should be

consulted when obtaining data on soils for use in analyzing the

391
results of the lateral-load experiments. Those recommendations
make use of the soil parameters of significance.

For cohesive soils, high-quality tube samples should be

obtained and laboratory tests should be performed. The Standard
Penetration Test is the principal investigative technique for
cohesionless soils, but the static-cone-penetrometer test is also
recommended.

In performing the soil investigation, careful attention

should be given to the near-surface soils, a zone that is
frequently given little attention for design of piles under axial
loading. As noted previously, the soil strata within a few
diameters of the ground surface provide the principal support for
a laterally-loaded pile.

SELECTION OF TEST PILE

If a lateral load test is being performed to confirm the

design at a particular site, the diameter, stiffness, and length
of the test pile should be as close as possible to similar
properties of the piles proposed for production. Because the
purpose of the test is to obtain information on soil response,
consideration should be given to increasing the stiffness and
bending-moment capacity of the test pile in order to allow the
test pile to be deflected as far as possible. The increased load
that will be necessary will usually cause no significant problem.

The length of the test pile must be considered with care. As

shown in Fig. 5.1, the deflection of a pile will be significantly
greater if it is in the "short" pile range. Tests of these short
piles could be hard to interpret because a small change in the
pile penetration could cause a large change in the ground-line
deflection.

392
 The selection of the test pile for the case of complete
instrumentation involves a considerable amount of preliminary
analysis. Factors to be considered are: the pile diameter for
which the soil response is desired, the soil conditions, the kind
of instrumentation to be employed for determining bending moment
along the length of the pile, the method of installing
instrumentation in the pile, the magnitude of the desired ground-
line deflection, and the nature of the loading.

INSTALLATION OF TEST PILE

For cases where information is desired on pile response at a

particular site, the installation of the test pile should agree as
closely as possible to the procedure proposed for the production
piles. The response of a pile to load is affected considerably by
the installation procedure; thus, the detailed procedure used for
pile placement is important.

For the case of a test pile in cohesive soil, the placing of

the pile can cause excess porewater pressures to occur. As a
rule, these porewater pressures should have dissipated before
testing begins; therefore, the use of piezometers at the test site
may be important.

The installation of a pile that has been instrumented for the

measurement of bending moment along the length of the pile must
consider the possible damage of the instrumentation due to pile
driving or other installation effects. The instrumentation must
be especially rugged where the pile is to be installed by an
impact hammer and where hard driving is expected. However, the
installation must be such that it is consistent with methods used
in practice. In no case would jetting be allowed with wash water
flowing up and along the outside of the test pile.

393
 The influence of the installation procedures on the soil
properties should be investigated if possible. However, almost
any testing technique prior to the loading would cause soil
disturbance and would be undesirable. Some non-intrusive methods
are available, based on the use of dynamic methods, that can be
considered.

Testing of the near-surface soils close to the pile wall at

the completion of the load tests is useful and can be done without
any undesirable effects. The kinds of tests that are desirable
are indicated where criteria for p-y curves are discussed. In
genera.l, laboratory tests of undisturbed samples are recommended.

TESTING PROCEDURES

Excellent guidance for the procedures for testing a pile

under lateral loading is given by the ASTM Standard D 3966-81,
"Standard Method of Testing Piles Under Lateral Loads." Some
general comments on the ASTM standard are given in this section,
and detailed recommendations are given in the following sections.

For the standard test as well as for the instrumented test,

two principles should guide the testing procedure: (1) the
loading (static, repeated, sustained, or dynamic) should be
consistent with that expected for the production piles and (2) the
testing arrangement should be such that deflection, rotation,
bending moment, and shear at the groundline (or at the point of
load application) are measured or can be computed.

with regard to loading, even though static (short-term)

loading is seldom encountered in practice, the soil response from
that loading is usually desirable so that correlations can be made
with soil properties. The combination of static and repeated

394
loading may be desirable. A load can be applied, readings taken,
and the same load can be reapplied a number of times with readings
taken after specific numbers of cycles. Then, a larger load is
applied and the procedure repeated. The assumption is made that
the readings for the first application at a larger load are
unaffected by the repetitions of a smaller load. While that
important assumption may not be strictly true, errors are on the
conservative side.

Sustained loads will probably have little influence on the

behavior of granular materials or on overconsolidated clays if the
computed values of soil stresses are well below ultimate. If a
pile is installed in soft, inorganic clay or other compressible
soil, sustained loading would obviously influence the soil
response. In general, loads would have to be maintained for a
long period of time and a special testing program would have to be
designed. However, data can be obtained in a period of several
days or a few weeks that can allow extrapolation to results for a
long period.

The application of a dynamic load to a single pile is

feasible and desirable if the production piles sustain such loads.
The loading equipment and instrumentation for such a testing
program would have to be designed to yield results that would be
relevant to a particular application, and a special study would be
required. The design of piles to withstand the effects of an
earthquake involves several levels of computation. Soil-response
curves must include an inertia effect and the free-field motion of
the earth must be estimated. Therefore, p-y curves that are
determined from the tests described herein have only a limited
application to the earthquake problem. No method is currently
available for performing field tests of piles to gain information
on soil response that can be used directly in design of piles to
sustain seismic loadings.

395
 The testing of battered piles is mentioned in ASTM D 3966-81
(also see FHWA-IP-84-11, Appendix 8). The analysis of a pile
group, some of which are batter piles, is discussed in the
technical literature. In such analyses, information is required
on the behavior of battered piles under a load that is normal to
the axis of the pile. Unless the batter is large, the behavior of
battered and vertical piles under this normal load (lateral load)
is similar. For large batter, an approximate solution is given in
FHWA-IP-84-11 (page 300).

The testing of pile groups, also mentioned in D 3966-81, is

desirable but is expensive in time, material, and instrumentation.
If a large-scale test of a group of piles is proposed, detailed
analyses should precede the design of the test in order that
measurements can be made that will provide critical information.
Such analyses may reveal the desirability of internal
instrumentation to measure bending moment in each of the piles.

The analysis of test results is not covered in D 3966-81.

The argument can be made, as presented earlier in this chapter,
that test results can fail to reveal critical information unless
combined with analytical methods. The next section of this
chapter suggests procedures that demonstrate the close connection
between testing and analysis. A testing program should not be
initiated unless preceded and followed by analytical studies.

The ASTM standard mentions methods of dealing with the

lateral soil resistance against a pile cap. A conservative
procedure, and one that is consistent with reality in many
instances, is to assume that there is no soil resistance either
against the sides or the bottom of the cap. A small amount of
settlement would eliminate the bottom resistance, and shrinkage
would eliminate the side resistance. Therefore, it is recommended

396
that a pile cap not be used in the testing program or, if used,
that the cap not be placed against the soil.

ASTM D 3966-81 gives a number of procedures for applying load

and for measuring movements. Some details, generally consistent
with the ASTM standard, about methods that have been found to be
satisfactory are given in the next section. With regard to a
loading schedule, ASTM indicates that loading should be applied in
increments to a maximum of 200 to 250 percent of the design load.
However, it is rarely possible to perform a test with the
rotational restraint at the pile-head exactly the same as for
production piles; thus, an alternate suggestion is made that the
loading be continued in increments until the pile actually fails
due to the development of a plastic hinge. Or, the loading can be
continued until the bending stress becomes equal to a certain
percentage of the ultimate, as indicated by computations.

The sections in D 3966-81 on safety requirements and report

presentation are worthy of careful consideration. Safety is an
important concern in load testing and safety meetings prior to any
load test should be held. The detailed list in the section on
reporting is useful and indicates most of the items that should be
addressed in preparing a report.

TESTING PILE WITa NO INTERNAL INS'l'ROMEN'1'ATION

A step-by-step procedure is given in the following paragraphs

for the testing of a pile or piles with no internal
instrumentation, termed the standard test because of its
simplicity and ease of performance. The test program is initiated
with a study to indicate the economic advantages of the
experiment. It is presumed that a careful subsurface
investigation with laboratory testing has been carried out and

397
that soil properties are well known. The soil properties near the
ground surface are especially important.

Pre1iminary Computations

After the type and size of pile has been selected for
testing, preliminary computations should be made using the
computer code described herein. The computations should
anticipate that the pile head should be free to rotate and that
the shear should be applied near the ground surface. Analyses
should be done using p-y curves for both static and repeated
loading. Curves showing pile-head deflection and pile-head
rotation should be developed for a range of loading up to the
point where the ultimate moment is developed.

Computations should be done with parameters varied, and the

length of the test pile and its bending stiffness should be
selected on the basis of the computations.

Obtaining Stiffness of Test Pi1e

The bending stiffness of the test pile or piles can be found

by computation, but it is preferable to obtain the stiffness
experimentally. If the pile consists of a pipe or some other
prefabricated section, rather than a cast-in-place pile, it is
possible to support the pile near its ends in the laboratory and
load it as a beam. The stiffness of the pile can be computed from
the deflection.

For a cast-in-place section, or for a prefabricated section

as well, several feet of soil around the pile can be excavated
,after the primary testing program is completed. The pile can be
reloaded and deflections can be measured at several points along
the exposed portion of the pile. If this latter procedure is to

398
be employed, the lateral loading should have been stopped before
the pile was damaged.

The stiffness of drilled shafts and other reinforced-concrete

sections will vary with bending moment. Some information on this
variation can be obtained from the field measurements described
above. That information, along with the use of the code for
PMEIX, should provide engineers with adequate data on stiffness of
reinforced-concrete sections.

Pi1. Xnsta11atipp

As noted earlier, the installation of a test pile should be

done in the same manner as for the production piles. Small
amounts of accidental batter will have little influence on the
performance of a pile under lateral load. Care should be
exercised in installation that the near-surface soils have the
same properties as for the production piles.

Lpadipg Arrapga.apt

A wide variety of arrangements for the test pile and the

reaction system are possible. The arrangement to be selected is
the one that has the greatest advantage for the particular design.
There are some advantages, however, in testing two piles
simultaneously as shown in Fig. 2 of D 3966-81. A reaction system
must be supplied; thus, a second pile can supply that need.
Furthermore, and more importantly, a comparison of the results of
two tests performed simultaneously will give the designer some
idea of the natural variations that can be expected in pile
performance. It is important to note, however, that spacing
between the two piles should be such that the pile-soil-pi1e
interaction is negligible.

399
 Drawings of two two-pile arrangements are shown in Figs. 6.2
and 6.3. In both instances the pile head is free to rotate and
the loads are applied as near the ground surface as convenient.
In both instances free water should be maintained above the ground
surface, if that situation can exist during the life of the
structure.

The details of a system where the piles can be shoved apart

or pulled together are shown in Fig. 6.2. This two-way loading is
important if the production piles can be loaded in that manner.
The lateral loading on a pile will be predominantly in one
direction, termed the forward direction here. If the loading is
repeated or cyclic, a smaller load in the reverse direction could
conceivably cause the soil response to be different than if the
load is applied only in the forward direction. As noted earlier,
it is important that the shear and moment be known at the ground
line; therefore, the loading arrangement should be designed as
shown so that shear only is applied at the point of application of
load.

Figure 6.3 shows the details of a second arrangement for

testing two piles simultaneously. In this case, however, the load
can be applied in only one direction. A single bar of high-
strength steel that passes along the diameter of each of the piles
is employed in the arrangement shown in Fig. 6.3. Two high-
strength bars are utilized in the arrangement shown in Fig. 6.3.
Not shown in the sketches are the means to support the ram and
load cell that extend horizontally from the pile. Care must be
taken in employing the arrangement shown in either Figs. 6.3a or
6.3b to ensure that the loading and measuring systems will be
stable under the applied loads.

400
 Three-dimensional
\Wivel

Figure 6.2. Two-pile test arrangement for two-way loading.

High strength searing with
bar for tensile spherical {HYdraulic ram
surfaces
loading /

~=------''':-~ - _:.-_:~: -:: ~-:-:-:-: =_--_--_--_--:~-:..:-::..::t_'I"I!_--

f
Load cell
iA\: 7::<':'

(a)

High strength Hydraulic

bars cell

-4------

(b)

Figure 6.3. Two-pile test arrangement with one-way loading.

401
 The most convenient way to apply the lateral load is to
employ a hydraulic ram with hydraulic pressure developed by an
air-operated or electricity-operated pump. The capacity of a ram
is computed by multiplying the piston area by the maximum
pressure. Some rams, of course, are double acting and can apply a
forward or reverse load on the test pile or piles. The
preliminary computations should ensure that the capacity and the
travel of the piston are ample.

If the rate of loading is important (and it may be if the

test is in clay soils beneath water, and erosion at the pile face
is important), the maximum rate of flow of the pump is important
along with the volume required per inch of stroke of the ram. The
seals on the pump and on the ram, along with hydraulic lines and
connections, must be checked ahead of time and spare parts should
be available.

High pressures in the operating system constitute a safety

problem and can cause operating difficulties. On some projects,
the use of an automatic controller for the hydraulic system is
justified. A backup control must be available to allow the
override of the automatic system in case of malfunction. On at
least one important project the malfunction of the hydraulic
system caused a large monetary loss.

The loading system shown in Fig. 6.3 will ensure that no

eccentricity will be applied to the load cell and the hydraulic
ram. If the two-bar system shown in Fig. 6.3(b) is employed, it
should be even simpler to achieve concentric loading. However,
the system shown in Fig. 6.2 will require that the load cell and
the ram be connected rigidly and that bearings be placed at the
face of each of the piles so that no eccentric loading is applied
to the ram or to the load cell. The arrangement shown in Fig. 6.2

402
may require that the points of load application be adjustable in
order to prevent torsional loading of the piles.

Instrumentation

A simple system for obtaining the deflection and rotation of

the pile head is shown in Fig. 6.4. The slope or rotation of the
portion of the pile above the point of load application can be
found by knowing the gauge readings and the distance between them.
The same data will yield the deflection at the point of load
application. In the test shown in Fig. 6.1, a casing was attached
to the rebar cage prior to concreting and a slope indicator was
used to measure the slope (or rotation) of the drilled shaft over
its full length.

Dial gauge or
electronic device

Hydraulic
ram and
load cell

Figure 6.4. Schematic drawing of deflection-measuring system.

403
 Analternate or redundant method of obtaining the pile-head
rotation is shown in Fig. 6.5. A sensitive bubble for leveling a
bar is attached as shown. A micrometer is fixed to one end of the
bar and a hardened point to the other. A sturdy bracket is
attached to the pile, or to an extension of the pile, at a
convenient distance above the point of load application. Readings
of the micrometer when the instrument is carefully leveled for
each load will allow pile-head rotation to be computed.

Micrometer
( fsensitive level bubble

Pile
"-Bracket

Figure 6.5. Device for measuring pile-head rotation.

Electronic load cells are available for routine purchase.

These cells can be used with a minimum of difficulty and can be
read with a high-speed data-acquisition system, if desired.

The motion of the pile head can be measured with dial gauges,
but a more convenient way is to employ electronic gauges. In
either case, gauges with sufficient travel should be obtained or
difficulty will be encountered during the test program. Two types
of electronic motion transducers are in common use: linear
potentiometers or LVDT's (linear variable differential
transformers) . The LVDT may have a longer life than the
differential potentiometers; in either case the motion transducer
should be attached so that there is no binding as the motion rod
moves in and out.

404
 Two other comments about instrumentation are important. The
verification of the output of each instrument should be an
important step in the testing program. Also, the instruments
should be checked for temperature sensitivity. In some cases it
may be necessary to perform tests at night or to protect the
various instruments from all but minor changes in temperature.

Interpretation of nata

The interpretation of data from a test of an uninstrumented

piles is a straightforward process. Plots are made of deflection
versus applied load and rotation versus applied load (for the
ground line or for the point of load application). Computer
Program COM624P is then used, and computations of pile-head
deflection and rotation are made for the same loads that were used
for the field test. The results are plotted against the field
results. If the results do not agree, the soil parameters
(probably the shear strength of clay and angle of internal
friction of sand) are changed by trial to bring the computed and
experimental results into agreement. (Most of the interpretation
will be done in the office; however, it is desirable to do some
plotting in the field as a means of checking the validity of the
data that are being taken) .

The soil parameters as modified are then used in making a

design for the site. An appropriate factor of safety, normally
introduced as a load factor to increase the working load, is
employed, taking into account all of the relevant considerations.

Example Computations

The test selected for study was performed by Capozzoli (1968)

near St. Gabriel, Louisiana. The pile and soil properties are
shown in Fig. 6.6. The loading was short term. The soil at the

405
site was a soft-to-medium, intact, silty clay. The natural
moisture content of the clay varied from 35 to 46 percent in the
upper 10 ft of soil. The undrained shear strength, shown in Fig.
6.6, was obtained from triaxial tests. The unit weight of the
soil was 110 Ib/ft 3 above the water table and 48 Ib/ft 3 below the
water table.
1ft
Ground Surface

6ft lOin
I...I---",-G..-. W. T.

Pile Cross section

Pile Properties
115 ft
E I : 3 8 x I 0 9 I b - sq in.
b: 10 In.
My = 116ft-kips

~ Soil Properties
De p t h = 0 - 115 ft
c = 600 Ib/sQ ft
E 50 = 1%
Y = 110 Ib/cu ft

Figure 6.6. Information for analysis of test at St. Gabriel.

The results from the field experiment and computed results

are shown in Fig. 6.7. The experimental results are shown by the
open circles; the results from Computer Program COM624P with the
reported shear strength of 600 Ib/ft 2 and with an £50 of 1.0
percent are shown by the solid line. The soil properties were
varied by trial and the best fit to the experimental results was
found for an undrained strength of 887 Ib/ft 2 and an £50 of 0.9
percent. These values of the modified soil properties should be
used in design computations for the production piles if the
production piles are to be identical with the one employed in the
load test.

406
 Pult
lit 20
Co
.lII:
Computer 2 /
c =887 Iblft /
"'"
Cl. - E5cfO.9%1

\1/ D Computer
c= 600 Ib/sq ft
o Measured

~
0 ESO= 1°10
0
...J (j
/
10
...0
CD
/
0
f/)
...J
I

o 2 4 6 8 10 12
Groundline Deflection, Yt ' in.

Figure 6.7. Comparison of measured and computed results for

St. Gabriel Test.

Computer Program PMEIX was employed and an ultimate bending

moment for the section in Fig. 6.6 was computed to be 1392 in-
kips. In making the design computations with the modified soil
properties, the computed maximum bending moment should be no
greater than the ultimate moment (1392 in-kips) divided by an
appropriate factor of safety. In computing the maximum bending
moment, the rotational restraint at the pile head must be
estimated as accurately as possible. If it is assumed that the
pile will be unrestrained against rotation and that the load is
applied one ft above the ground line, a load of 21 kips will cause
the ultimate bending moment to develop. The deflection of the
pile must be considered because deflection can control some
designs rather than the design being controlled by the bending
resistance of the section.

407
 Two other factors must also be considered in design. These
are: the nature of the loading and the spacing of the piles. The
experiment employed short-term loading; if the loading on the
production piles is to be different, an appropriate adjustment
must be made in the p-y curves. Also, if the production piles are
to be in a closely-spaced group, consideration must be given to
pile-soil-pile interaction.

TESTING PILE WITH INTERNAL INSTRUMENTATION

The performance of experiments with piles that are

instrumented internally for the measurement of bending moment
along the length of the pile is highly desirable. The results of
experiments that are carefully performed will allow experimental
p-y curves to be developed; thus, significant information can be
added to the technical literature. In addition, of course,
excellent data will be available to guide the design of piles at
the test site. However, the performance of experiments with piles
that have internal instrumentation is expensive, both in labor and
materials. In addition, instrumentation specialists with
excellent skills are required. Therefore, a detailed cost-benefit
study should be undertaken before such a test program is begun.

Preliminary Computations

If a major experiment with a pile with internal

instrumentation is to be undertaken, the preliminary computations
should be exhaustive. Assuming that the test site and the pile
geometry have been selected and that soil properties are known,
computations must be performed to get the best possible estimate
of the response of the pile. On the basis of these computations,
the nature of the loading system is decided upon and a detailed
design of the system is made.

408
 The preliminary computations also allow the selection of the
kind of internal instrumentation that is to be employed and a
detailed design of the instrumentation is then made. Electrical-
resistance strain gauges are frequently employed to read strains
in the pile material. The test pile can be calibrated by
supporting the pile as a beam, applying known measurements at
positions of strain gauges, and reading the output of each gauging
point. If a drilled shaft is employed in the test, an
instrumented pipe can be cast along the axis of the shaft and
calibration can be done after the test is over by removing soil
around the pile to as great a depth as possible and reloading the
pile (Welch and Reese, 1972).

Further computations must be carried out to ensure that the

pile is not damaged if it is to be installed by driving.
Diligence in planning and in performing preliminary computations
can do much to ensure the success of the expensive instrument.

Instrumentation

The instrumentation that is placed above the ground is

similar, if not identical, to that described for the pile with no
instrumentation. While the principal item of internal
instrumentation pertains to a direct determination of bending
moment from point to point along the pile, the use of a slope
indicator from which deflections can be obtained is sometimes
desirable. If space allows and if the loading schedule that is
proposed will allow a slope indicator to be used, the installation
of slope-indicator casing may be warranted.

As noted above, the use of strain gauges to enable bending

moments to be obtained is a common practice. However, innovative
techniques are being developed regularly, and the selection and

409
installation of the internal instrumentation should follow a
careful study of available methods.

Some investigators have made measurements of ground-surface

movements during the lateral loading of a pile. The placing of
markers on a grid pattern around the test pile and the measurement
of the movement of those markers are time-consuming and
cumbersome. The use of photographic techniques to obtain ground-
surface movements has much to recommend it.

Ana1ysis of Data apd Corre1atiops Kith Theory

The principal analytical technique is to perform two

integrations of the bending moment curves and two
differentiations. The boundary conditions at the head of the pile
must be employed in the analysis. The integrations yield the pile
deflections; with reasonably good moment curves and with good
measurements of the boundary conditions at the pile head, an
accurate family of curves giving deflection of the pile as a
function of depth can be obtained.

The two differentiations are another matter. Errors in the

moment values are accentuated. Therefore, it is usually necessary
to employ curve-fitting techniques and obtain analytical
expressions for selected portions of the moment curves. If the
differentiations can be carried out successfully, the result will
be a family of curves showing soil resistance as a function of
depth. Specific depths can be selected and cross-plotting will
yield a family of p-y curves.

An additional step in the analytical process is to employ the

'principles soil mechanics and of elasticity to develop
of
predictive equations for pile response. Ideally, the predictive
equations should agree with the experimental results at the test

410
site and should further serve to predict the behavior of piles of
different geometry at the test site and at other sites where the
soils are similar. The predictive equations will be valid, of
course, only for the kind of loading employed at the test site.

Reyiew of Three Experiments Using Pi1es with

Interna1 Instrumentation

Matlock (1970) performed experiments near Austin, Texas, and

near Sabine, Texas, in soft to medium clay. The pile was a steel
pipe, 12.75 ins in diameter. Thirty-five pairs of electrical-
resistance strain gauges were installed in the interior of the
pipe. The gauges were spaced 6 ins apart near the top of the
embedded portion with wider spacings being used below. The
embedded portion of the pile was 45 ft long. The pipe was split
along a diameter, the gauges were installed, and the two halves
were welded together.

The pile was calibrated prior to driving so that extremely

accurate determinations of bending moment could be made. The
experimental p-y curves that were obtained from the testing
program form the basis of recommendations that are widely used for
design of piles in soft clay under lateral loading.

Cox, Reese, and Grubbs (1974) performed experiments in sand

near Corpus Christi, Texas. The piles were steel pipes, 24 ins in
diameter. Forty electrical-resistance strain gauges were
installed in each of the two piles by placing the piles
horizontally and by working from a trolley. Two piles were driven
at the same site; one pile was tested under static loading and the
other under cyclic loading. The embedded length of each pile was
69 feet.

411
 The piles were calibrated in the laboratory prior to
installation. The experimental p-y curves that were obtained from
the testing program form the basis of recommendations that are
widely used for the design of piles in sand under lateral loading.

Welch and Reese (1972) conducted a test of an instrumented

drilled shaft with a nominal diameter of 30 in, a total length of
44 ft, and a penetration of 42 feet. The soil at the site was an
overconsolidated clay with an average undrained shear strength in
the upper 20 ft of approximately 2,200 Ib/ft 2 • Average values of
liquid limit and plastic limit were 70 and 20, respectively. The
water table was at a depth of 18 feet.

A steel pipe, with an outside diameter of 10.75 in and with a

wall thickness of 0.25 in, was split longitudinally and strain-
gauge rosettes were installed on each half to form a full bridge
at 28 points along the drilled shaft. Twenty-three gauge points
were at spacings of 15 in from the top and there were 5 spaces at
30 in near the bottom.

The lateral loads were applied at the groundline and in one

direction only. Readings were taken after 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, and 20
applications of load. Readings were taken with a data logger of
the gauges at the top of the drilled shaft and of all of the
gauges for the measurement of bending moment. After the loadings
were completed, an excavation to a depth of 20 ft was made around
the drilled shaft and a loading was made to obtain data for
determination of the as-built values of bending stiffness (EI), as
well as calibrations for each of the gauge points so that strain-
gauge readings could be converted directly into bending moment.

Curves for each of the applied loads were plotted to show

bending moment as a function of depth. A study of curve-fitting
techniques was done and the result indicated that the best results

412
could be obtained with least-squares using a 7-degree polynominal.
The values of deflection (y) and soil resistance (p) were obtained
at various points along the drilled shaft by using the following
equations.

y II (M/EI) dx 6.1

6.2

The resulting p-y curves for the depth of 37.5 in below the
groundline are shown in Fig. 6.8. The curves illustrate the
effect of cyclic loading. The soil resistance is decreased or the
deflections are increased with cyclic loading. The authors
decided to take cyclic loading into account by increasing the
computed deflection for static loading by an increment that takes
into account the stress level and the number of cycles (Welch and
Reese, 1972). The resulting equations are implemented in the
recommendations for p-y curves that are shown earlier in this
document.

CONCLUDING COMMENTS

Only a brief presentation is possible concerning the details

of a program of testing of piles under lateral load. The brevity
of the presentation is consistent with the purposes of this
document and is not meant to detract from the importance of the
topic.

Simple, inexpensive experiments can be performed with piles

with no internal instrumentation and data of great value can be
obtained concerning the response of a pile at a particular site.

413
 -1000
o ==------
-800

£:
..... Depth = 37.5 in
.e
Q.

c-600
.2
gQ) • 1st load Application
0::
o 2nd Load Application
'0 • 3rd Load Application
(f) -400
• 10th Load Application

-200

O~ ____ ~~ ____ ~ ______+-____ ~ ______ ~ ___

.2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Deflection, y (inches)

Figure 6.8. Effect of repeated loading on p-y curves.

414
 The performance of tests of piles with internal
instrumentation can well be justified at the site of a major
project, especially if the current methods of predicting p-y
curves are not exactly applicable to the soil, pile, and loading
to be employed at the site. In addition to getting data for the
design of a particular project, data will be obtained for use at
similar sites. Also, a contribution can be made to the
engineering profession.

Redundancy in load-measuring and deflection-measuring systems

is good practice. Rams can be ca-librated as a means of checking
readings from load cells. Stretched wires or surveying
instruments can be employed to check deflection. Such redundancy
can be extremely useful in case of the failure of a primary system
of measurement.

The available data are insufficient to allow a comment to be

made that all field tests of piles under lateral loading are cost
effective. However, the tests that have been performed appear to
have saved money on specific projects. The tests of instrumented
piles have paid for themselves many times over. The investigation
of the benefits from performing field tests of piles under lateral
loading for a specific project is strongly advised.

415
 CHAPTER 7. SUGGESTIONS FOR DESIGN

A conference on deep foundations several years ago was opened

by an address by Dr. Ralph B. Peck (1967). He gave factors that
related to a successful design: loading, soil conditions, theory,
tolerance to differential movement, and quality of construction.
Dr. Peck concluded his address by saying that very few problems
with foundations could be attributed to inadequacy of theory but
that most of them were due to misjudgment of loading or of soil
conditions or to construction defects. The computer program
COM624P might fit into the category of theory in Dr. Peck's list;
however, it will be exceedingly difficult to design a pile
properly to sustain lateral loading without a suitable analytical
tool. The point that there are many important aspects of design
in addition to analysis is well taken.

There is a movement in several countries to design on the

basis of "limit states" and "partial safety factors." The concept
of limit states is to identify all of the reasons that a
particular design could fail to perform its assigned function
during the life of the structure; in other words, reasons that
would limit the usefulness of the construction. Partial safety
factors are employed to find a global safety factor for a
component of a structure, say a pile. A partial factor would be
applied to loads, soil properties, theory, construction, and so
on, in consideration of the engineer's evaluation of how well each
of the items could be evaluated. The two concepts are used rarely
in the United States but the engineer brings experience, training,
and judgment to bear rather then using a formalized approach to
the selection of the factor of safety. Such attributes of the
engineer are essential with respect to the design of piles under
lateral loading.

417
Preceding page blank
SELECTING AN APPROPRIATE MODEL FOR A PILE

As noted earlier, two aspects of the response of a pile must

be considered in design: the development of a plastic hinge, or
hinges, along the length of the pile; and excessive deflection.
In both instances, the pile must be modeled properly. As an
example, a pile is considered that is attached to the
superstructure at some distance above the groundline. In many
instances, the pile head is neither free to rotate nor fully fixed
against rotation but is somewhere in between. In some instances,
the determination of the degree of rotational restraint is
difficult. Then, some parametric studies can be done with the
rotational restraint varied. The computer output usually will
allow the engineer to decide whether or not to proceed with an
uncertain pile-head condition or to design one with a predictable
amount of rotational restraint.

With regard to the axial load and bending moment that will
result in the formation of a plastic hinge, formulas are available
for steel piles. However, a computer program is desirable for the
determination of the ultimate moment for a reinforced-concrete
pile. The bending stiffness, EI, of the reinforced-concrete pile
will vary with the loading. Thus, the output from the computer
will enable the engineer to select the EI to agree with the
bending moment when modeling the pile.

The axial load that acts on a pile subjected to lateral load

usually has only a small effect on the bending moment; therefore,
the assumption is made that the axial load is constant over the
length of the pile being analyzed by COM624P. Any error resulting
from that assumption is thought to be extremely small. In almost
all instances the reduction in axial load from the groundline to
the point of maximum bending moment will be negligible.

418
 If the above assumption is valid, the behavior of a pile
under axial load and under lateral load can be solved
independently. However, in computing axial load of a pile in clay
by use of soil properties, the engineer could decide to eliminate
the clay from the first point of zero lateral deflection to the
groundline in computing the axial load. The clay can be molded
away by lateral deflection and lose at least some of it ability to
transfer axial load.

STUDY OF INFLUENCE OF VARIOUS PARAMETERS

A number of suggestions have been made in previous sections

about the desirability of varying certain parameters in the input
and observing their influence. The engineer-user is urged to
extend the procedure to most of the factors that must be input.
The results of some such studies are given elsewhere (FHWA/RD-
85/106, pp. 197-210) but the studies are more meaningful if done
for local subsurface conditions and for the piles that are more
commonly used in practice.

The parametric studies are especially useful with respect to

the properties of the soil. An informative set of computations is
to put the maximum and minimum values of soil strength that could
be reasonably expected at a given site, and obtain upper-bound and
lower-bound solutions. Such a study would give excellent guidance
on the benefits of a comprehensive study of the subsurface
conditions. In connection with the study of the influence of soil
properties, the shear strength and other relevant properties
should be varied with depth. Contrary to the need for piles under
axial loading, the properties of the near-surface soils are very
significant. Studies of this sort could lead to a change in the
way that soils are sampled and tested when a pile under lateral
loading is to be designed.

419
CASE STUDIES

An exercise that is of considerable use is to compare results

from analysis with those for experiments. Some offices have a
number of such cases in the engineering files and the technical
literature contains a number of reports on lateral-load tests.
One of the difficulties in making such comparisons is that the
results of the experiments are frequently incomplete. Typical
data that are missing are the point of application of the lateral
load and the bending stiffness of the test pile.

Comparisons of the results from analysis and from experiments

have been reported (FHWA/RD-85/106, pp. 211-244). Reference to
these studies and to those made by the user-engineer will provide
valuable information of the accuracy that can be expected from
COM624P.

FIELD TESTS

Upper-bound and lower-bound studies and case studies will

provide an excellent background for making a decision about the
desirability of running a field test at the construction site. A
full-scale test of the proposed production piles might be
necessary at locations where a number of piles are to be installed
and where the lateral loading is significant. Procedures for such
tests are given in some standards; however, one feature in some
such recommendations is inappropriate. That is, it is virtually
impossible in most cases to provide the rotational restraint at
the pile head that will exist in the structure to be constructed.
Therefore, the testing program should be aimed at determining the
response of the soil (FHWA, 1984, pp. 176-178) The response so
obtained can be used to design piles of various diameters and with
various bending stiffnesses.

420
 A desirable testing technique is to test two identical piles
simultaneously by jacking them apart or pulling them together
(FHWA, 1984, pp. 169-175). The difference in the response of the
two piles will give the engineer some idea of the amount of
variability that could be expected with the production piles.

TECHNICAL ADVANCES

The engineer-user of COM624P may wish to search the new

technical literature for articles on piles under lateral loading.
Of particular interest will be articles that deal with the testing
of fully instrumented piles to obtain p-y curves and articles on
the response of pile groups to lateral loading. Research is
underway in the United States and in many foreign countries on
lateral loading of piles, and there undoubtedly will be a number
of advances in the state-of-the-art from time to time.

421
 COM624P
LATERALLY LOADED PILE ANALYSIS PROGRAM
FOR THE MICROCOMPUTER
Version 2.0

Part III: System Maintenance Manual

Preceding page blank

 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL

The documentation for Computer Program COM624P consists of

three documents: Part I, Users Guide; Part II Engineering
Background; and Part III, Systems Maintenance.

The necessity of maintaining a computer program, regardless

of its length and simplicity, is essential and procedures for the
maintenance must be clear. Maintenance assures the user that the
program is operating satisfactorily and that information can be
obtained about the program when necessary. As a part of the
maintenance, the user should be able to obtain a rapid response to
questions as they arise.

The expected use of COM624P in the solution of problems in

foundation engineering imposes some special requirements regarding
the maintenance of the program. It is expected that copies of the
program will be distributed to one or more offices of the
departments of highways of the States, and possibly to other
transportation agencies in the States. The components of the
program to be distributed are the user guide, and floppy disks
with an executable object code, example problems, and graphics
capabilities. The object codes are to be permanently identified
as being d~stributed to a particular engineering office.

The source code will remain at an appropriate office in the

Federal Highway Administration where the maintenance of COM624P
will reside. After the initial period when ENSOFT will maintain
the program according to the terms of the contract, it is expected
that FHWA will assign maintenance responsibilities to two persons:
a geotechnical engineer, and a computer programmer. However, only
minimal questions are expected to arise that must be answered.

425

Preceding page blank

 The terms of the contract for Version I require that ENSOFT
provide technical assistance for 18 months from the date the
program was submitted to June of 1990. The principal activities
related to the maintenance of COM624P were handled by ENSOFT
during that period. It is expected that many of the users will
receive Version 2.0 of the program and that FHWA staff, along with
the assistance of Ensoft, will help to address most of the
questions that are expected to arise from the users in 1993.

The USERS GUIDE was prepared in a manner to allow almost all

of the questions that arise on the part of the user to be answered
by referring to the document. In this connection, some of the
material that might be normally placed in the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
MANUAL is included in the USERS GUIDE. The experience of ENSOFT
with similar programs has led to the careful selection of material
so that the user can use COM624P with assurance.

426
 CHAPTER 2. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM APPLICATION

The program computes deflection, shear, bending moment, and .

soil response with respect to depth for a laterally-loaded pile in
nonlinear soils. There are three major components of this
software for the microcomputer for the analysis of laterally-
loaded piles. The system consists of a menu-input preprocessor
(C624EDIT), a main program for the analyses (COM624P), and a
postprocessor for display of graphics (C624VIEW). A flowchart
showing the interrelationships of the major components of the
system is provided in Fig. 2.1.

SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT

Hardware ReQuiremepts

The system was developed for the IBM-XT and the IBM-AT
machines or for any other microcomputer that is compatible with
those IBM machines. The microcomputer should have at least 256k
of RAM memory. A high-speed, floating-point math coprocessor is
highly recommended but it is not required.

Two peripheral devices are required for the display of

graphics: a graphics adapter and a graphics printer. The specific
graphics adapters and printers supported by the system are
described in Chapter 3 of the USERS GUIDE.

Software ReQuirements

The operating system that is required to run the program is

MS-DOS 2.1 or a later version. The main program is written in
FORTRAN language with double-precision arithmetic. A FORTRAN

427
 SYSTEM
LATERALLY-LOADED PILE
ANALYSIS

PREPROCESSOR MAIN PROGRAM POSTPROCESSOR

C624EDIT COM624P C624VIEW
(menu input) (analysis) (graphics).

Figure 2.1. The interrelationships of the major components

of the system.

428
compiler in compliance with ANSI FORTRAN 77 is required to compile
the program if any modifications are made in the future.

The preprocessor and the postprocessor are written in PASCAL

language to utilize fully the screen functions. A TURBO PASCAL
compiler from Borland International should be used to recompile
these two programs if any upgrade is required in the future.

COMMtJNXCA'l'XONS

No requirements are necessary.

XN'l'ERFACES

No requirements are necessary.

SECtJRX'l'Y

No data base in included and no is required.

security
Security of the source code that is supplied should be maintained
by FHWA.

429
 COM624P
LATERALLY LOADED PILE ANALYSIS PROGRAM
I'OR THE MICROCOMPUTER
V.raion 2.0

References

Preceding page blank

 REFERENCES

Allen, J. D., "p-y Curves in Layered Soils," Unpublished

Dissertation, College of Engineering, The University of Texas
at Austin, May, 1985.

American Society for Testing and Materials, D3966-83, "Piles Under

Lateral Load, Method of Testing," Annual Book of ASTM
Standards.

Bowman, E. R., "Investigation of the Lateral Resistance to

Movement of a Plate in Cohesionless Soil," Unpublished
Thesis, College of Engineering, The University of Texas at
Austin, January, 1958

Broms, B. B., "Design of Laterally Loaded Piles," Journal of the

Soil Mechanics and Foundations Diyision, American Society of
Civil Engineers, Vol. 91, No. SM3, May 1965, pp. 79-99.
Broms, B. B., "Lateral Resistance of Piles in Cohesion Soils,"
Journal of the Soil Mechanics and Foundations Diyision,
American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 90, No. SM2, March
1964a, pp. 27-63.

Broms, B. B., "Lateral Resistance of Piles in Cohesionless Soils,"

Journal of the Soil Mechanics and Foundations Diyision,
American Society of Civil Engineeers, Vol. 90, No. SM3, May
1964b, pp. 123-156.

Cox, W. R., L. C. Reese, and B. R. Grubbs, "Field Testing of

Laterally Loaded Piles in Sand," Proceedings, Offshore
Technology Conference, Paper No. 2079, Houston, Texas, May,
1974.
Federal Highway Administration, "Handbook on Design of Piles and
Drilled Shafts Under Lateral Load," Report No. FHWA-IP-84-11,
July 1984, 360 pages.
Federal Highway Administration, "Behavior of Piles and pile Groups
Under Lateral Loading," Report No. FHWA/RD-85/106, March
1986, 393 pages.
Georgiadis, M., "Development of p-y Curves for Layered Soils,"
Proceedings, Geotechnical Practice in Offshore Engineering,
American Society of Civil Engineers, April, 1983, pp. 536-
545.

433
Preceding page blank
GIeser, S. M., "Lateral Load Tests on Vertical Fixed-Head and
Free-Head Piles," Symposium on Lateral Load Tests on Piles,
ASTM Special Technical Publication No. 154, pp. 75-101.

Hetenyi, M., Beams on Elastic Foundation, The University of

Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1946.

Matlock, H., "Correlations for Design of Laterally Loaded piles in

Soft Clay," Paper No. OTC 1204, Proceedings, Second Annual
Offshore Technology Conference, Houston, Texas, Vol. 1, 1970,
pp. 577-594.

Neukirchner, R. J. , "Analysis of Laterally-Loaded Piles in

Permafrost" Journal of Geotechnical Engineering Division,
American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 113, No.1,
January, 1987, pp. 15-29.

Neukirchner, R. J. and J. F. Nixon, "Behavior of Laterally-Loaded

Piles in Permafrost," Journal of Geotechnical Engineering
Division, American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 113, No.
1, January, 1987, pp. 1-14.

Parker, F., Jr., and L. C. Reese, "Lateral Pile-Soil Interaction

Curves for Sand," Proceedings, The International Symposium on
the Engineering Properties of Sea-Floor Soils and Their
Geophysical Identification, The University of Washington,
Seattle, Washington, July, 1971.

Peck, R. B., "Bearing Capacity and Settlement: Certainties and

Uncertainties," Proceedings of a Symposium, Bearing Capacity
and Settlement of Foundations, School of Engineering, Duke
University, Durham, North Carolina, 1967, pp. 3-8.

Reese, L. C., Discussion of "Soil Modulus for Laterally Loaded

Piles," by Bramlette McClelland and John A. Focht, Jr.,
Transactions, American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 123,
1958, pp. 1071.
Reese, L. C., "Behavior of Piles and Pile Groups Under Lateral
Load," a manual prepared for U. S. Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Office of
Research, Washington, D. C., 1983.

Reese, L. C., W. R. Cox, and F. D. Koop, "Analysis of Laterally

Loaded Piles in Sand," Paper No. OTC 2080, Proceedings, Fifth
Annual Offshore Technology Conference, Houston, Texas, 1974
(GESA Report No. D-75-9).

434
Reese, L. C., W. R. Cox, and F. D. Koop, "Field Testing and
Analysis of Laterally Loaded Piles in Stiff Clay," Paper No.
OTC 2312, Proceedings, Seventh Offshore Technology
Conference, Houston, Texas, 1975.
Reese, L. C. and K. J. Nyman, "Field Load Tests of Instrumented
Drilled Shafts at Islamorada, Florida," a report to Girdler
Foundation and Exploration Corporation, Clearwater, Florida,
February, 1978.

Reese, L. C. and R. C. Welch, "Lateral Loading of Deep Foundations

in Stiff Clay," Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering
Diyision, American Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 101, No.
GT7, Proceedings Paper 11456, 1975, pp. 633-649 (GESA Report
No. D-74-10).
Schmertmann, J. H., "Report on Development of a Keys Limerock
Shear Test for Drilled Shaft Design," a report to Girdler
Foundation and Exploration Company, Clearwater, Florida,
December, 1977.

Wang, S. and L. C. Reese, "The Effect of Nonlinear Flexural

Rigidity on the Behavior of Concrete Piles under Lateral
Load." Texas Civil Engineer, 58(5), 17-22, 1988.

Welch, R. C. and L. C. Reese, "Lateral Loaded Behavior of Drilled

Shafts," Research Report No. 3-5-65-99, conducted for Texas
Highway Department and U. S. Department of Transportation,
Federal Highway Administration, Bureau of Public Roads by
Center for Highway Research, The University of Texas at
Austin, May, 1972.

435
 APPENDIX A
LlNE-BY-LlNE INPUT GUIDE FOR BATCH FILE

437
Preceding page blank
LINE-BY-LINE INPUT GUIDI: FOR BATCH FILl:

The free-field format is used for all the data entry. Each
line can have a maximum of 80 characters. The variables can be
separated by either a space or a comma. It is recommended that
the user follow the line arrangement described later in entering
the data.

1. Title Line

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

Any characters, including blanks, are allowed in this

descriptive title. However, do not type the word END in columns 1
through 3 as end is used to indicate the end of the data input.

2. Units and Computation Selection Line

Variables: 15Y5TM, NCOM, MEl

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

15Y5TM = 1 if English units of pounds and inches are to

be used,
2 if 51 units of kilonewtons and meters are
to be used, and
= 3 if some other consistent set of units for force
and length are to be used (the program will not
try to determine which set of units is used but
will indicate units on output by F for force and L
for length, e.g., stress would be F/L**2).
NCOM = 1 for analysis of piles under lateral loading,
2 for computation of ultimate bending moment,
= 3 for both analyses,
If NCOM = 1, omit input lines 21 to 26,
If NCOM = 2, omit input lines 3 through 20,
MEl = 0 for no internal variation of EI employed in
computation,
= 1 for using the internal variation of EI generated
by the program during computation, and
If NCOM = 1 or 2, set MEl = O.

439

Preceding page blank

 3. Input Contro1 Line

Variables: NI, NL, NDIAM, NW

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

NI = number of increments into which the pile is

divided (maximum is 300),
NL = number of layers of soil (maximum is 9),
NOIAM = number of segments of pile with different
diameter, area, or moment of inertia (maximum is
10), and
NW = number of points on plot of distributed lateral
load on the pile versus depth (minimum is 0,
maximum is 10).

Set NW = 0 if there are no distributed loads on the pile.

.. . Input Contro1 Line

Variables: NG1, NSTR, NPY

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

NG1 = number of points on plot of effective unit weight

versus depth (minimum = 2, maximum = 10),
NSTR = number of points on input curves of strength
parameters (c, ~, £50) versus depth (minimum = 2,
maximum = 10), and
NPY = number of input p-y curves (minimum = 0, maximum =
30) .

Set NGI = 0 and NSTR = 0 if all p-y curves are to be input by

the user (if no p-y curves are to be generated internally) .

5. Geometry Line

variables: LENGTH, EPILE, XGS, SLOPE

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

LENGTH = length of pile (L),

EPILE = modulus of elasticity of pile (F/L2),

440
XGS = depth below top of pile to ground surface (L), and
SLOPE = slope angle of ground surface to horizontal plane
(degrees) .
6. Output Control Line

Variables: KPYOP, INC

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

KPYOP = 0 if no p-y curves are to be generated and printed

for verification purposes,
= 1 if p-y curves are to be generated and printed
for verification (see 17 and 18 for input of depths
at which p-y curves will be generated and printed),
INC increment used in printing output,
1 to print values at every node,
= 2 to print values at every second node, and
3 to print values at every third node,
etc. (up to NI + 1).

7. Analysis Control Line

Variables: KBC, KOUTPT, KCYCL, RCYCL

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

KBC code to control boundary condition at top of pile,

1 for a free head (user specifies shear P t and
moment Mt at the pile head),
2 for specified shear P t and slope St at the pile
head (St = 0 for a fixed-head pile),
3 for a specified shear P t and rotational restraint
Mt/S t at the pile head,
4 for a specified deflection Yt and moment at the
pile head,
KOUTPT 0 if data are to be printed only to depth where
moment first changes sign,
1 if data are to be printed for full length of
pile,
= 2 for extra output to help with debugging,
KCYCL = 0 for cyclic loading,
1 for static loading, and
RCYCL = number of cycles of loading (need only for p-y
curves generated with criteria for stiff clay
above the water table) .

441
 8. Bup Coptrol Lipe

Variables: MAXIT, YTOL, EXDEFL

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

MAXIT = maximum number of iterations allowed for analysis

of single set of loads,
YTOL = tolerance (L) on solution convergence. When the
maximum change in deflection at any node for
successive iterations is less than YTOL, iteration
stops, and
EXDEFL value of deflection of pile head (L) that is
considered grossly excessive and which stops the
run.

9. Distributed Loads

Omit if NW = 0

Variables: XW(I), WW(I)

Number of lines: NW

Explanation:

XW depth (L) below top of pile to a point where

distributed load is specified, and
WW distributed lateral load (F/L) on pile.

The program uses linear interpolation between points on the

WW-XW curve to determine the distributed load at every node. For
best results, points on the WW-XW curve should fallon the pile-
node points. Wherever no distributed load is specified, it is
assumed to be zero. Data must be arranged with ascending values
of XW.

10. Pile Properties Lipe

Variables: XDIAM(I), DIAM(I), MINERT(I), AREA(I)

Number of lines: NDIAM

Explanation:

XDIAM = x-coordinate (depth below top of pile) of the top

of a segment of pile with uniform cross-section
(L). The first depth (XDIAM (1» must equal 0.0,

442
 DIAM diameter of pile corresponding to XDAIM (L). For
non-circular cross sections, use of minimum width
will produce conservative results,
MINERT = moment of inertia of pile cross sections (L4), and
AREA cross-sectional area of pile (L2). If left blank,
program will compute area assuming a pipe section.

Data must be arranged' with ascending values of XDAIM. Note

that at a depth between XDIAM(I) and XDIAM(I + 1), the pile
properties associated with XDIAM(I) will be used. For a pile with
uniform cross section, just one pile property value is needed.
The last value of XDIAM need not be greater than or equal to the
length of pile.

11. Soil Profile Line

Variables: LAYER, KSOIL, XTOP, XBOT, K

Number of Lines: NL

Explanation:

LAYER (I) Layer identification number (use 1 for the top

layer, 2 for the second layer, etc.),
KSOIL code to control the type of p-y curves that will
be used for L-th layer,
1 to have p-y curves computed internally using
Matlock's (1970) criteria for soft clay,
2 to have p-y curves computed internally using
Reese et al.'s (1975) criteria for stiff clay
below the water table,
= 3 to have p-y curves computed internally using
Welch and Reese's (1972) criteria for stiff clay
above the water table,
4 to have p-y curves computed internally using
Reese et al.'s (1974) criteria for sand,
5 to use linear interpolation between input p-y
curves,
6 to have p-y curves computed internally using
Reese and Nyman's (1978) limestone criteria,
XTOP(I) x-coordinate of top of layer (L),
XBOT (1) x-coordinate of bottom of layer (L), and
K (I) = constant (F/L3) in equation Es = kx. This is used
(1) to define initial soil moduli for the first
iteration and (2) to determine initial slope of p-y
curve where
KSOIL = 2 and 4.

Arrange data in ascending order of LAYER (I) .

443
 12. gnit Weight Line

Variables: XG1(I), GAM 1 (I)

Number of lines: NG1

Explanation:

XG1 - depth below top of pile to point where effective

unit weight of soil is specified (L), and
GAM1 - effective unit weight of soil(F/L3) corresponding
to XGl.

The first depth (XGl (1» must not be greater that the x-
coordinate of the ground surface and the last depth (XGl (NG1) )
must not be less than the length of the pile. The program
interpolates linearly between points on the XG1 - GAMl curve to
determine effective unit weight of soil at a particular depth.
The data must be arranged with ascending values of XGl.

13. Strength Parameter Line

Omit this line if NSTR - 0.

Variables: XSTR(I), Cl(I), PHI1(I), EE50(I)

Number of lines: NSTR

Explanation:

XSTR - x-coordinate (depth below top of pile) for which

c, ~, and £50 are specified (L),
C1 - undrained shear strength of soil (F/L2)
corresponding to XSTR,
PHIl - angle of internal friction (~, in degrees)
corresponding to XSTR, and
EE50 - strain at 50 percent stress level (£50'
dimensionless) corresponding to XSTR.

The program uses linear interpolation to find c, ~, and £50 at

points between input XSTR's. XSTR(l) should not be greater than
the x-coordinate of the ground surface and XSTR(NSTR) should not
be less than the length of the pile. Arrange data with ascending
values of XSTR. For clay layers (KSOIL - 1, 2, 3, or 6), PHIl
will not be used and may be left blank. For sand layers (KSOIL -
4), Cl and EE50 are not used and may be left blank.

444
 14. Contro1 Line for :Input of p-y Curves

Omit this line if NPY = 0

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

NPPY = number of points on input p-y curves (minimum = 2,

maximum = 30) .

15. Line for pepth of p-y Curve

Omit this line if NPY = 0

Variables: XPY(I)

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

XPY = x-coordinate (depth below top of pile) to an input

p-y curve (L).

Data must be arranged in ascending order of XPY. Input XPY,

then data to define the associated p-y curve (see next line), then
the next XPY, etc.

16. pata Line for p-y Curve

Omit if NPY = 0

Number of lines: NPY * NPPY

Explanation:

YP = deflection (L) of a point on a p-y curve, and

PP = soil resistance (F/L corresponding to YP) .

Data must be arranged in ascending order of YP. Sequence of

input is as follows:

DO 30 1=1, NPY
READ (5,10), XPY(I)
10 FORMAT (010.3)
READ (5,20), (YP(I,J), PP(I,J),J=l,NPPY)
20 FORMAT (2010.3)
30 CONTINUE

445
 The program interpolates linearly between points on a p-y
curve and between p-y curves. The program uses the deepest p-y
curve available for any nodes that extend below the depth of the
deepest p-y curve.

17. Control Line for Output of Internally-

Generated p-y Curves

Omit this line if KPYOP = 0

Variable: NN

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

NN number of depths for which internally-generated p-

y curves are to be printed (maximum = 305) .

Internally-generated p-y curves may be computed for selected

depths and printed for verification purposes. In the analysis of
pile response, a separate p-y curve is calculated at every node.
Therefore, the number of p-y curves printed will have no effect on
the solution.

18. Control Line for Depth. at Whish Interpally-

Generated p-y Curve. are to be Pripted

Omit this line if KPYOP = 0.

Number of lines: NN

Explanation:

XN = x - coordinate (L) at which internally-generated

p-y curves are to be generated and printed.

19. Ipput of Number of Loading Copditiops

Variables: LOAD

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

Number of different loading conditions involved in one

computer run (maximum = 20)

446
20. Line to Establish Loads on Pile Head

Variables: KOP, PT, BC2, PX

Number of lines: between 1 and 20

Explanation:

KOP = 0 if only the pile head deflection, pile-head

slope, maximum bending moment, and maximum combined
stress are to be printed for the associated loads,
= 1 if complete output is desired for the associated
loads,
PT = lateral load (F) at top of pile if KBC = 1, 2, or 3,
lateral deflection (L) at top of pile if KBC = 4,
BC2 = value of second boundary condition,
= moment (F-L) at top of pile if KBC = 1 or 4,
= slope (dimensionless) at top of pile if KBC = 2,
= rotational stiffness (F-L), or moment divided by
slope, if KBC = 3, and
PX = axial load (F) on pile (assumed to be uniform over
whole length of pile) .

21. Cross-Sectional Shape and Jlpmher ofAxia1 Lgads

Variables: 10, NP

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

10 = identification number of the shape of cross section

of column/pile:
1. rectangular or square,
2. circular (without shell or core),
3. circular (with shell but without core),
4. circular (with shell and core or without
shell and core, and
5. circular steel pipe.
NP = number of axial loads.

22 . Axial Lgads

Variables: P(l)

Number of lines: NP

Explanation:

447
P = axial load (kN). The total number of axial loads
per run is limited to 10

23. Material Strength Parameters

Variables: FC, BARFY, TUBEFY, ET

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

FC cylinder strength of concrete (kPa)

=
(0 if ID is 5),
BARFY = yield strength of reinforcement (kPa)
(0 if ID is 5),
TUBEFY = yield strength of shell or core (kPa)
(0 if ID is 1 or 2), and
ET = modulus of elasticity of steel (kPa).

24. Cross-Sectional Dimension

Variables: WIDTH, OD, DT, T, TT

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

WIDTH = width of section if rectangular (m)

(0 if circular),
OD = outer diameter if circular, or depth of section if
rectangular (m),
DT = outer diameter of core (m)
(0 if ID is not 4),
T = thickness of shell (m).
(0 if ID is 1 or 2), and
TT = thickness of core (m)
(0 if ID is not 4).

25. Rebar Arrangement

(Skip this line if ID is 5)

Variables: NSIZE, NBARS, NROWS, COVER

Number of lines: 1

Explanation:

NSIZE = size number of rebars proposed to use.

Enter number as 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, ...... 14,

448
 NBARS = number of reinforcing bars,
NROWS = number of rows of reinforcing bars,
(a number not exceeding 50), and,
COVER = cover of rebar, from center of rebar to outer edge
of concrete (m).

26. Are. of Reinforcing in • Roy

(Skip this line if ID is >1)

Variables: XS(I), AS(I)

Number of lines: NP

Explanation:

XS(I) = distance of row from centroidal axis, starting

from top row (m),
AS (I) = area of reinforcing in a row (m2 ),
AS (1) if for the top row (m2), and
AS (2) = if for the second row from the top (m2), etc.
The total number of values should not exceed 50.

Generally, rebars will be equally distributed in a circular

cross section. If this is the case, the program will compute the
required information internally, based on the data provided in the
previous line. The user needs to input data only if the shape of
the section is square or rectangular.

449
 APPENDIX B

DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR LATERALLY LOADED

DEEP FOUNDATIONS USING
COM624P VERSION 2

by
Christopher Dumas, P. E.
Hydraulics & Geotech Branch
FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division

451

Preceding page blank

 Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - -

DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR LATERALLY LOADED

DEEP FOUNDATIONS USING
COM624P VERSION 2

The computer program COM624P is an excellent tool for designing laterally

loaded deep foundations. However, currently, there is little guidance
available in either the Users manual, or other publications, on its proper use
as an analysis tool. A general procedure on the program's proper use was
developed during the design review and analysis of the case study abutment
foundation (Appendix C). This procedure is a synthesis of the FHWA manual
"Handbook on Design of Piles and Dri17ed Shafts Under Lateral Loads," the
COM624P Users Manual, and phone conversations with Dr. Shin Tower Wang of
Ensoft. The method is flexible and may be modified to fit specific
situations. The general procedure is broken into six major tasks:

TASK I. Identify the loading combinations to be analyzed and project

serviceability criteria.

TASK II. Determine a preliminary shaft/pile size and foundation

configuration.

TASK m. Based on ultimate moment capacity criteria, determine if the

shaft/pile is structurally acceptable.

TASK IV. Determine if the shaft/pile is acceptable based on allowable

service load deflection criteria.

TASK V. Determine minimum shaft/pile depth required for axial

capacity.

TASK VI. Based on the analysis results from TASKS I through V, choose
the final foundation configuration, shaft/pile diameter, and
shaft/pile length.
453

Preceding page blank

- - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics It Geolech Branch ofFHWA Headqual1en Bridge Division - - - - - - - - -

TASK I: Identify the loading combinations to be

analyzed.

Identify design loading requirements (axial, lateral and bending moments) and
performance criteria for routine AASHTO loading combinations (Table
3.22.1A), and special design events such as ship impact and seismic loading.
It is essential the foundation designer be positive as to whether the supplied
combination loads are load factor design (LFD) values or service load values.

Each set of load combinations should be evaluated separately since

combinations, load type (static, cyclic, or dynamic) and performance criteria
(safety factor or deflection limit) will modify the loads used in the analysis
and interpretations of the results. This is a critical step in overall design
process. Inappropriate designs have resulted from designers applying
incorrect load magnitudes, "piggybacking load combinations" (applying the
largest axial, lateral and bending moments from different combinations
simultaneously), and applying inappropriate performance criteria. This
information should be supplied by the structural engineer.

1. For each critical loading combination, determine the bending moments,

lateral loads, and axial loads for analysis. Be careful to determine if the
applied loads are Load Factor Design (LFD) values or are Service Load
values.

454
- - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch ofFHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - -

TASK II: Determine a preliminary shaft/pile size and

foundation configuration.

1. Determine a preliminary foundation configuration using AASHTO'

guidance on spacing and group reduction factors. The AASHTO
guidelines are believed to be conservative, but currently there is
insufficient evidence or implementation guidance for adopting other
methods. Therefore, engineering judgment should be applied cautiously
when considering any modification of the AASHTO reduction factors
and spacing requirements.

TASK III: Based on ultimate moment capacity

criteria, determine if the shaft/pile is
structurally acceptable.

1. Determine the ultimate shaft/pile loads:

Factor of Safety x Service Loads (bending moments, axial loads, and

lateral loads) or the Load Factor Design values.

11. Determine a preliminary shaft/pile reinforcement configuration (Drilled

Shafts Only).

'AASHTO "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges," 1992.

455
- - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch ofFHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - -

111. Determine the maximum applied bending moments (computed by

COM624P subroutine of COM624P version 2 program) and maximum
ultimate moment capacity (computed by the PMEIX subroutine of
COM624P version 2 program) for both a free head condition (KBC=I)
and a fixed head condition (KBC =2). The designer may analyze only
one pile head condition if they are confident the pile head is 100% free
or 100% fixed. In most cases, it is recommended the designer start
with a free head condition and then perform a fixed head analysis.
This will provide the designer with a maximum and minimum range of
deflections and moments.
<r For both the free head and fixed head conditions, execute
COM624P version 2 using the ultimate axial loads from step i in
both the "Data for Loading" submenu of the "Analysis" menu,
and "Axial loads" submenu of the "Mult" menu. Do not input
design loads in the "Data for Loading" submenu. The axial loads
must match. The shaft/pile should be as long as possible for the
given soils information.

IV. Determine if the shaft/pile is acceptable based on ultimate moment

capacity criteria. For both the free head and fixed head conditions,
perform the following:
<r Review the text and graphical output. For the ultimate axial load
input in step iii, compare the computed maximum applied
bending moment (COM624P subroutine) in the shaft/pile and the
maximum ultimate moment capacity (PMEIX ultimate capacity
subroutine) of the shaft/pile.

456
- - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquartera Bridge Division - - - - - - - - -

-¢- • If the computed maximum bending moment in the shaft/pile is

larger than the maximum ultimate moment capacity of the
shaft/pile, then either: a) modify the reinforcement (shafts only);
or b) increase the shaft/pile diameter and return to Task ll.

-¢- If no run time error messages flash on the screen and the
program terminates without generating complete graphical or text
output, the computed deflections are excessive and the program
was terminated. Increase the shaft/pile diameter and return to
TASK ll.

TASK IV: Determine if the shaft/pile is acceptable

based on allowable service load deflection
criteria.

1. Determine the maximum shaft/pile deflection for a free head condition

(KBC=l). The designer may skip to step iv for a 100% fixed head
condition.
-¢- Execute COM624P version 2 using the internal-generated
cracked/uncracked EI option in the "Computational control"
submenu of the "Analysis" menu. Use the service load axial
values in both the "Data for Loading" submenu of the "Analysis"
menu, and the "Axial loads" submenu of the "Mult" menu. The
axial loads must match. Again, make the shaft/pile as long as
possible for the given soils information.

ii. Determine if shaft/pile is acceptable based on free head deflection

criteria.

457
- - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch ofFHWA Headquarten Bridge Division - - - - - - - - -

Review the graphics results (Graphics Menu) and text output to

determine the maximum deflection. Based on the designer
estimate of shaft/pile head fixity, determine if the deflections are
acceptable. For example, if a shaft/pile has a computed
maximum free head deflection of 11/2 inches and a maximum
allowable deflection is 1 inch, the following decisions could be
made based on the estimated shaft/pile head fixity:

• Designer estimate of 0% shaft/pile head fixity.

1 % inches of deflection. No good. Increase the

shaft/pile diameter and return to TASK II.

• Design assumption of a 50% shaft/pile head fixity.

Continue analysis.

111. Determine preliminary maximum shaft/pile depth.

Review graphical plot of shaft/pile moment versus depth. Locate

the depth where the moment plot crosses the zero moment line
for the second time (second point of contraflexure). This depth
will negate the influence of depth on the shaft/pile deflection and
is therefore a good first estimate of minimum depth. The depth
can be refined later after the minimum shaft/pile size, foundation
configuration, and minimum depth for axial capacity have been
determined.
IV. Repeat steps i through iii for a fixed shaft/pile head condition
(KBC=2). The designer may skip this step for a 100% free head
condition.

458
- - - - - - - - - Hydraulic. & Geotech Branch ofFHWA HCldquarten Bridge Division - - - - - - - - -

v. Determine if shaft/pile is acceptable based on the range of deflections

(free head and fixed head).
-0- Based on the designer estimate of shaft/pile head fixity, determine
if the deflections are acceptable. For example, a shaft/pile has a
computed free head deflection of 2 inches, a computed fixed
deflection of 1f2 inch, and maximum allowable deflection of
1 inch. The following decisions could be made based on the
estimated shaft/pile head fixity:

• Designer estimate of 25% shaft/pile head fixity

No good. Increase the shaft/pile diameter and

return to TASK II.

• Designer estimate of 50% shaft/pile head fixity

Marginal. Depending on the designers

confidence in the soils data, Continue analyses
or increase the shaft/pile diameter and return to
TASK II.

• Designer estimate of 75% (or higher) shaft/pile

head fixity.

Continue analysis.

TASK V: Determine minimum shaft/pile depth

required for axial capacity.
If large lateral deflections are expected, use the COM624P
deflection plot to determine the portion of the top of the shaft/pile
where skin resistance should be ignored.

459
- - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch ofFHWA Headquartera Bridge Division - - - - - - - - -

TASK VI: Based on the analysis results from TASK I

through V above, choose the final
foundation configuration and shaft/pile
diameter.

1. Determine final shaft/pile depth.

-0- If the minimum depth required for axial capacity is less than the
depth determined in TASK IV, the final shaft/pile depth could be
refined.

Repeat TASK IV with shorter shaft/pile lengths. The

COM624P manual recommends the shaft/pile extend at a
minimum to the depth where the deflection plot crosses the
zero line a second time. If this results in unacceptable
deflection, try again with the shaft/pile five feet deeper.
Repeat until an optimum depth is found.

11. Determine the final foundation configuration.

460
 APPENDIX C

DESIGN OF DRILLED SHAFTS FOR LATERAL LOADS

USING COM624P VERSION 2

ABUTMENT FOUNDATION DESIGN

A CASE STUDY EXAMPLE

Presented to the Eighteenth Northwest Geotechnical Workshop

Rapid City South Dakota on September 18, 1992
by
Christopher Dumas, P. E.
Hydraulics & Geotech Branch
FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division

461
- - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - -

.9ESIG~~F . DRlLtED$BAFrpS~~~f;i
.··LA'fRRA.h··tODS··USING
CeM624p··VERSIIJN 2 ..

Presented to the Eighteenth Northwest Geotechnical Workshop

Rapid city south Dakota on September 18, 1992
by
Christopher Dumas, P.E.
Hydraulics & Geotech Branch
FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division

463

Preceding page blank

- - - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

USING COM624P VERSION 2 AS A DESIGN TOOL

ABUTMENT FOUNDATION DESIGN
A CASE STUDY EXAMPLE

The computer program COM624P is an excellent tool for designing laterally

loaded deep foundations. However, currently, there is little guidance
available in either the Users manual, or other publications, on its proper use
as an analysis tool. A general procedure on the program's proper use was
developed during the design review and analysis of the case study abutment
foundation. This procedure is a synthesis of the FHWA manual "Handbook on
Design of Piles and Dri77ed Shafts Under Lateral Loads," the COM624P Users
Manual, and phone conversations with Dr. Shin Tower Wang of Ensoft. The
method is flexible and may be modified to fit specific situations.
The general procedure is broken into six major tasks:

TASK I. Identify the loading combinations to be analyzed and

project serviceability criteria.

TASK II. Determine a preliminary shaft/pile size and foundation

configuration.

TASK III. Based on ultimate moment capacity criteria, determine

if the shaft/pile is structurally acceptable.

TASK IV. Determine if the shaft/pile is acceptable based on

allowable service load deflection criteria.

TASK V. Determine minimum shaft/pile depth required for axial

capacity.

TASK VI. Based on the analysis results from TASK I through V,

choose the final foundation configuration, shaft/pile
diameter, and shaft/pile length.

464
 Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headqusrters Bridge Division

TASK I: Identify the loading combinations to be analyzed.

The submitted abutment design section and loads are shown below in Figure 1.

DL = 3.1 kif

/-4 9.25 ft ~

Soil Unit
wt. = 120.0 pcf

35.5 kif

6
16. ;1 kit

•
16.0 ft

IPD• L• = 64.8 klf ILD• L• = 21.1 kl f

Figure 1 - Submitted Design Section and Applied Loads.

465
 Hydraulics & Geolcch Branch of FHWA Headquartera Bridge Division

TASK ll: Determine a preliminary shaft/pile size and foundation

configuration.

The submitted foundation configuration is shown below in Figure 2.

DL = 3.1 kif
\4 ~ LL = 7.3 kif
9.25ft

Soil Unit
wt. = 120.0 pet
35.5 kif

.16.6"I<tf ...
.......

. ··r····
" ....

16.0tt>:Ie---t1ll
. 3.0ft

3'·6" DIA.
3'·6" DIA. Drilled Shafts
Drilled Shafts
@5'CTC
@ 10' CTC

Figure 2 - Submitted Foundation Configuration.

466
- - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquartera Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

i. Determine a preliminary foundation configuration using AASHTO guidance

on shaft spacing and group reduction factors. The AASHTO guidelines are
generally considered conservative, but currently there is insufficient
verification of how to apply other methods. Therefore, engineering
judgment should be applied cautiously when modifying the AASHTO pile
reduction factors and spacing requirements.

A.A.S.H.T.O "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES," 1992

4.6.1.6 BATTER SHAFTS
liThe use of battered shafts to increase the lateral capacity of
foundations is not recommended due to their difficulty of
construction and high cost. Instead, consideration should first
be given to increasing the shaft diameter to obtain the required
lateral capacity."
4.6.5.6.1.4 GROUP ACTION
Minimum center-to-center (CTC) shaft spacing of 2.5 diameters in
the direction normal to the lateral load.

AASHTO GENERAL GUIDE FOR THE EFFECTS OF GROUP ACTION FOR

IN-LINE LOADING CTC < 88 (NON-DISPLACEMENT PILING)

CTC Sbaft Spael n9 for In-1 i he ...... · •• • ·.Jta~io~'fCatef:alRf!~i$~~tI¢~~t

.............•.... ··.>.Loading......... .••.. i<.· $t1.!pjnGt()uptq~lngJEli$H.ft/
i{ ......... ...................................................... i» . .•.•. . •.•.•••.•. . ••••••
88 8 x 3.5' = 28' 1.00
68 6 x 3.5' = 21' 0.70
48 4 x 3.5' = 14' 0.40
38 3 x 3.5' = 10.5' 0.25

Based on this AASHTO criteria, the submitted in-line of loading shaft spacing
(Figure 2) of 2.0B (7'CTC, 3.5' clear) reduces the lateral resistance of the
back row to nearly zero. In addition, the front row spacing of 1.4B (5' CTC)
does not comply with the AASHTO minimum guide of 2.5B. Therefore, the
submitted spacing configuration is not acceptable.

467
- - - - . . . . . , - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

TRY A SINGLE ROti OF 3.5'0 SHAFTS tilTH A CTC SPACING OF 2.58 (9') tilTH THE
SHAFT ROti t AT THE VERTICAL FORCE RESULTANT (NO HOHENT AT THE PILE HEAD).

TASK ill: Based on ultimate moment capacity criteria, determine if the

shaft/pile is structurally acceptable.

i. Determine the ultimate shaft/pile loads:

Factor of Safety x Service Loads (bending moments, axial loads, and
lateral loads) or the Load Factor Design Values.

Single row of 3.5 10 shafts with a CTC spacing of 2.5B (9 1 ) and F.S.= 2.0
P = (64.8 klf * 9 x (2.0) = 1,160 kips
1
)

L = (21.1 klf * 9 x (2.0) = 380 kips

1
)

ii. Determine a preliminary shaft/pile reinforcement configuration (Drilled

Shafts Only).

flc = 4,000 psi 14-#9 bars

iii. Determine the maximum applied bending moments (computed by the main
subroutine of COM624P version 2 program) and maximum ultimate moment
capacity (computed by the PMEIX subroutine of COM624P version 2 program)
for both a free head condition (KBC=l) and a fixed head condition
(KBC=2). The designer may analyze only one pile head condition if they
are confident the pile head is 100% free or 100% fixed. In most cases,
it is recommended the designer start with a free head condition and then

468
- - - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

perform a fixed head analysis. This will provide the designer with a
maximum and minimum range of deflections and moments.
~ For both the free head and fixed head conditions, execute COM624P
version 2 using the ultimate loads from step 3 in both the "Data
for Loading" submenu of the "Analysis" menu, and "Axial loads"
submenu of the "Mult" menu. 00 not input design loads (service
loads) in the "Data for Loading" submenu. The axial loads must be
the same. To negate the effects of shaft length on deflection and
moment magnitudes, the shaft/pile should be as long as possible
for the given soils information.

The case study soil stratigraphy is shown in Figure 3.

iv. Determine if the shaft/pile is acceptable based on ultimate moment

capacity criteria. For both the free head and fixed head conditions,
perform the following:

Review the text and graphical output. For the ultimate axial load
input in step iii, compare the computed maximum applied bending
moment (COM624P subroutine) in the shaft/pile and the maximum
ultimate moment capacity (PMEIX ultimate capacity subroutine) of
the shaft/pil e.
If the computed maximum bending moment in the shaft/pile is larger
than~the maximum ultimate moment capacity of the shaft/pile, then
either: a) modify the reinforcement (shafts only); or b) increase
the shaft/pile diameter and return to Task II.
If no run time error messages flash on the screen and the program
terminates without generating complete graphical or text output,
the computed deflections are excessive and the program was
terminated. Increase the shaft/pile diameter and return to
TASK I I.

469
 -,.-
2 feet
! GROUND SURFACE

10 feet SAND
-:;:
C = 0 III = 38

7S feet
0' dia
D.S.

63 feet STIFF CLAY

C = 30 psi III =0

It

Figure 3 - Case Study Soil Stratigraphy

470
- - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch ofFHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

CHECK FREE HEAD CONDITION

COM624P VERSION 2 - RUN #1

BRIDGE ABUTMENT - 42 INCH DIA SHAFTS' 9 CTC 1

FREE HEAD CONDITION AND FULL GROSS SECTION

ULTIMATE LOADING (F.S.- 2)

Maximum Bending Moment computed by the main program of COM624P version 2

program = 44,700 k-in.

Plots of computed deflections and moments versus depth are shown in

Figures 4 & 5 respectively.

Maximum Ultimate Bending Moment Capacity computed by the PMEIX

subroutine of COM624P version 2 = 25,100 k-in

PMEIX computed Interaction Diagram is shown in Figure 6.

44,700 k-in ~ 25,100 k-in NO GOOD. RETURN TO TASK II

NOTE: "Full Gross Section" refers to the Shaft EI value used in this COM624P
run - E.I. for a full uncracked section. Since this will not allow the shaft
to crack, the results will be conservative (larger moments).

471
 Deflection (Inches)
-1.00 o 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00
o

100

200

300

-•
."
.r:.
u

-......,
c
400
.r:.
Q.
Q•
500

600

700

BOO
Figure 4 - COM624P computed deflection versus depth for a 42" diameter shaft
with ultimate loads and free head condition.

472
 Mo. .nt (Inch-Pounds' (10000000 · s'
-2.00 o 2. 00 4 . 00 6 . 00 8.00
o

100

200

300

-••
s:
u
....c
-..,
s:
400

a.
a•
500

600

700

800
Figure 5 - COM624P computed moment versus depth for a 42" diameter shaft with
ultimate loads and free head condition.

473
 sooo ,~--------------------------------------------~--------------~
,'I
"'n,1

41000

Z
-
:Jtl 3000
-
'a
•0
.J
P"I

~
....• 2000
)(
'-I
~ C

1000

of, :,
141000 16000 18000 20000 22000 241000 26000 28000 3000
Mo.ent (Inch-Pounds)

Figure 6 - PMEIX computed Interaction Diagram for a 42" diameter shaft with an
ultimate axial load of 1,160 kips
- - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Gcotech Branch ofFHWA Headqusrtera Brid,e Division - - - - - - - - - -

TRY SINGLE ROW OF 51 0 SHAFTS

CENTERLINE ON THE VERTICAL FORCE RESULTANT (NO MOMENT AT THE PILE HEAD)
AND SPACED AT 121 CTC (2.5B).

Check the ultimate capacity (F.S.= 2)

P = (64.8 klf * 121) x (2.0) = 1,560 kips
L = (21.1 klf * 121) x (2.0) = 506 kips
flc = 4,000 psi 28-#10 bars

CHECK FREE HEAD CONDITION

COM624P VERSION 2 - RUN #2

BRIDGE ABUTMENT - 60· DIA SHAFTS' 121 CTC
FREE HEAD CONDITION AND FULL GROSS SECTION
ULTIMATE LOADING (F.S.- 2)

Maximum Bending Moment computed by the main program of COM624P version 2

program = 65,300 k-in.
Plots of computed deflections and moments versus depth are shown in
Figures 7 &8 respectively.
Maximum Ultimate Bending Moment Capacity computed by the PMEIX
subroutine of COM624P version 2 = 74,000 k-in
PMEIX computed Interaction Diagram is shown in Figure 9.

65,300 k-in < 74,000 k-in OK.!

NOTE: "Full Gross Section" refers to the Shaft EI value used in this COM624P
run - E.I. for a full uncracked section.

475
 Deflection (Inches)
-0.50 o 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00
o

200

400

600

-••
s::.
u

-c
....
s::.
~
800

Q.
•
a
1000

1200

1400

1600

Figure 7 - COM624P computed deflection versus depth for a 60" diameter shaft
with ultimate loads and free head condition.
476
 No.ant (Inch-Pounds' (10000000's'
-2.00 o 2. 00 4 . 00 6. 00 B.OO
o

200

400

600

-.•
~
u
....
-...,
~
c:
BOO

a.
•
Q

1000

1200

1400

1600
Figure 8 - COM624P computed moment versus depth for a 60" diameter shaft with
ultimate loads and free head condition.

477
 (1 ntp¥'
10000 ~~--------------------------------------------------------------~
,n

8000

z
-
~ 6000
"a
•
-'
"
rot
...• .000
K
C
~
......
00

2000

J.
!SOOOO !S5000 60000 65000 70000 7!S000 80000 85000 90000
Mo •• nt (Inch-Pound.)

Figure 9 - PMEIX computed Interaction Diagram for a 60" diameter shaft with an
ultimate axial load of 1,560 kips
- - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

CHECK FIXED HEAD CONDITION

COM624P VERSION 2 - RUN #3

BRIDGE ABUTMENT - 60" DIA SHAFTS @ 121 CTC
FIXED HEAD CONDITION AND FULL GROSS SECTION
ULTIMATE LOADING (F.S.- 2)

Maximum Bending Moment computed by the main program of COM624P version 2

program = 59,000 k-in.

59,000 k-in ~ 74,000 k-in OK .I

TASK IV: Determine if the shaft/pile is acceptable based on allowable

service load deflection criteria.

i. Determine the maximum shaft/pile deflection for a free head condition

(KBC=l). The designer may skip to step iv for a 100% fixed head
condit ion.

Execute COM624P version 2 using the internally generated

cracked/uncracked EI option in the "Computational control" submenu
of the "Analysis" menu. Use the service load values in both the
"Data for Loading" submenu of the "Analysis" menu, and the "Axial
loads" submenu of the "Mult" menu. The axial loads must be the
same. Again, make the shaft/pile as long as possible for the
given soils information.

NOTE: internally generated cracked/uncracked EI option refers to the automatic

variation of EI with stress along the shaft length. When stresses are high,
the shaft cracks, deflections increase, and stresses migrate downward.
Therefore, this option provides superior pile-soil interaction modeling and
computed deflection magnitudes.
l
479
- - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

Service Loads
P = (64.8 klf * 121) = 778 kips
L = (21.13 klf * 121) = 253 kips
flc = 4,000 psi 28-#10 bars

CHECK FREE HEAD CONDITION

COM624P VERSION 2 - RUN #4

BRIDGE ABUTMENT - 60 INCH DIA SHAFTS' 121 CTC
FREE HEAD CONDITION AND CRACKED SECTION
SERVICE LOADS

Maximum pile head deflection calculated by the main program of COM624P

version 2 = 0.667 inch
Plots of computed deflections and moments versus depth are shown in
Figures 10 & 11 respectively.

ii. Determine if shaft/pile is acceptable based on free head deflection

criteria.

Review the graphics results (Graphics Menu) and text output to

determine the maximum deflection. Based on the designer estimate
of shaft/pile head fixity, determine if the deflections are
acceptable.

MAXIMUM PILE HEAD DEFLECTION w/FREE HEAD = 0.667 INCH

0.677 INCH < 1.0 INCH MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE - OK.t

480
 DeflectiQn (Inches)
-0.200 o 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800
o

200

400

600

-••
~
u
....c
-..,
~
800

Q.
•
Q

1000

1200

1400

1600

Figure 10 - COM624P computed deflection versus depth for a 60" diameter shaft
with service loads and free head condition.
l
481
 Moment (Inch-Pounds) (10000000 • 8)
-1.00 o 1 • 00 2. 00 3 . 00 4.00
o

200

, "'c
400

- - ---
600

-•
UJ
s:;
u

-....
....c
s:;
800

a.
•
Q

1000

1200

1400

1600

Figure 11 - COM624P computed moment versus depth for a 60" diameter shaft with
service loads and free head condition.

482
- - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

iii. Determine preliminary maximum shaft/pile depth.

Review graphical plot of shaft/pile moment versus depth. Locate
the depth where the moment plot crosses the zero moment line for
the second time (second point of contraflexure). This depth will
negate the influence of depth on the shaft/pile deflection and is
therefore a good first estimate of minimum depth. The depth can
be refined later after the minimum shaft/pile size, foundation
configuration, and minimum depth for axial capacity have been
determined.
Review of Figure 11 moment versus depth plot shows the moment crossing
the zero line a second time at 500 inches.
PRELIMINARY SHAFT DEPTH = 42'

iv. Repeat steps i through iii for a fixed shaft/pile head condition
(KBC=2). The designer may skip this step for a 100% free head
condition.

CHECK FIXED HEAD CONDITION

COM624P VERSION 2 - RUN #5

BRIDGE ABUTMENT - 60· DIA SHAFTS' 121 CTC
FIXED HEAD CONDITION AND CRACKED SECTION
SERVICE LOADS

Maximum pile head deflection calculated by the main program of COM624P

version 2 = 0.172"
A plot of computed deflections versus depth is shown in Figure 12.
MAXIMUM PILE HEAD DEFLECTION = 0.172"

483
 Deflection (Inches)
-0.050 o 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200
o

200

400

600

-.
VI
I:!
U

-..,
....C
I:!
800

Q.

Q
.
1000

1200

1400

1600

Figure 12 - COM624P computed deflection versus depth for a 60" diameter shaft
with service loads and fixed head condition.
}
484
- - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geolech Branch of FHWA Headquartera Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - -

v. Determine if shaft/pile is acceptable based on the range of deflections

(free head and fixed head).

SUMMARY OF COM624P LATERAL LOAD ANALYSIS RESULTS

~. BRIDGE ABUTMENT - 60" DIAMETER SHAFT @ 121 CTC:

Ultimate Load (F.S.= 2): P = 1,560 kips L = 506 kips

Service Load: P = 778 kips L = 253 kips
Shaft Materials: flc = 4,000 psi 28-#10 bars

Maximum service Load Deflection - 0.667" (Free Head)

Minimum Service Load Deflection - 0.172" (Fixed Head)

Minimum Shaft Lenqth - 42.0 feet

Estimated % shaft head fixity = 0-10%

0.172" to 0.667" < 1.0" MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE - OK./

TASK V: Determine minimum shaft/pile depth required for axial

capacity.
If large lateral deflections are expected, use the
COM624P deflection plot to determine the portion of the
top of the shaft/pile where skin resistance should be
ignored.

485
- - - - - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch of FHWA Headquarters Bridge Division - - - - - - - - - - - -

CHECK AXIAL LOAD CAPACITY FOR A 5'0 SHAFT:

P D. L . = (64.8 kIf * 12') = 778 kips
PL . L = (7.1 KLF * 12') = 85 kips
TOTAL = 433 TONS
:.": ANALYSIS PERFORMED WITH ENS OFT COMPUTER PROGRAM SHAFT1
AXIAL CAPACITY OF DRILLED SHAFTS

SUMMARY OF RESULTS FOR THE DESIGN LOAD OF 433 TONS (F.B.= 2)

:::>: .. , . . ::.:"::::.:.: ::.;::::':>:;'>::::'!/.;:<.::::";:»'

/.:<,.:.. ',' .'" . ,...:::<.:,><,. ,.. ..

3.5' 75'

4.0' 63'

4.5' 54'

5.0' 46'

5.5' 39'

6.0' 33'

6.5' 34'

7.0' 30'

MINIMUM EMBEDMENT FOR A 5'0 TO MEET LATERAL LOAD REQUIREMENTS IS 42'.

MINIMUM EMBEDMENT FOR A 5'0 TO MEET AXIAL LOAD REQUIREMENTS IS 46'.
5' 0 SHAFT IS AN EFFICIENT SIZEwf

486
- - - - - - - - - Hydraulics & Geotech Branch ofFHWA Headquartera Bridge Division - - - - - - - -

TASK VI: Based on the analysis results from TASKS I through V,

choose the final foundation configuration and shaft/pile
diameter.

i. Determine final shaft/pile depth.

If the minimum depth required for axial capacity is less than the
depth determined in TASK IV, the final shaft/pile depth could be
refined.

MINIMUM REQUIRED AXIAL DEPTH OF 46' > MAXIMUM REQUIRED LATERAL DEPTH OF 42'

OK./ No refinement necessary

A SINGLE ROW OF 5' DIAMETER SHAFTS @ 1 2'

CTC

CENTERLINE OF SHAFT ROW AT THE VERTICAL

FORCE RESULTANT (NO MOMENT)

MINIMUM OF 28 - #10 BARS FOR SHAFT

REINFORCEMENT

MINIMUM OF DEPTH OF EMBEDMENT - 46'

487 *u.s. G.P.O.:1993-j{3-273:80184